foreword - toyota.aitnet.orgtoyota.aitnet.org/toyota/camry/toyota_camry_owners_manual_2002.… ·...

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

AP_Camry_U (L/O 0201)

i2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Foreword

Welcome to the growing group of value–conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering andquality construction of each vehicle we build.

This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupantsfollow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble–free motoring. Forimportant information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.

When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle best and is interested in your completesatisfaction. He will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.

If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, or you need emergency assistance for any reason, please call the following number:

� U.S. OWNERS: Toyota Customer Assistance Center Toll–free:1–800–331–4331

� CANADIAN OWNERS: Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre Toll–free:1–888–TOYOTA–8 (1–888–869–6828)

Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.

All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy ofcontinual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you mayfind some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.

2001 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of ToyotaMotor Corporation.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


ii 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Important information about this manual

Safety and vehicle damage warnings

Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully toavoid possible injury or damage.

The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they areused in this manual are explained as follows:

CAUTION

This is a warning against something which may causeinjury to people if the warning is ignored. You areinformed about what you must or must not do inorder to avoid or reduce the risk to yourself and otherpeople.

NOTICE

This is a warning against something which may causedamage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed about what you must ormust not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and its equipment.

Safety symbol

When you see the safety symbolshown above, it means: “Do not...”;“Do not do this”; or “Do not let thishappen”.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


iii 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Important information about your Toyota

New vehicle warranty

Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limitedwarranties:

� New vehicle warranty

� Emission control systems warranty

� Others

For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet”, or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

Your responsibility formaintenance

It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details ofthese maintenance requirements. Also included in Section6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-formation, please refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Accessories, spare parts andmodification of your Toyota

A wide variety of non–genuine spare parts and accessoriesfor Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, orreplacement, or for any damage they may cause to, oradverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.

This vehicle should not be modified with non–genuineToyota products. Modification with non–genuine Toyotaproducts could affect its performance, safety or durability,and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-tion, damage or performance problems resulting from themodification may not be covered under warranty.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


iv 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Spark ignition system of yourToyota

The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-ments of the Canadian Interference–Causing EquipmentStandard.

Installation of a mobiletwo–way radio system

As the installation of a mobile two–way radio system inyour vehicle could affect electronic systems such asmultiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuelinjection system, electronic throttle control system, cruisecontrol system, anti–lock brake system, traction controlsystem, vehicle skid control system, SRS airbag systemand seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check withyour Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or specialinstructions regarding installation.

Scrapping of your Toyota

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in yourToyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle isscrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as theyare, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure tohave the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified serviceshop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of yourvehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Publication No. OM33567UPart No. 01999-33567Printed in Japan 01–0112–00

( U)

Quick index

� If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on 99. . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle will not start 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your engine stalls while driving 214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle overheats 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If you have a flat tire 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� If your vehicle needs to be towed 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Tips for driving during break–in period 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� How to start the engine 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� General maintenance 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

� Complete index NO TAG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gas station information

Fuel type:

2AZ–FE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

1MZ–FE engine: UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.For improved vehicle performance, the use of premium unleadedgasoline with an Octane Rating of 91 (Research Octane Number 96)or higher is recommended.

See page 181 for detailed information.

Fuel tank capacity: 70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

Engine oil: API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”, SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSACmultigrade engine oil is recommended.

See page 251 for detailed information.

Automatic transmission fluid:Automatic transmission fluid Type T–IV

Tire information: See pages 255 through 260.

Tire pressure: See page 278.

bU 8

I

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



You should know as much about the quality and

importance of proper maintenance of your new

vehicle as the people who built it.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual

tells you how to maintain your vehicle and

enables you to correctly perform your own

maintenance.

The best way to keep your new vehicle in toprunning order is to maintain it properly fromthe moment you drive it off the showroomfloor.

The Toyota authorized Repair Manual ispacked with literally everything you need toknow to perform your own maintenance invirtually every area of your new vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Where to obtain the

Repair Manual

The repair manual for CAMRY, written in Eng�

lish, may be purchased as applicable from any

Toyota dealer.

Pub. Name: 2002 CAMRY Repair Manual

Pub. No.: RM881U1 (Maintenance, Preparation,

Service specifications and Diagnos�

tics)

RM881U2 (Engine, Chassis and Body)

Maintenance procedures for the engine,

chassis, body, electrical system, and more,

are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up

Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre�vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat�er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main�tenance is required and clearly explains how to do thework yourself step−by−step.

Areas covered include such things as spark plug re�placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oiland filter replacement.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU PLEASE BUCKLE UP

Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.

Toyota belts are:

� Comfortable

� Easy to use

� Convenient

We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.

U

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOverview of instruments and controls

Instrument panel overview 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Instrument cluster overview 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Side defroster outlets

2. Side vents

3. Instrument cluster

4. Center vents

5. Personal lights

6. Electric moon roof switch

7. Garage door opener

8. Auxiliary boxes

9. Power door lock switches

10. Power window switches

11. Glove box

12. Cup holder

13. Parking brake lever

14. Automatic transmission selector leveror manual transmission gear shift lever

15. Instrument panel light control dial

16. Window lock switch

17. Power rear view mirror control switches

Instrument panel overview�With lever type parking brake

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Side defroster outlets

2. Side vents

3. Instrument cluster

4. Center vents

5. Personal lights

6. Electric moon roof switch

7. Garage door opener

8. Auxiliary boxes

9. Power door lock switches

10. Power window switches

11. Rear vents

12. Glove box

13. Cup holder

14. Automatic transmission selector lever

15. Instrument panel light control dial

16. Parking brake pedal

17. Window lock switch

18. Power rear view mirror control switches

�With pedal type parking brake

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


4 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Headlight and turn signal switch andfront fog light switch

2. Wiper and washer switches

3. Emergency flasher switch

4. Clock/outside temperature gauge andmulti–information display

5. Car audio

6. Theft deterrent system/engineimmobiliser system indicator light

7. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch

8. Air conditioning controls

9. Power outlet

10. Seat heater switches

11. Cruise control switch

12. Ignition switch

13. Tilt steering lock release lever

14. Multi–information display controlswitches

15. Hood lock release lever

16. Traction control system off switch

17. Power adjustable pedals switch

�With manual air conditioning controls

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Headlight and turn signal switch andfront fog light switch

2. Wiper and washer switches

3. Emergency flasher switch

4. Clock/outside temperature gauge andmulti–information display

5. Car audio

6. Theft deterrent system/engineimmobiliser system indicator light

7. Rear window and outside rear viewmirror defogger switch

8. Air conditioning controls

9. Power outlet

10. Seat heater switches

11. Cruise control switch

12. Ignition switch

13. Tilt steering lock release lever

14. Multi–information display controlswitches

15. Hood lock release lever

16. Traction control system off switch

17. Power adjustable pedals switch

�With automatic air conditioning controls

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


6 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Tachometer

2. Engine coolant temperature gauge

3. Service reminder indicators andindicator lights

4. Speedometer

5. Fuel gauge

6. Odometer and two trip meters

7. Trip meter reset knob

Instrument cluster overview

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Brake system warning light∗1

Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Discharge warning light∗1

Malfunction indicator lamp∗1

Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1

Anti–lock brake system warning light∗1

Open door warning light∗1

SRS warning light∗1

Low windshield washer fluid level warning light∗1

oror

Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1

Low fuel level warning light∗1

Vehicle skid control system and traction controlsystem warning light∗1

Turn signal indicator lights

Headlight high beam indicator light

Indicator symbols on the instrument panel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


8 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Slip indicator light

∗1: For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzers” on page 99 in Section 1–5.

∗2: If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 118 in Sec-tion 1–6.

Cruise control indicator light∗2

Overdrive–off indicator light

Automatic transmission indicator lights

Traction control system off indicator light

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSKeys and DoorsKeys 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine immobiliser system 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Side doors 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power windows 23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trunk lid 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hood 27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft deterrent system 28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel tank cap 30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric moon roof 32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


10 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master key—

This key works in every lock.

Since the doors and trunk lid can belocked without a key, you should al-ways carry a spare master key in caseyou accidentally lock your keys insidethe vehicle.

2. Sub key—

This key will not work in the glove boxand trunk.

To protect things locked in the glovebox or trunk when you have your vehi-cle at valet parking, leave the sub keywith the attendant.

KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend you to write down the keynumber and keep it in safe place.

Your vehicle is supplied with two kindsof keys.

1. Master key (black)—

This key works in every lock. YourToyota dealer will need it to make youa new key with built–in transponderchip.

Since the doors and trunk lid can belocked without a key, you should al-ways carry a spare master key in caseyou accidentally lock your keys insidethe vehicle.

Keys (without engineimmobiliser system)

Keys (with engine immobilisersystem)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


112002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. Sub key (gray)—

This key will not work in the glove boxand trunk.

To protect things locked in the glovebox or trunk when you have your vehi-cle at valet parking, leave the sub keywith the attendant.

A transponder chip for engine immobilisersystem has been fitted in the head of themaster and sub keys. These chips areneeded to enable the system to functioncorrectly, so be careful not to lose thesekeys. If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the systemor start the engine. NOTICE

When using a key containing a trans-ponder chip, observe the followingprecautions:

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with a key ring restingon the key grip and do not pressthe key ring against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts.

� When starting the engine, do notuse the key with other transponderkeys around (including keys of oth-er vehicles) and do not press otherkey plates against the key grip.Otherwise the engine may not start,or may stop soon after it starts. Ifthis happens, remove the key onceand then insert it again after takingoff other transporter keys (includingkeys of other vehicles) from thering or while gripping or coveringthem with your hand to start theengine.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


12 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Do not bend the key grip.

� Do not cover the key grip with anymaterial that cuts off electromagnet-ic waves.

� Do not knock the key hard againstother objects.

� Do not leave the key exposed tohigh temperatures for a long period,such as on the dashboard and hoodunder the direct sunlight.

� Do not put the key in water orwash it in an ultrasonic washer.

� Do not use the key with electromag-netic materials. KEY NUMBER PLATE

Your key number is shown on the plate.Keep the plate in a safe place such asyour wallet, not in the vehicle.

If you should lose your keys or if youneed additional keys, duplicates can bemade by a Toyota dealer using the keynumber.

We recommend you to write down the keynumber and keep it in safe place.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


132002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The engine immobiliser system is atheft prevention system. When you in-sert the key in the ignition switch, thetransporter chip in the key’s headtransmits an electronic code to the ve-hicle. The engine will start, only whenthe electronic code in the chip corre-sponds to the registered ID code forthe vehicle.

With manual air conditioning controls

With automatic air conditioning controls

The system is automatically set when thekey is removed from the ignition switch.The indicator light will start flashing toshow the system is set.

If either of the following indicator condi-tions occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.

� The indicator light stays on exceptwhen the theft deterrent system is set-ting or activating. (See “Theft deterrentsystem” on page 28 in this section.)

� The indicator light does not start flash-ing when the key is removed from theignition switch.

� The indicator light flashes unsteady.

Inserting the registered key in the ignitionswitch automatically cancels the system,which enables the engine to start. Theindicator light will go off.

For your Toyota dealer to make you anew key with built–in transporter chip,your dealer will need your key numberand master key. However, there is a limitto the number of additional keys yourToyota dealer can make for you.

Engine immobiliser system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


14 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If you make your own duplicate key,you will not be able to cancel the sys-tem or start the engine.

NOTICE

Do not modify, remove or disas-semble the engine immobiliser sys-tem. If any unauthorized changes ormodifications are made, the properoperation of the system cannot beguaranteed.

For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

FCC ID: MOZRI–19BTYMADE IN JAPAN

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmfulinterference, and (2) this device mustaccept any interference received, includ-ing interference that may cause unde-sired operation.

FCC ID: NT8–156072FIFXCVRCANADA: 3043104233 5 2

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to thefollowing two conditions:


CAUTION

Changes or modifications not ex-pressly approved by the party respon-sible for compliance could void theuser’s authority to operate the equip-ment.

For vehicles sold in Canada

This device complies with RSS–210 ofIndustry Canada. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause interfer-ence, and (2) this device must acceptany interference, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


152002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY

Insert the key into the keyhole and turnit.

To lock: Turn the key forward.To unlock: Turn the key backward.

All the doors lock and unlock simulta-neously with either front door. In the driv-er’s door lock, turning the key once willunlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-cession will unlock all the doors simulta-neously.

When all the doors are unlocked simulta-neously with a key or wireless remotecontrol transmitter, the interior light andignition switch light come on for about 15seconds and then fades out, even if thedoor is not opened. (For further informa-tion, see “Interior light” on page 92 and“Ignition switch light” on page 92 in Sec-tion 1–4.)

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHINSIDE LOCK KNOB

Move the lock knob.

To lock: Push the knob forward.To unlock: Pull the knob backward.

The front doors can be opened by pullingthe inside handle even if the lock knobsare in the locked position.

Side doors—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


16 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

Do not pull the inside handle of thefront doors while driving. The doorswill open and an accident may occur.Toyota strongly recommends that allchildren be placed in the the rearseat of the vehicle.

Closing the door with the lock knob in thelock position will also lock the door. Becareful not to lock your keys in the ve-hicle.

The door cannot be locked if you leavethe key in the ignition switch with the dooropen.

If the vehicle is subjected to a severeimpact from the front or rear, or fromeither side with the ignition switch at the“ON” position, all the doors will unlockautomatically.

Driver’s side

Passenger’s side

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITHPOWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH

Push the switch.

To lock: Push the switch on the front side.To unlock: Push the switch on the rearside.

Operating the switch simultaneously locksor unlocks all the side doors.

If you do either of the following, no doorcan be unlocked with the power door lockswitch.

� Lock all the side doors with the key orwireless remote control transmitterwhen the front doors are closed.

� Open the driver’s door or front passen-ger’s door and move the inside lockknobs of both front doors to the lockposition, then close the front doors.

The power door lock switch can be resetin the following ways.

� Turn the ignition key to “ON”.

� Unlock all the doors with the key orwireless remote control transmitter.

� Unlock the driver’s door or front pas-senger’s door with the inside lockknob, and then unlock all the doorswith the power door lock switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


172002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

REAR DOOR CHILD–PROTECTORS

Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”position as shown on the label.

This feature allows you to lock a reardoor so it can be opened from the outsideonly, not from inside. We recommend us-ing this feature whenever small childrenare in the vehicle.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the doorsare closed and locked, especiallywhen small children are in the ve-hicle. Along with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helpsprevent the driver and passengersfrom being thrown out from the ve-hicle during an accident. It also helpsprevent the doors from being openedunintentionally.

You can select the following modes ofthe automatic locking and unlockingfunctions. The initial mode is mode 1.

� Mode 1—Automatic locking linkedwith the shift position

All doors are automatically locked whenthe shift lever is moved out of the “P”position with the ignition switch in the“ON” position and all the doors areclosed.

� Mode 2—Functions cancelled

Automatic door locking and unlockingfunctions do not activate in this mode.

� Mode 3—Automatic locking and un-locking linked with the shift position

Locking function—All doors are auto-matically locked when the shift lever ismoved out of the “P” position with theignition switch in the “ON” position andall the doors are closed.

Unlocking function—All doors are auto-matically unlocked when the shift leveris moved to the “P” position with theignition switch in the “ON” position.

—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions (vehicleswith automatic transmission)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


18 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Mode 4—Automatic locking and un-locking linked with the shift positionand ignition switch

Locking function—All doors are auto-matically locked when the shift lever ismoved out of the “P” position with theignition switch in the “ON” position andall the doors are closed.

Unlocking function—All doors are auto-matically unlocked when the ignitionswitch is turned from the “ON” positionto the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

CHANGING THE MODE

The mode toggles through from mode1 to mode 4. To change the mode, dothe following:

1. Shift the shift lever into the “P” posi-tion and close all doors.

2. Push the power door lock switch onthe rear side to unlock the doors.

3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”position.

4. Within 5 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to the “ON” position,push and hold the power door lockswitch on the front side for about 5seconds.

5. Open door warning light will flash toindicate that the mode has beenchanged.

The flashing of the open door warninglight indicates the mode which has beenselected.

� Flashing once, the function haschanged to mode 1.

� Flashing twice, the function haschanged to mode 2.

� Flashing three times, the function haschanged to mode 3.

� Flashing four times, the function haschanged to mode 4.

Locking operation

Unlocking operation

—Wireless remote control

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


192002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The wireless remote control system isdesigned to lock or unlock all thedoors, open the trunk lid or activatethe “PANIC” mode from a distancewithin approximately 1 m (3 ft.) of thevehicle.

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING THEDOORS

To lock and unlock all the doors, pushthe switches of the transmitter slowlyand securely.

To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All thedoors are locked simultaneously. At thistime one beep will be heard, and the turnsignal lights will flash once.

Check to see that the doors are securelylocked.

If any door is not securely closed, lockingcannot be performed by the “LOCK”switch and a beep will sound continuouslyfor 10 seconds. However, if the key is inthe ignition, a beep will not sound.

To stop the beep, close all the doors se-curely or push the “UNLOCK” switch.

To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switchonce to unlock the driver’s door alone.Pushing the switch twice within 3 secondsunlocks all the doors simultaneously. Eachtime the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, twobeeps will be heard, and the turn signallights will flash twice.

When the “UNLOCK” switch is pressed,the interior light and ignition switch lightcome on. The lights remain on for about15 seconds unless any door is openedand closed. (For further information, see“Interior light” on page 92 and “Ignitionswitch light” on page 92 in Section 1–4.)

You have 30 seconds to open a door afterusing the wireless remote unlock feature.If a door is not opened by then, all thedoors will be automatically locked againand one beep will be heard.

If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is keptpressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-tion is not repeated. Release the buttonand then push again.

OPENING THE TRUNK LID

To open the trunk lid, push the trunklid open switch of the transmitter for 1second. A long beep will sound.

If the ignition key is in the “ON” position,the trunk lid cannot be opened by thetrunk lid open switch.

To open the trunk lid with the master key,see “Trunk lid” on page 25 in this section.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


20 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

“PANIC” SWITCH

Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows thehorn intermittently and flashes theheadlights, tail lights, turn signal lightsand interior light.

The “PANIC” switch is used to deter ve-hicle theft when you witness anyone at-tempting to break into or damage yourvehicle.

The alarm will last for one minute. To stopalarm midway, push the “PANIC” switchonce again, unlock any door with the keyor transmitter, or turn the ignition key fromthe “LOCK” to “ON” position.

The “PANIC” mode does not work whenthe ignition key is in the “ON” position.

SWITCHING BEEP SOUND ON AND OFF

You can switch the beep on and off. (Thebeep is on initially and after battery re-placement.)

To switch the beep on and off:

With the driver’s door opened—

1. Insert the ignition key and remove it.

2. Within 5 seconds, insert the ignitionkey again and turn it to the “ON” posi-tion.

3. After 10 seconds, push the same“LOCK”, “UNLOCK”, “PANIC” or trunklid open switch twice within 10 sec-onds.Two beep sounds inform you that theprogram has been switched on or off.

If this procedure is not followed exactly,the beep will not operate as expected.

Check the beep ON/OFF operation bypushing the transmitter switch after youfinish this procedure. If the beep does notoperate as expected, repeat this proce-dure from step 1.

WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROLTRANSMITTER

The wireless remote control transmitter isan electronic component. Observe the fol-lowing instructions in order not to causedamage to the transmitter.

� Do not leave the transmitter on placeswhere the temperature becomes highsuch as on the dashboard.

� Do not disassemble it.

� Avoid knocking it hard against otherobjects or dropping it.

� Avoid putting it in water.

You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-trol transmitters for the same vehicle.Contact your Toyota dealer for detailedinformation.

If the wireless remote control transmitterdoes not actuate the doors or alarm, oroperate from a normal distance:

� Check for closeness to a radio trans-mitter such as a radio station or anairport which can interfere with normaloperation of the transmitter.

� The battery may have been consumed.Check the battery in the transmitter. Toreplace the battery, see “REPLACINGTRANSMITTER BATTERY”.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


212002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If you lose your transmitter, contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toavoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-mote control transmitter” on page 229 inSection 4.)

MODEL/FCC ID: GQ43VT14TCAN: 1470 102 849MADE IN U.S.A.

This complies with Part 15 of the FCCrules. Operation is subject to the follow-ing two conditions:


REPLACING TRANSMITTER BATTERY

For replacement, use CR2032 lithium bat-tery or equivalent.

CAUTION

Special care should be taken thatsmall children do not swallow the re-moved transmitter battery or compo-nents.

NOTICE

� When replacing the transmitter bat-tery, be careful not to lose the com-ponents.

� Replace only with the same orequivalent type recommended bythe manufacturer.

� Dispose of used batteries accordingto the local laws.

Replace the transmitter battery by the fol-lowing procedures:

1. Using a coin or equivalent, open thetransmitter case.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


22 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. Remove the discharged transmitter bat-tery.

NOTICE

Do not bend the terminals.

3. Put new transmitter battery with posi-tive (+) side up.

Close the transmitter case securely.

NOTICE

� Make sure the positive side andnegative side of the transmitter bat-tery should be faced correctly.

� Do not replace the battery with wethands. Water may cause unexpectedrust.

� Do not touch or move any compo-nents inside of the transmitter, orit may interfere with proper opera-tion.

� Be careful not to bend the electrodeof the transmitter battery insertionand that dust or oils do not adhereto the transmitter case.

� Close the transmitter case securely.

After replacing battery, check that thetransmitter operates properly. If the trans-mitter still does not operate properly, con-tact your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


232002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The windows can be operated with theswitch on each door.

The power windows work when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position.

Key off operation: All windows work for43 seconds even after the ignition switchis turned off. They stop working when ei-ther front door is opened.

OPERATING THE DRIVER’S WINDOW

Use the switch on the driver’s door.

Normal operation: The window moves aslong as you hold the switch.

To open: Lightly push down the switch.To close: Lightly pull up the switch.

Type A (to open only)

Type B (to open and close)

Automatic operation:

Type A (to open only)—Push the switchcompletely down and then release it. Thewindow will fully open. To stop the windowpartway, lightly pull the switch up andthen release it.

Type B (to open and close)—Push theswitch completely down or pull it com-pletely up, and then release it. The win-dow will fully open or close. To stop thewindow partway, lightly move the switch inthe opposite direction and then release it.

Jam protection function (type B only):During automatic closing operation or keyoff closing operation, the window stopsand opens half way if something getscaught between the window and windowframe.

If the window receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

Power windows

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


24 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to make the jam protectionfunction work intentionally.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the window fully closed.

Windowlockswitch

OPERATING THE PASSENGERS’WINDOWS

Use the switches on the passengers’doors. The driver’s door also hasswitches that control the passengers’windows.

The window moves as long as you holdthe switch.

To open: Push down the switch.To close: Pull up the switch.

If you push in the window lock switch onthe driver’s door, the passengers’ windowscannot be operated.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


252002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� Always make sure the heads, handsand other parts of the bodies of alloccupants are kept completely in-side the vehicle before you closethe power windows. If someone’sneck, head or hands gets caught ina closing window, it could result ina serious injury. When anyonecloses the power windows, makesure that he/she operates the win-dows safely.

� When small children are in the ve-hicle, never let them use the powerwindow switches without supervi-sion. Use the window lock switch toprevent them from making unex-pected use of the switches.

� Never leave small children alone inthe vehicle, especially with the igni-tion key still inserted. They coulduse the power window switches andget trapped in a window. Unat-tended children can be involved inserious accidents.

To open the trunk lid from the outside,insert the master key and turn it clock-wise.

See “Luggage stowage precautions” onpage 191 in Section 2 for precautions inloading luggage.

To close the trunk lid, lower it and pressdown on it. After closing the trunk lid, trypulling it up to make sure it is securelyclosed.

The trunk lid can be opened with the wire-less remote control transmitter, see“—Wireless remote control” on page 18 inthis section.

CAUTION

Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-ing. This not only keeps the luggagefrom being thrown out but also pre-vents exhaust gases from enteringthe vehicle.

Trunk lid—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


26 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To open the trunk lid from the driver’sseat, pull up on the lock release lever.

To deactivate this lock release lever fromopening the trunk lid, see “—Luggage se-curity system” described below.

This system prevents someone (withthe sub key) from gaining access to thetrunk by folding down a rear seat orusing the trunk lid lock release lever.

To protect valuables stored in thetrunk, do the following procedure.

1. Open the trunk lid and push downthe security lock levers to lock therear seatbacks.

After locking the rear seatbacks, try fold-ing them down to make sure they aresecurely locked, otherwise someone couldget into the trunk by folding down a rearseat.

2. Close the trunk lid. Insert the masterkey and turn it counterclockwise todeactivate the trunk lid lock releaselever.

After the operation, try pulling up thetrunk lid lock release lever to make sureit is locked.

NOTICE

Implement the above steps to maxi-mize security of the luggage in thetrunk whenever the vehicle is unat-tended.

—Lock release lever — Luggage security system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


272002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If a person is locked in the trunk, pulldown the phosphorescent handle ( illu-minated for a while) on the inside oftrunk lid in case of emergency to openthe trunk lid.

The handle illuminating time depends onthe intensity of the light thrown on thehandle.

CAUTION

� Always lock the trunk lid and alldoors, and keep away the vehiclekeys out of children’s reaches.

� Never leave children unattended inthe vehicle. Unsupervised childrenmay lock themselves in the vehicleor trunk and suffer serious injuriesor death.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood lock release lever. Thehood will spring up slightly.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure that the hoodis closed and securely locked. Other-wise, the hood may open unexpected-ly while driving and an accident mayoccur.

—Internal trunk release handle Hood

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


28 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. In front of the vehicle, pull up theauxiliary catch l ever and lift thehood.

Before closing the hood, check to see thatyou have not forgotten any tools, rags,etc. Then lower the hood and make sureit locks into place. If necessary, pressdown gently on the front edge to lock it.

To deter the vehicle theft, the systemis designed to give an alarm if any ofthe doors, trunk or hood is forcibly un-locked or the battery terminal is discon-nected and then reconnected when thevehicle is locked.

The alarm blows the horn intermittentlyand flashes the headlights, tail lights, turnsignal lights and interior light.

With manual air conditioning controls

With automatic air conditioning controls

Theft deterrent system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


292002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

SETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Turn the ignition key to the “LOCK”position and remove it.

The indicator light will start flashing whenthe key is removed from the ignitionswitch. (See “Engine immobiliser system”on page 13 for details.)

2. Have all passengers get out of thevehicle.

3. Close and lock all the doors, trunk andhood.

The indicator light will come on when allthe doors, trunk and hood are closed andlocked.

The system will automatically be set after30 seconds. When the system is set, theindicator light will start flashing again.

4. After making sure the indicator lightstarts flashing, you may leave the ve-hicle.

Never leave anyone in the vehicle whenyou set the system, because unlockingfrom the inside will activate the system.

WHEN THE SYSTEM IS SET

Activating the system

The system will give the alarm under thefollowing conditions:

� If any of the doors are unlocked or ifthe trunk or hood is forcibly openedwithout the key or wireless remote con-trol transmitter

� If the battery terminal is disconnectedand then reconnected

� Hotwire the ignition.

The indicator light will come on when thesystem is activating.

If any of the door is unlocked without thekey or wireless remote control transmitterand the key is not in the ignition switch,all the doors will be automatically lockedagain.

After one minute, the alarm will automati-cally stop and the indicator light will startsflashing again.

Reactivating the alarm

Once set, the system automatically resetsthe alarm after the alarm stops.

The alarm will activate again under thesame circumstances described in“Activating the system”.

Stopping the alarm

The alarm will be stopped by the followingthree ways:

� Turn the ignition key from the “LOCK”to “ON” position.

� Unlock any of the doors with the keyor wireless remote control transmitter.

� Open the trunk with the key or wirelessremote control transmitter.

CANCELLING THE SYSTEM

The system will be cancelled by theabove mentioned 3 ways.

If the tail lights come on for 2 seconds,the theft deterrent system has beenalarmed. Check to see if there is anyabnormality on your vehicle.

TESTING THE SYSTEM

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the system as described above.The doors should be locked with thekey or wireless remote control transmit-ter. Be sure to wait until the indicatorlight goes off or starts flashing.

3. Unlock any door from the inside. Thesystem should activate the alarm.

4. Stopping the alarm as described above.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


30 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

5. Repeat this operation for the otherdoors, trunk and hood. When testing onthe hood, also check that the systemis activated when the battery terminalis disconnected and then reconnected.

If the system does not work properly,have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

This indicates that the fuel filler dooris on the left side of your vehicle.

1. To open the fuel filler door, pull thelever up.

When refueling, turn off the engine.

CAUTION

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames when refueling.The fumes are flammable.

� When opening the cap, do not re-move the cap quickly. In hot weath-er, fuel under pressure could causeinjury by spraying out of the fillerneck if the cap is suddenly re-moved.

Fuel tank cap

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


312002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turnthe cap slowly counterclockwise,then pause slightly before removingit.

It is not unusual to hear a slight swooshwhen the cap is opened.

The cap can be removed in about 1/2 ofa turn.

3. The removed cap can be stored onthe back side of the fuel filler door.

Position the cap so that the hooks pointto the left and right, and set it in thereceptacle on the back side of the door.

When installing the cap, turn the capclockwise until you hear one click.When you hear the click, the cap isfully closed.

If the cap is not installed securely, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on.Make sure the cap is tightened securely.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

CAUTION

� Make sure the cap is tightened se-curely to prevent fuel sp illage incase of an accident.

� Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tankcap for replacement. It is designedto regulate fuel tank pressure.

NOTICE

Do not attempt to tighten the cap fur-ther, as the cap could be damaged orbecome difficult to open.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


32 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Sliding operation

Tilting operation

To operate the moon roof, use theswitch beside the personal lights.

The moon roof works when the ignitionswitch is in the “ON” position. However,if both front doors are closed, it works forabout 43 seconds even after the ignitionswitch is turned off. It stops working wheneither of the front doors are opened.

Sun shade operation—

The sun shade can be opened or closedby hand.

Sliding operation—

To open: Push and hold the switch for 1second on the “SLIDE OPEN” side.

The roof will fully open automatically. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

The sun shade will be opened togetherwith the roof.

To close: Push and hold the switch for 1second on the “TILT UP” side.

The roof will fully close automatically. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

Tilting operation—

To tilt up: Push and hold the switch for1 second on the “TILT UP” side.

The roof will fully tilt up automatically. Tostop the roof partway, push the switch oneither the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

To tilt down: Push and hold the switch for1 second on the “SLIDE OPEN” side.

The roof will fully tilt down automatically.To stop the roof partway, push the switchon either the “SLIDE OPEN” or “TILT UP”side briefly.

Jam protection function: During closingoperation, the moon roof stops and openshalf way if something gets caught betweenthe moon roof and frame.

If the moon roof receives a strong impact,this function may work even if nothing iscaught.

If the battery is disconnected or rundown, the moon roof may not operateautomatically and the jam protection func-tion will not function correctly after youreconnect, replace or recharge the battery.In any of these cases, you should normal-ize the moon roof.

Electric moon roof

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


332002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To normalize the moon roof, push andhold the switch on the “TILT UP” side untilthe moon roof tilts all the way up andthen tilts down a little automatically.

Make sure that the moon roof opens andcloses automatically. If the moon roof can-not be operated properly, have it checkedby your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury, youmust do the following.

� While the vehicle is moving, alwayskeep the heads, hands and otherparts of the bodies of all occupantsaway from the roof opening. Other-wise, they could be seriously in-jured if the vehicle stops suddenlyor if the vehicle is involved in anaccident.

� Always make sure nobody placeshis/her head, hands and other partsof the body in the roof opening be-fore you close the roof. If some-one’s neck, head or hands getscaught in the closing roof, it couldresult in a serious injury. Whenanyone closes the roof, first makesure it is safe to do so.

� Never leave small children alone inthe vehicle, especially with the igni-tion key still inserted. They coulduse the moon roof switches and gettrapped in the roof opening. Unat-tended children can be involved inserious accidents.

� Never sit on top of the vehiclearound the roof opening.

� Never try jamming any part of yourbody to make the jam protectionfunction work intentionally.

� The jam protection function maynot work if something gets caughtjust before the moon roof is fullyclosed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


34 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSSeats, Seat belts, Steering wheel and MirrorsSeats 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front seats 35. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fold–down rear seat 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat heaters 39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Head restraints 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Armrest 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seat belts 41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS driver airbag and front passenger airbag 50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Child restraint 65. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tilt steering wheel 81. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside rear view mirrors 82. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Anti–glare inside rear view mirror 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto anti–glare inside rear view mirror 84. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vanity mirrors 85. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 3

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


352002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-hicle occupants should have the seatbackupright, sit well back in the seat and prop-erly wear the seat belts provided.

CAUTION

� Do not drive the vehicle unless theoccupants are properly seated. Donot allow sitting on top of afolded–down seatback, or in theluggage compartment or cargo area.Persons not properly seated and/orproperly restrained by seat beltscan be severely injured in the eventof emergency braking or a collision.

� During driving, do not allow pas-sengers to stand up or movearound between seats. Severe inju-ries can occur in the event of emer-gency braking or a collision.

CAUTION

The SRS side airbags are installed inthe driver and front passenger seats.Observe the following precautions.

� Do not lean against the front doorwhen the vehicle is in use. The sideairbag inflates with considerablespeed and force; you may be killedor seriously injured.

� Do not use accessories for theseats which cover the parts wherethe side airbags inflate. Such acces-sories may prevent the side airbagsfrom activating correctly, causingdeath or serious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of the front seatswith the side airbags. Such changesmay disable the system or causethe side airbags to inflate acciden-tally, resulting in death or seriousinjury. Consult your Toyota dealer ifyou insist on modifications of thiskind.

Adjust the driver’s seat so that the footpedals, steering wheel and instrumentpanel controls are within easy reach ofthe driver.

CAUTION

� Adjustments should not be madewhile the vehicle is moving, as theseat may unexpectedly move andcause the driver to lose control ofthe vehicle.

� When adjusting the seat, be carefulthat the seat does not hit a passen-ger or luggage.

� After adjusting the seat position,try sliding it forward and backwardto make sure it is locked in posi-tion.

� After adjusting the seatback, pushback your body to make sure it islocked in position.

� Do not put objects under the seats.The objects may interfere with theseat–lock mechanism or unexpect-edly push up the seat position ad-justing lever; the seat may suddenlymove, causing the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle.

Seats

Front seats— —Front seat precautions (on vehicles with SRS side airbags) —Seat adjustment precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


36 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� While adjusting the seat, do not putyour hands under the seat or nearthe moving parts. You may catchand injure your hands or fingers.

1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER

Hold the center of the lever and pull itup. Then slide the seat to the desiredposition with slight body pressure andrelease the lever.

2. SEAT CUSHION HEIGHT ADJUSTINGKNOB

Turn the knob either way.

3. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGLEVER

Lean forward and pull the lever up.Then lean back to the desired angleand release the lever.

—Adjusting front seats(manual seat)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


372002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. Therefore, inthe event of a frontal collision, therisk of personal injury may increasewith increasing recline of the seat-back.

4. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING KNOB


1. SEAT POSITION AND SEAT CUSHIONHEIGHT ADJUSTING SWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat atthat position.

Do not place anything under the frontseats. It might interfere with the seat–lockmechanism.

2. SEATBACK ANGLE ADJUSTINGSWITCH

Move the control switch in the desireddirection.

Releasing the switch will stop the seat-back at that position.

—Adjusting front seats (powerseat)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


38 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

To reduce the risk of sliding underthe lap belt during a collision, avoidreclining the seatback any more thanneeded. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection in a frontal or rearcollision when the driver and the pas-senger are sitting up straight andwell back in the seats. If you arereclined, the lap belt may slide pastyour hips and apply restraint forcesdirectly to the abdomen. Therefore, inthe event of a frontal collision, therisk of personal injury may increasewith increasing recline of the seat-back.

3. SEAT LUMBAR SUPPORTADJUSTING KNOB


1. Pull up the seatback security locklever 1 to the unlock position.

2. Pull up the lock release button 2.

3. Fold down the seatback.

Each seatback can be folded separately.

This will enlarge the trunk as far as theseatbacks. See “Luggage stowage precau-tions” on page 191 in Section 2 for pre-cautions in loading luggage.

NOTICE

Make sure the luggage loaded in theenlarged trunk will not damage thewebbing of the rear center seat beltwhen the left seatback is foldeddown.

Fold–down rear seat

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


392002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

When returning the seatback to theupright position, observe the follow-ing precautions in order to preventpersonal injury in a collision or sud-den stop:

� Make sure the seatback is securelylocked by pushing forward and rear-ward on the top of the seatbackand that the red mark at the buttonon the top of the seatback cannotbe seen. Failure to do so will pre-vent the seat belt from operatingproperly.

� Make sure the seat belts are nottwisted or caught in the seatbackand are arranged in the properposition and are ready to use.

To turn on the seat heater, push theswitch. To turn off the seat heater,push the switch once again.

The key must be in the “ON” position.

CAUTION

Occupants must use caution when op-erating the seat heater because itmay make them feel too hot or causeburns at low temperatures (erythema,varicella). Use extra caution for;

� Babies, small children, elderly per-sons, sick persons or handicappedpersons

� Persons who have delicate skin

� Persons who are exhausted

� Persons who have taken alcohol ordrugs which induce sleep (sleepingdrug, cold remedy, etc.)

To prevent the seat overheating, donot use the seat heater with a blan-ket, cushion, or other insulating ob-jects which cover the seat.

NOTICE

� Do not put unevenly weighed ob-jects on the seat and do not sticksharp objects (needles, nails, etc.)into the seat.

� When cleaning the seats, do notuse organic substances (paint thin-ner, benzine, alcohol, gasoline,etc.). They may damage the heaterand seat surface.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, turn the switch offwhen the engine is not running.

Seat heaters

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


40 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Front

Rear

For your safety and comfort, adjust thehead restraint before driving.

To raise: Pull it up.To lower: Push it down while pressing thelock release button.

The head restraint is most effective whenit is close to your head. Therefore, usinga cushion on the seatback is not recom-mended.

CAUTION

� Adjust the center of the head re-straint so that it is closest to thetop of your ears.

� After adjusting the head restraint,make sure it is locked in position.

� Do not drive with the head re-straints removed.

To use the armrest, pull it out asshown above.

Head restraints Armrest

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


412002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Toyota strongly urges that the driver andpassengers in the vehicle be properly re-strained at all times with the seat beltsprovided. Failure to do so could increasethe chance of injury and/or the severity ofinjury in accidents.

Child. Use a child restraint system ap-propriate for the child until the child be-comes large enough to properly wear thevehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”on page 65 for details.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. According to accidentstatistics, the child is safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seat than in thefront seat.

If a child must sit in the front seat, theseat belts should be worn properly. If anaccident occurs and the seat belts are notworn properly, the force of the rapid infla-tion of the airbag may cause death orserious injury to the child.

Do not allow the child to stand up orkneel on either rear or front seats. Anunrestrained child could suffer serious in-jury or death during emergency braking ora collision. Also, do not let the child siton your lap. It does not provide sufficientrestraint.

Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Ask your doctor forspecific recommendations. The lap beltshould be worn securely and as low aspossible over the hips and not on thewaist.

Injured person. Toyota recommends theuse of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-ry, first check with your doctor for specificrecommendations.

CAUTION

Persons should ride in their seatsproperly wearing their seat beltswhenever the vehicle is moving.Otherwise, they are much more likelyto suffer serious bodily injury ordeath in the event of sudden brakingor a collision.

When using the seat belts, observethe following:

� Use the belt for only one person ata time. Do not use a single belt fortwo or more people—even children.

� Avoid reclining the seatbacks toomuch. The seat belts provide maxi-mum protection when the seatbacksare in the upright position. (Referto the seat adjustment instructions.)

� Be careful not to damage the beltwebbing or hardware. Take care thatthey do not get caught or pinchedin the seat or doors.

� Inspect the belt system periodically.Check for cuts, fraying, and looseparts. Damaged parts should be re-placed. Do not disassemble ormodify the system.

Seat belts——Seat belt precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


42 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Keep the belts clean and dry. Ifthey need cleaning, use a mild soapsolution or lukewarm water. Neveruse bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-ers—they may severely weaken thebelts. (See “Cleaning the interior”on page 234 in Section 5.)

� Replace the belt assembly (includ-ing bolts) if it has been used in asevere impact. The entire assemblyshould be replaced even if damageis not obvious.

Adjust the seat as needed (front seatsonly) and sit up straight and well backin the seat. To fasten your belt, pull itout of the retractor and insert the tabinto the buckle.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

The seat belt length automatically adjuststo your size and the seat position.

The retractor will lock the belt during asudden stop or on impact. It also maylock if you lean forward too quickly. Aslow, easy motion will allow the belt toextend, and you can move around freely.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of theretractor, firmly pull the belt and releaseit. You will then be able to smoothly pullthe belt out of the retractor.

When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-pletely extended and is then retractedeven slightly, the belt is locked in thatposition and cannot be extended. This fea-ture is used to hold the child restraintsystem securely. (For details, see “Childrestraint” on page 65 in this section.) Tofree the belt again, fully retract the beltand then pull the belt out once more.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the belt is not twisted.

� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent youfrom properly latching the tab andbuckle.

� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed. It cannotprotect an adult occupant or yourchild from injury.

—Front and rear seat belts

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


432002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Seat belts with an adjustable shoulderanchor—

Adjust the shoulder anchor position toyour size.

To raise: Slide the anchor up.To lower: Push in the lock release buttonand slide the anchor down.

After adjustment make sure the anchor islocked in position.

CAUTION

Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofyour shoulder. The belt should bekept away from your neck, but notfalling off your s houlder. Failure todo so could reduce the amount ofprotection in an accident and causeserious injures in a collision.

Keep as low onhips as possible

Take upslack

Too high

Adjust the position of the lap andshoulder belts.

Position the lap belt as low as possibleon your hips—not on your waist, then ad-just it to a snug fit by pulling the shoulderportion upward through the latch plate.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


44 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended result. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on hipsas possible.

� For your safety, do not place theshoulder belt under your arm.

To release the belt, press the buckle–re-lease button and allow the belt to re-tract.

If the belt does not retract smoothly, pullit out and check for kinks or twists. Thenmake sure it remains untwisted as it re-tracts.

If your seat belt cannot be fastened se-curely because it is not long enough, apersonalized seat belt extender is avail-able from your Toyota dealer free ofcharge.

Please contact your local Toyota dealer sothat the dealer can order the proper re-quired length for the extender. Bring theheaviest coat you expect to wear for prop-er measurement and selection of length.Additional ordering information is availableat your Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

When using the seat belt extender,observe the following precautions.Failure to follow these instructionscould result in less effectiveness ofthe seat belt restraint system in caseof vehicle accident, increasing thechance of personal injury.

� Never use the seat belt extender ifyou can fasten the seat belt withoutit.

—Seat belt extender

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


452002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Remember that the extender pro-vided for you may not be safe whenused on a different vehicle, or foranother person or at a differentseating position than the one origi-nally intended for.

To connect the extender to the seatbelt, insert the tab into the seat beltbuckle so that the “PRESS” signs onthe buckle–release buttons of the ex-tender and the seat belt are both facingoutward as shown.

You will hear a click when the tab locksinto the buckle.

When releasing the seat belt, press onthe buckle–release button on the extender,not on the seat belt. This helps preventdamage to the vehicle interior and extend-er itself.

When not in use, remove the extenderand store in the vehicle for future use.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the seat belt extender is nottwisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, immediately contact yourToyota dealer. Do not use the seatuntil the seat belt is fixed. It cannotprotect an adult occupant or yourchild from injury.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


46 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The outside shoulder belt comfortguides for the rear seat outside posi-tions will provide added seat belt com-fort for children who have outgrownchild restraints and for small adults.When the outside shoulder belt is in-serted through the guide, the comfortguide pulls the belt away from the neckand head of an occupant.

To use the comfort guide, do as fol-lows.

Seat belt comfort guides are stored in theboth pockets on the sides of the rearseatback.

INSTALLING THE COMFORT GUIDE

1. Pull the comfort guide from thepocket.

—Seat belt comfort guides

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


472002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. Pinch the two edges of the shoulderbelt for the rear seat outside posi-tion with your fingers and slide thebelt past the slot of the guide asshown above. At this time, the elas-tic cord must be behind the seatbelt.

CAUTION

Make sure the belt is not twisted andthat it lies flat. The elastic cord mustbe behind the belt and the guidemust be on the front.

3. Buckle, position and release the seatbelt. (For wearing the seat belt, see“—Front and rear seat belts” onpage 42 in this section.) Make surethe shoulder belt crosses the shoul-der.

REMOVING AND STORING THECOMFORT GUIDE

Pinch the two edges of the seat belttogether so that you can slide them outof the guide. Store the guide with theelastic cord into the pocket.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stopwhile driving, remove and store thecomfort guide in its pocket when it isnot in use.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


48 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The driver and front passenger’s seatbelt pretensioners are designed to beactivated in response to a severe fron-tal impact.

When the airbag sensor detects the shockof a severe frontal impact, the front seatbelts are quickly drawn back in by theretractors so that the belts snugly restrainthe front seat occupants.

The front seat belt pretensioners are acti-vated even with no passenger in the frontseat.

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the front seat belt pretensionersare operating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat beltbuckle switch, front seat belt pretensionerassemblies, inflators, warning light, inter-connecting wiring and power sources. (Fordetails, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 99 in Sec-tion 1–5.)

The front seat belt pretensioner systemmainly consists of the following compo-nents and their locations are shown in theillustration.

1. Front airbag sensors

2. SRS warning light

3. Front seat belt pretensioner assemblies

4. Airbag sensor assembly

The front seat belt pretensioners are con-trolled by the airbag sensor assembly. Theairbag sensor assembly consists of a saf-ing sensor and airbag sensor.

—Front seat beltpretensioners

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


492002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

When the front seat belt pretensioners areactivated, an operating noise may beheard and a small amount of smoke–likegas may be released. This gas is harm-less and does not indicate that a fire isoccurring.

Once the front seat belt pretensionershave been activated, the seat belt retrac-tors remain locked.

CAUTION

Do not modify, remove, strike or openthe front seat belt pretensioner as-semblies, airbag sensor or surround-ing area or wiring. Doing so maycause sudden operation of the frontseat belt pretensioners or disable thesystem, which could result in deathor serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious inju-ries.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of thefront seat belt pretensioners in somecases.

� Installation of electronic devicessuch as a mobile two–way radio,cassette tape player or compactdisc player

� Repairs on or near the front seatbelt retractor assemblies

� Modification of the suspension sys-tem

� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure or con-sole

This front seat belt pretensioner systemhas a service reminder indicator to informthe driver of operating problems. If any ofthe following conditions occurs, thisindicates a malfunction of the airbags orpretensioners. Contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible to service thevehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or the light remains on.

� The light comes on or flashes whiledriving.

� If either front seat belt does not retractor can not be pulled out due to amalfunction or activation of the relevantfront seat belt pretensioner.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


50 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible:

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe front seat belt pretensioners to op-erate.

� Either front seat belt pretensioner as-sembly or surrounding area isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) front airbags are designed to pro-vide further protection for the driverand front passenger in addition to theprimary safety protection provided bythe seat belts.

In response to a severe frontal impact,the SRS front airbags work together withthe seat belts to help reduce injury byinflating. The SRS front airbags help toreduce injuries mainly to the driver’s orfront passenger’s head or chest caused bydirectly hitting the steering wheel or dash-board. The front passenger airbag is acti-vated even with no passenger in the frontseat.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a crashsensing and diagnostic module, which willrecord the use of the seat belt restraintsystem by the driver when the SRS air-bags are inflated.

CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who istoo close to the steering wheel ordashboard during airbag deploymentcan be killed or seriously injured.Toyota strongly recommends that:

� The driver sit as far back as pos-sible from the steering wheel whilestill maintaining control of the ve-hicle.

� The front passenger sit as far backas possible from the dashboard.

� All vehicle occupants be properlyrestrained using the available seatbelts.

SRS driver airbag and frontpassenger airbag

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


512002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS front airbags are oper-ating properly.


The SRS front airbag system is de-signed to activate in response to a se-vere frontal impact within the shadedarea between the arrows in the illustra-tion.

The SRS front airbags will deploy if theseverity of the impact is above the de-signed threshold level, comparable to anapproximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collisionwhen impacting straight into a fixed barrierthat does not move or deform.

If the severity of the impact is below theabove threshold level, the SRS front air-bags may not deploy.

However, this threshold velocity will beconsiderably higher if the vehicle strikesan object, such as a parked vehicle orsign pole, which can move or deform onimpact, or if it is involved in an underridecollision (e.g. a collision in which the noseof the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under,the bed of a truck, etc.).

It is possible that in some collisions at thelower zone of airbag sensor detection andactivation the SRS airbags and seat beltpretensioners will not operate all together.

For the safety of all occupants, alwayswear your seat belts properly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


52 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Collision from the rear

Collision from the side

Vehicle rollover

The SRS front airbags are not designedto inflate if the vehicle is involved in aside or rear collision, if it rolls over, orif it is involved in a low–speed frontalcollision.

Hitting a curb,edge of pavementor hard material

Falling into orjumping over adeep hole

Landing hard or vehicle falling

The front SRS airbags may deploy if aserious impact occurs to the undersideof your vehicle. Some examples areshown in the illustration.

The SRS airbag system consists mainly ofthe following components, and their loca-tions are shown in the illustration.

1. Front airbag sensors


3. Airbag module for front passenger (airbag and inflator)

4. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch

5. Driver’s seat position sensor


7. Airbag module for driver (airbag and inflator)

The airbag sensor assembly consists of asafing sensor and airbag sensor.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


532002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

In a severe frontal impact, the sensorsdetect deceleration and the system trig-gers the airbag inflators. Then a chemicalreaction in the inflators quickly fills theairbags with non–toxic gas to help restrainthe forward motion of the occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non–toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-mally harmless; however, for those whohave delicate skin, it may cause a minorskin irritation. Be sure to wash off anyresidue as soon as possible to preventany potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Parts of the airbag module (steering wheelhub, dashboard) may be hot for severalminutes, but the airbags themselves willnot be hot. The airbags are designed toinflate only once.

A crash severe enough to inflate the air-bags may break the windshield as thevehicle buckles. In vehicles with a pas-senger airbag the windshield may also bedamaged by absorbing some of the forceof the inflating airbag.

CAUTION

� The SRS airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver side andfront passenger side seat belt sys-tems. The front seat occupants canbe killed or seriously injured by theinflating airbags if they do not wearthe available seat belts properly.During sudden braking just beforea collision, an unrestrained driveror front passenger can move for-ward into direct contact with orclose proximity to the airbag whichmay then deploy during the colli-sion. To ensure maximum protectionin an accident, the driver and allpassengers in the vehicle mustwear their seat belts properly. Wear-ing a seat belt properly during anaccident reduces the chances ofdeath or serious injury or beingthrown out of the vehicle. For in-structions and precautions concern-ing the seat belt system, see “Seatbelts” on page 41 in this section.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


54 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by the deploy-ing front airbags. An infant or childwho is too small to use a seat beltshould be properly secured using achild restraint system. Toyotastrongly recommends that all in-fants and children be placed in therear seat of the vehicle and proper-ly restrained. The rear seat is thesafest for infants and children. Forinstructions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” on page 65 in thissection.

� Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front passen-ger seat because the force of therapid inflation of the front passen-ger airbag can cause death or seri-ous injury to the child.

Move seatfully back

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to beinstalled on the front passengerseat only when it is unavoidable.Always move the seat as far backas possible, because the force ofthe deploying front passenger air-bag could cause death or seriousinjury to the child.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


552002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� On vehicles with side airbags andcurtain shield airbags, do not allowthe child to lean against the dooror around the door even if the childis seated in the child restraint sys-tem. It is dangerous if the side air-bag and curtain shield airbag in-flate, and the impact could causedeath or serious injury to the child.

� For instructions concerning theinstallation of a child restraint sys-tem, see “Child restraint” on page65 in this section.

� Do not sit on the edge of the seator lean over the dashboard whenthe vehicle is in use. The front air-bags inflate with considerablespeed and force; you may be killedor seriously injured. Sit up straightand well back in the seat, and al-ways use your seat belt properly.

� Do not allow a child to stand up,or to kneel on the front passengerseat. The front airbag inflates withconsiderable speed and force; thechild may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� Do not hold a child on your lap orin your arms. Use a child restraintsystem in the rear seat. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 65 in this sec-tion.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


56 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Do not put objects or your pets onor in front of the dashboard orsteering wheel pad that houses thefront airbag system. They might re-strict inflation or cause death orserious injury as they are projectedrearward by the force of deployingairbags. Likewise, the driver andfront passenger should not holdthings in their arms or on theirknees.

� Do not modify or remove any wir-ing. Do not modify, remove, strikeor open any components such asthe steering wheel pad, steeringwheel, column cover or front pas-senger airbag cover, front passen-ger airbag, airbag sensor assembly.Doing so may cause sudden SRSfront airbag inflation or disable thesystem, which could result in deathor serious injury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.Consult your Toyota dealer about anyrepairs and modifications.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS front airbag system in somecases.



� Modification of the front end struc-ture

� Attachment of a grille guard (bullbar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,winches or any other equipment tothe front end

� Repairs made on or near the frontfenders, front end structure, con-sole, steering column, steeringwheel or dashboard near the frontpassenger airbag

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


572002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

This SRS front airbag system has aservice reminder indicator to inform thedriver of operating problems. If either ofthe following conditions occurs, thisindicates a malfunction of the airbags.Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.


� The light comes on while driving.


� The SRS front airbags have been in-flated.

� The front of the vehicle (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS front airbags to inflate.

� The pad section of the steering wheelor front passenger airbag cover(shaded in the illustration) is scratched,cracked, or otherwise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


58 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-tem) side airbags and curtain shield air-bags are designed to provide furtherprotection for the driver, front passen-ger and rear outside passengers inaddition to the primary safety protec-tion provided by the seat belts.

In response to a severe side impact, theSRS side airbags and curtain shield air-bags work with the seat belts to helpreduce injury by inflating. The SRS sideairbags help to reduce injuries mainly tothe driver’s or front passenger’s chest andthe SRS curtain shield airbags help toreduce injuries mainly to the driver’s, frontpassenger’s or rear outside passenger’shead. The SRS side airbag and curtainshield airbag on the passenger side areactivated even with no passenger in thefront seat or rear seat.

The curtain shield airbags may activateeven when the side airbags are not acti-vated.

Be sure to wear your seat belt properly.

Your vehicle is equipped with a crashsensing and diagnostic module, which willrecord the use of the seat belt restraintsystem by the driver when the SRS sideairbags and curtain shield airbags are in-flated.

CAUTION

SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags inflate with considerableforce. To avoid potential death or se-rious injury when they inflate, thedriver, front passenger and rear out-side passengers must:

� Wear their seat belts properly.

� Remain properly seated with theirback upright and against the seat atall times.

SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


592002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

This indicator comes on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.It goes off after about 6 seconds. Thismeans the SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags are operating properly.


The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system may not inflate if thevehicle is subjected to a collision fromthe side at certain angles, or a collisionto the side of the vehicle body otherthan the passenger compartment asshown in the illustration.

The SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags are designed to inflate when thepassenger compartment area suffers a se-vere impact from the side.

For the safety of all occupants, alwayswear your seat belts properly.

Collision from the rear

Collision from the front

Vehicle rollover

The SRS side airbags and curtain shieldairbags are not designed to inflate ifthe vehicle is involved in a front orrear collision, if it rolls over, or if it isinvolved in a low–speed side collision.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


60 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system consists mainly of the fol-lowing components, and their locations areshown in the illustration.


2. Curtain shield airbag modules(airbag and inflator)

3. Side airbag modules (airbag and inflator)

4. Curtain shield airbag sensors

5. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors


The SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system is controlled by the airbagsensor assembly. The airbag sensor as-sembly consists of a safing sensor andairbag sensor.

In a severe side impact, the side andcurtain shield airbag sensor and/or thecurtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) theside airbag and curtain shield airbag inflat-ors and/or the curtain shield airbag inflat-ors. Then a chemical reaction in the inflat-ors quickly fills the airbags with non–toxicgas to help restrain the lateral motion ofthe occupants.

When the airbags inflate, they produce afairly loud noise and release some smokeand residue along with non–toxic gas. Thisdoes not indicate a fire. This gas is nor-mally harmless; however, for those whohave delicate skin, it may cause a minorskin irritation. Be sure to wash off anyresidue as soon as possible to preventany potential skin irritation.

Deployment of the airbags happens in afraction of a second, so the airbags mustinflate with considerable force. While thesystem is designed to reduce serious inju-ries, it may also cause minor burns orabrasions and swelling.

Front seats as well as parts of the frontand rear pillars, and roof side may be hotfor several minutes, but the airbags them-selves will not be hot. The airbags aredesigned to inflate only once.

CAUTION

� The SRS side airbag and curtainshield airbag system is designedonly as a supplement to the prima-ry protection of the driver side, andfront and rear outside passengerside seat belt systems. To ensuremaximum protection in an accident,the driver and all passengers in thevehicle must wear their seat belts.Wearing a seat belt during an acci-dent reduces the chances of deathor serious injury or being thrownout of the vehicle. For instructionsand precautions concerning the seatbelt system, see “Seat belts” onpage 41 in this section.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


612002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Improperly seated and/or restrainedinfants and children can be killedor seriously injured by a deployingairbag. An infant or child who istoo small to use a seat belt shouldbe properly secured using a childrestraint system. Toyota stronglyrecommends that all infants andchildren be placed in the rear seatof the vehicle and properly re-strained. The rear seat is the safestfor infants and children. For in-structions concerning the installa-tion of a child restraint system, see“Child restraint” on page 65 in thissection.

� Do not allow a child to lean his/herhead or any part of his/her bodyagainst the front door or the areaof the seat, front pillar, rear pillaror roof side from which the sideairbag and curtain shield airbagdeploy even if he/she is seated inthe child restraint system. It is dan-gerous if the side airbag and cur-tain shield airbag inflate, and theimpact could cause death or seri-ous injury to the child. For instruc-tions concerning the installation ofa child restraint system, see “Childrestraint” on page 65 in this sec-tion.

� Do not lean against the door whenthe vehicle is in use. Otherwise, theside airbag and curtain shield air-bag inflate with considerable speedand force; you may be killed or se-riously injured. Special care shouldbe taken especially when you havea small child in the vehicle.

� Sit up straight and well back in theseat, distributing your weight evenlyin the seat. Do not apply excessiveweight to the outer side of the frontseats with a side airbag, and to thefront pillar, rear pillar and roof siderail with a curtain shield airbag.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


62 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Do not get your head closer to thearea where the side airbag and cur-tain shield airbag inflate. These air-bags inflate with considerablespeed and force; you may be killedor seriously injured. Special careshould be taken especially whenyou have a small child in the ve-hicle.

� Do not allow a child to kneel on thepassenger seat facing the passen-ger’s side door. The side airbag andcurtain shield airbag inflate withconsiderable speed and force; thechild may be killed or seriously in-jured.

� Do not attach a cup holder or anyother device or object on or aroundthe door. When the side airbag in-flates, the cup holder or any otherdevice or object will be hurled withgreat force or the side airbag maynot activate correctly, resulting indeath or serious injury. Likewise,the driver and front passengershould not hold things in theirarms or on their knees.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


632002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Do not attach a microphone or anyother device or object around thepart where the curtain shield airbagactivates such as on the windshieldglass, side door glass, front andrear pillars, roof side and assistgrips. When the curtain shield air-bag inflates, the microphone or oth-er device or object will be hurledwith great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly, resulting in death or seriousinjury.

� Do not hook a hanger, heavy orsharp pointed objects on the coathook. If the curtain shield airbaginflates, those items will be hurledaway with great force or the curtainshield airbag may not activate cor-rectly. When you hang clothes,hang them on the coat hook direct-ly.

� Do not use seat accessories whichcover the parts where the side air-bags inflate. Such accessories mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, causing death orserious injury.

� Do not modify or replace the seatsor upholstery of front seats withside airbags. Such changes maydisable the system or cause theside airbags to inflate accidentally,resulting in death or serious injury.

� Do not disassemble or repair thefront pillar, rear pillar and roof siderail containing the curtain shieldairbags. Such changes may disablethe system or cause the curtainshield airbags to inflate accidental-ly, resulting in death or serious in-jury.

Failure to follow these instructionscan result in death or serious injury.

NOTICE

Do not perform any of the followingchanges without consulting yourToyota dealer. Such changes caninterfere with proper operation of theSRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system in some cases.



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


64 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Modification of the side structure ofthe passenger compartment

� Repairs made on or near the con-sole

This SRS side airbag and curtain shieldairbag system has a service reminderindicator to inform the driver of operatingproblems. If either of the followingconditions occurs, this indicates amalfunction of the airbags. Contact yourToyota dealer as soon as possible toservice the vehicle.



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


652002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)


� The SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags have been inflated.

� The portion of the doors (shaded in theillustration) was involved in an accidentthat was not severe enough to causethe SRS side airbags and curtainshield airbags to inflate.

� The surface of the seats with the sideairbag (shaded in the illustration) isscratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-aged.

� The portion of the front pillars, rearpillars and roof side rail garnishes(padding) containing the curtain shieldairbags inside (shaded in the illustra-tion) is scratched, cracked, or other-wise damaged.

NOTICE

Do not disconnect the battery cablesbefore contacting your Toyota dealer.

Toyota strongly urges the use of childrestraint systems for children smallenough to use them.

The laws of all fifty states in the U.S.A.and Canada now require the use of achild restraint system.

Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.

If a child is too large for a child restraintsystem, the child should sit in the rearseat and must be restrained using thevehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” onpage 41 for details.

CAUTION

� For effective protection in automo-bile accidents and sudden stops, achild must be properly restrained,using a seat belt or child restraintsystem depending on the age andsize of the child. Holding a child inyour arms is not a substitute for achild restraint system. In an acci-dent, the child can be crushedagainst the windshield, or betweenyou and the vehicle’s interior.

� Toyota strongly urges use of aproper child restraint system whichconforms to the size of the child,installed on the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, the childis safer when properly restrained inthe rear seat than in the front seat.

� Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front seat. Inthe event of an accident, the forceof the rapid inflation of the airbagcan cause death or serious injury ifa rear–facing child restraint systemis installed on the front seat.

� Unless it is unavoidable, do notinstall a child restraint system onthe front seat.

Child restraint——Child restraint precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


66 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)



� Make sure that you have compliedwith all installation instructions pro-vided by the child restraintmanufacturer and that the system isproperly secured.

A child restraint system for a smallchild or baby must itself be properlyrestrained on the seat with the lap por-tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You mustcarefully consult the manufacturer’s in-structions which accompany the childrestraint system.

To provide proper restraint, use a childrestraint system following the manufactur-er’s instructions about the appropriate ageand size of the child for the child restraintsystem.

Install the child restraint system correctlyfollowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer. General directions are alsoprovided under the following illustrations.

The child restraint system should beinstalled on the rear seat. According toaccident statistics, the child is safer whenproperly restrained in the rear seat thanin the front seat.

CAUTION

� Never install a rear–facing child re-straint system on the front seat. Inthe event of an accident, the forceof the rapid inflation of the airbagcan cause death or serious injury ifa rear–facing child restraint systemis installed on the front seat.

� Unless it is unavoidable, do notinstall a child restraint system onthe front seat.


—Child restraint system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


672002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)


� After installing the child restraintsystem, make sure it is secured inplace following the manufacturer’sinstructions. If it is not restrainedsecurely, it may cause death or se-rious injury to the child in theevent of a sudden stop or accident.

When not using the child restraint system,keep it secured with the seat belt or placeit in the trunk or somewhere other thanthe passenger compartment. This will pre-vent it from injuring passengers in theevent of a sudden stop or accident.

Child restraint systems are classified intothe following 3 types depending on thechild’s age and size.

(A) Infant seat(B) Convertible seat(C) Booster seat

Install the child restraint system followingthe instructions provided by its manufac-turer.

Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-curing the top strap of a child restraintsystem.

For instructions about how to use the an-chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” onpage 77 in this section.

The child restraint lower anchorages ap-proved for your vehicle may also be used.See “—Installation with child restraint low-er anchorages” on page 79 in this section.

(A) Infant seat

(B) Convertible seat

—Types of child restraintsystem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


68 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(C) Booster seat(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION

An infant seat is used in rear–facingposition only.

CAUTION


—Installation with seat belt

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


692002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Do not install a rear–facing childrestraint system on the rear seat ifit interferes with the lock mecha-nism of the front seats. This cancause death or serious injury to thechild and front passenger in caseof sudden braking or a co llision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system at another position.

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the infant seat following theinstructions provided by its manufactur-er and insert the tab into the buckletaking care not to twist the belt. Keepthe lap portion of the belt tight.

CAUTION

� After inserting the tab, make surethe tab and buckle are locked andthat the lap and shoulder portionsof the belt are not twisted.


� If the seat belt does not functionnormally, it cannot protect yourchild from injury. Contact yourToyota dealer immediately. Do notuse the child restraint system untilthe seat belt is fixed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


70 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the infant seat securely, makesure the belt is in the lock mode beforeletting the belt retract.

3. While pressing the infant seat firmlyagainst the seat cushion and seatback,let the shoulder belt retract as far asit will go to hold the infant seat secure-ly.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


712002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

4. To remove the infant seat, press thebuckle–release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION

A convertible seat is used in forward–facing or rear–facing position depend-ing on the child’s age and size. Wheninstalling, follow the manufacturer’s in-structions about the applicable child’sage and size as well as directions forinstalling the child restraint system.

CAUTION


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


72 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Move seatfully back



� Do not install a rear–facing childrestraint system on the rear seat ifit interferes with the lock mecha-nism of the front seats. This cancause death or serious injury to thechild and front passenger in caseof sudden braking or a co llision.

� If the driver’s seat position doesnot allow sufficient space for safeinstallation, install the child re-straint system at another position.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


732002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Run the lap and shoulder belt throughor around the convertible seat followingthe instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt. Keep the lap portion of the belttight.

CAUTION




2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put itin the lock mode. When the belt isthen retracted even slightly, it cannotbe extended.

To hold the convertible seat securely,make sure the belt is in the lock modebefore letting the belt retract.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


74 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

3. While pressing the convertible seatfirmly against the seat cushion andseatback, let the shoulder belt retractas far as it will go to hold the convert-ible seat securely.

CAUTION

Push and pull the child restraint sys-tem in different directions to be sureit is secure. Follow all the installationinstructions provided by its manufac-turer.

4. To remove the convertible seat, pressthe buckle–release button and allow thebelt to retract completely. The belt willmove freely again and be ready towork for an adult or older child passen-ger.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


752002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

A booster seat is used in forward–fac-ing position only.

Move seatfully back

CAUTION

� A forward–facing child restraint sys-tem should be allowed to be installon the front seat only when it isunavoidable. Always move the seatas far back as possible, becausethe force of the deploying airbagcould cause death or serious injuryto the child.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


76 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Runthe lap and shoulder belt through oraround the booster seat and child fol-lowing the instructions provided by itsmanufacturer and insert the tab intothe buckle taking care not to twist thebelt.

Make sure the shoulder belt is correctlyacross the child’s shoulder and that thelap belt is positioned as low as possibleon child’s hips. See “Seat belts” on page41 for details.

CAUTION

� Always make sure the shoulder beltis positioned across the center ofchild’s shoulder. The belt should bekept away from child’s neck, butnot falling off child’s s houlder. Fail-ure to do so could reduce theamount of protection in an accidentand cause serious injuries in a col-lision.

� Both high–positioned lap belts andloose–fitting belts could cause seri-ous injuries due to sliding underthe lap belt during a collision orother unintended result. Keep thelap belt positioned as low on achild’s hips as possible.

� For child’s safety, do not place theshoulder belt under child’s arm.


� Do not insert coins, clips, etc. inthe buckle as this may prevent yourchild from properly latching the taband buckle.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


772002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

2. To remove the child restraint system,press the buckle–release button and al-low the belt to retract.

Follow the procedure below for a childrestraint system that requires the useof a top strap.

Symbol

Anchor brackets

Use the anchor bracket on the packagetray behind the rear seat to attach the topstrap.

Anchor brackets are installed for eachrear seating position.

This symbol indicates the location of theanchor brackets.

—Using a top strap

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


78 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:

1. Outside anchor brackets only—Remove the head restraint.

2. Open the lid of the anchor bracketto open.

3. Securely fasten the child restraintsystem with the seat belt.

Latch the hook onto the anchorbracket and tighten the top strap.

For instructions to install the child re-straint system, see “Child restraint” onpage 65 in this section.

CAUTION

Make sure the top strap is securelylatched, and check that the child re-straint system is secure by pushingand pulling it in different directions.Follow all the installation instructionsprovided by its manufacturer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


792002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

4. Outside anchor brackets only—Replace the head restraint.

The lower anchorages for the child re-straint system interfaced with theFMVSS225 specification are installed inthe rear seat.

The anchorages are installed in the clear-ance between the seat cushion and seat-back of both outside rear seats.

Child restraint system interfaced with theFMVSS225 specification can be fixed withthese anchorages. In this case, it is notnecessary to fix the child restraint systemwith a seat belt on the vehicle.

Type A

—Installation with childrestraint lower anchorages

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


80 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Type B

CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMINSTALLATION

Type A—

1. Widen the clearance between theseat cushion and seatback a littleand confirm the position of the low-er anchorages around the tag on theseat cushion.

2. Latch the hooks of lower straps ontothe anchorages and tighten the lowerstraps.

Type B—

1. Widen the clearance between theseat cushion and seatback a littleand confirm the position of the low-er anchorages around the tag on theseat cushion.

2. Latch the buckles onto the anchor-ages.

If your child restraint system has a topstrap, it should be anchored. (For theinstallation of the top strap, see “—Usinga top strap” on page 77 in this section.)

For the installation details, refer to theinstruction manual equipped with eachproduct.

CAUTION

� When using the lower anchoragesfor the child restraint system, besure that there are no irregular ob-jects around the anchorages or thatthe seat belt is not caught.

� Push and pull the child restraintsystem in different directions to besure it is secure. Follow all theinstallation instructions provided byits manufacturer.

� Do not install a child restraint sys-tem on the rear seat if it interfereswith the lock mechanism of thefront seats. This can cause death orserious injury to the child and frontpassenger in case of sudden brak-ing or a collision.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


812002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To change the steering wheel angle,hold the steering wheel, push down thelock release lever, tilt the steeringwheel to the desired angle and returnthe lever to its original position.

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile the vehicle is moving. It maycause the driver to mishandle thevehicle and an accident may occurresulting in death or serious inju-ries.

� After adjusting the steering wheel,try moving it up and down to makesure it is locked in position.

Tilt steering wheel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


82 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the side of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

Be careful when judging the size or dis-tance of any object seen in the outsiderear view mirror on the passenger’s side.It is a convex mirror with a curved sur-face. Any object seen in a convex mirrorwill look smaller and farther away thanwhen seen in a flat mirror.

On some models, when you push the rearwindow defogger switch, the heater panelsin the outside rear view mirrors will quick-ly clear the mirror surface. (See “Rearwindow and outside rear view mirror de-foggers” on page 94 in Section 1–4.)

CAUTION

� Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

� Since the mirror surfaces can gethot, keep your hands off them whenthe defogger switch is on.

NOTICE

The outside rear view mirrors arefixed in place. Do not try to fold themirrors. It may damage the mirrors.

Outside rear view mirrors—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


832002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To adjust a mirror, use the switches.

1. Master switch—To select the mirror tobe adjustedPush the “L” (left) or “R” (right) sideof the switch.

2. Control switch—To move the mir-ror Push the switch in the desireddirection.

Mirrors can be adjusted when the key isin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

NOTICE

If ice should jam the mirror, do notoperate the control or scrape the mir-ror face. Use a spray de–icer to freethe mirror.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

To reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving, operate the lever on the loweredge of the mirror.

Daylight driving—Lever at position 1

The reflection in the mirror has greaterclarity at this position.

Night driving—Lever at position 2

Remember that by reducing glare you alsolose some rear view clarity.

—Power rear view mirrorcontrol

Anti–glare inside rear viewmirror

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


84 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

Adjust the mirror so that you can justsee the rear of your vehicle in the mir-ror.

This mirror is equipped with auto anti–glare function. The function is designedto reduce glare from the headlights ofthe vehicle behind you during nightdriving.

When the ignition key is inserted andturned on, the inside rear view mirror al-ways turns on in the automatic functionmode.

The indicator illuminates to show you thatthe function is on.

In automatic function mode, if the mirrordetects light from the headlights of thevehicle behind you, the mirror surfacedarkens slightly to reduce the reflectedlight.

To turn off the automatic function, pushthe “MIRROR” switch.

To turn on the automatic function again,push the “MIRROR” switch.

Adjust it before driving so that the rearview is in the best condition.

When the inside air temperature is low, itmay take little longer for the mirror todarken in response to the detection ofheadlights.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the mirror while thevehicle is moving. It may cause thedriver to mishandle the vehicle andan accident may occur resulting indeath or serious injuries.

Auto anti–glare inside rearview mirror

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


852002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

An anti–glare mirror sensor is locatedon the back side of the mirror. In ordernot to disturb correct functioning of themirror, do not touch or cover the sen-sor with your finger or a piece of cloth,etc.

Type A

Type B

To use the vanity mirror, swing downthe sun visor and open the cover.

Vanity lights (type B only)—

The lights come on when you open thecover.

To adjust the brightness of the lights, slidethe switch.

Vanity mirrors

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


86 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSLights, Wipers and DefoggerHeadlights and turn signals 87. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emergency flashers 90. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument panel light control 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front fog lights 91. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interior light 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ignition switch light 92. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Personal lights 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Windshield wipers and washer 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear window and outside rear view mirror defoggers 94. . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 4

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


872002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1—

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionkey in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2—

The lights automatically turn off after 30seconds in the following conditions:

� When the ignition key is turned to the“ACC” or “LOCK” position with all thedoors and trunk lid closed

� When any of the door or trunk lid isopened and closed with the ignition keyin the “ACC” or “LOCK” position

The lights can be turned off immediatelyby pushing the “LOCK” switch on the wire-less remote control transmitter with all thedoors locked and the trunk lid closed.

If any of the door or trunk lid is keptopened, the lights automatically turn offafter 20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-tion key to the “ON” position or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light (DRL) system

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system canmake it easier for others to see the frontof your vehicle during the day. The DRLsystem can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, but they can be espe-cially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlightscome on at a reduced brightness when:

� The light switch is in “DRL” position.

� The ignition is on with the engine run-ning.

� The headlight switch is off.

� The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnthe headlights to full intensity for nightdriving.

To turn off the DRL system, twist the knobto the position 3 (“DRL OFF”) or turn theignition switch off.

Headlights and turn signals(without automatic lightcontrol system)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


88 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

High–Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “DRL” or “DRLOFF”.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” on page 266 in Section 7–3.

HEADLIGHTS

To turn on the following lights: Twistthe headlight/turn signal lever knob.

Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,side marker and instrument panel lights

Position 2—Headlights and all of theabove

Position 3 (“AUTO”)—Headlights and/or allof the lights in position 1

They automatically turn on or off depend-ing on the darkness of the surroundings.

Manually twist the knob to the position 2to turn on the headlights if they are need-ed immediately when entering a dark tun-nel, parking structure, etc.

Headlights and turn signals(with automatic light controlsystem)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


892002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The automatic light control sensor is onthe top of the driver’s side instrumentpanel.

Do not place anything on the instrumentpanel, and/or do not affix anything on thewindshield to block this sensor.

If you feel that the automatic light controlcomes into operation too early or too late,have the sensor adjusted by your Toyotadealer.

Automatic light cut off system

Position 1 or position 3 with the taillights on—

The lights automatically turn off when thedriver’s door is opened with the ignitionkey in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.

Position 2 or position 3 with the head-lights on—

The lights automatically turn off after 30seconds in the following conditions:

� When the ignition key is turned to the“ACC” or “LOCK” position with all thedoors and trunk lid closed

� When any of the door or trunk lid isopened and closed with the ignition keyin the “ACC” or “LOCK” position

When the doors are locked by wirelessremote control transmitter, the lights auto-matically turn off immediately.

If any of the door or trunk lid is keptopened, the lights automatically turn offafter 20 minutes.

To turn on the lights again, turn the igni-tion key to the “ON” position or actuatethe headlight switch. If you are going topark for over one week, make sure theheadlight switch is off.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the lights onfor a long period when the engine isnot running.

Daytime running light (DRL) system

Daytime Running Light (DRL) system canmake it easier for others to see the frontof your vehicle during the day. The DRLsystem can be helpful in many differentdriving conditions, but they can be espe-cially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset.

The DRL system will make your headlightscome on at a reduced brightness when:

� The ignition is on with the engine run-ning.

� The headlight switch is off.

� The parking brake is released.

To turn on the other exterior lights andinstrument panel lights, twist the knob tothe position 1.

Twist the knob to the position 2 to turnthe headlights to full intensity for nightdriving.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


90 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

High–Low beams— For high beams, turnthe headlights on and push the lever awayfrom you (position 1). Pull the lever to-ward you (position 2) for low beams.

The headlight high beam indicator light(blue light) on the instrument panel willtell you that the high beams are on.

Flashing the high beam headlights(position 3)—Pull the lever all the wayback. The high beam headlights turn offwhen you release the lever.

You can flash the high beam headlightswith the knob turned to “OFF”.

TURN SIGNALS

To signal a turn, push the headlight/turn signal lever up or down to position1.


The lever automatically returns after youmake a turn, but you may have to returnit by hand after you change lanes.

To signal a lane change, move the leverup or down to the pressure point (position2) and hold it.

If the turn signal indicator lights (greenlights) on the instrument panel flash fasterthan normal, a front or rear turn signalbulb is burned out. See “Replacing lightbulbs” on page 266 in Section 7–3.

To turn on the emergency flashers,push the switch.

All the turn signal lights will flash. To turnthem off, push the switch once again.

Turn on the emergency flashers to warnother drivers if your vehicle must bestopped where it might be a traffic hazard.

Always pull as far off the road as pos-sible.

The turn signal light switch will not workwhen the emergency flashers are operat-ing.

Emergency flashers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


912002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from being dis-charged, do not leave the switch onlonger than necessary when the en-gine is not running.

To adjust the brightness of the instru-ment panel lights, turn the dial.

To turn on the front fog lights, twistthe band of the headlight and turn sig-nal switch lever. They will come ononly when the headlights are on lowbeam.

Instrument panel light control Front fog lights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


92 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To turn on the interior light, slide theswitch.

The interior light switch has the followingpositions:

“ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.

“OFF”—Turns the light off.

“DOOR”—Turns the light on when any ofthe doors is opened. The light goes offwhen all the doors are closed.

ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM

With the switch in the “DOOR” position,the light comes on when any door isopened. After all the doors are closed, thelight remains on for about 15 seconds andthen goes out.

However, in the following cases, the lightgo off immediately.

� All the doors are closed when the igni-tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

� The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”,“ON”, or “START” after all the sidedoors are closed.

� All the doors are closed and locked.

When all the doors are unlocked with thekey or wireless remote control transmittersimultaneously, the ignition switch lightcomes on for about 15 seconds and thenfade out, even if the door is not opened.

To prevent the battery being discharged,the lights will automatically turn off whenthe key is removed and the door is leftopened with the switch at “DOOR” positionfor 20 minutes or more.

For easy access to the ignition switch,the ignition switch light comes on whenany of the doors are opened.

The light remains on for about 15 secondsafter all the doors are closed.

However, in the following cases, the lightgo off immediately.

� All the doors are closed when the igni-tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

� The ignition key is turned to the “ACC”,“ON”, or “START” after all the sidedoors are closed.

� All the doors are closed and locked.

Interior light Ignition switch light

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


932002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

When all the doors are unlocked with thekey or wireless remote control transmittersimultaneously, the ignition switch lightcomes on for about 15 seconds and thenfade out, even if the door is not opened.

To prevent the battery being discharged,the light will automatically turn off whenthe key is removed and the door is leftopened for 20 minutes or more.

To turn on the front personal lights,push the lens. To turn the lights off,push the lens once again.

To turn on the windshield wipers, movethe lever to the desired setting.


Lever position Speed setting

Position 1 Intermittent

Position 2 Slow

Position 3 Fast

For a single sweep of the windshield,push the lever up and release it.

Personal lights Windshield wipers and washer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


94 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

With interval adjuster: The “INT TIME”band lets you adjust the wiping time inter-val when the wiper lever is in the intermit-tent position (position 1). Twist the bandupward to increase the time betweensweeps, and downward to decrease it.

To squirt washer fluid, pull the levertoward you.

If the windshield wipers are off, they willoperate a couple of times after the washersquirts.

For instructions on adding washer fluid,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 266 inSection 7–3.

In freezing weather, warm the windshieldwith the defroster before using the washer.This will help prevent the washer fluidfrom freezing on your windshield, whichcan block your vision.

NOTICE

Do not operate the wipers if the wind-shield is dry. It may scratch theglass.

When waxing your vehicle, make sure thatthe washer nozzles do not becomeblocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,contact your Toyota dealer to have thevehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

With manual air conditioning system

With automatic air conditioning system

Rear window and outside rearview mirror defoggers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


952002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To defog or defrost the rear window,push the switch.


The thin heater wires on the inside of therear window will quickly clear the sur-faces. An indicator light will illuminate toindicate the defogger is operating.

On some models, heater panels in theoutside rear view mirrors will also quicklyclear the surfaces.

Push the switch once again to turn thedefogger off.

The system will automatically shut off af-ter the defogger has operated about 15minutes.

CAUTION

Since the mirror surfaces can get hotkeep your hands off them when thedefogger switch is on.

Make sure you turn the defoggers offwhen the surfaces are clear. Leaving thedefoggers on for a long time could causethe battery to discharge, especially duringstop–and–go driving. The defoggers arenot designed for drying rain water or formelting snow.

If the outside rear view mirrors are heavi-ly coated with ice, use a spray de–icerbefore operating the switch.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


96 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSGauges, Meters and Service reminder indicatorsFuel gauge 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine coolant temperature gauge 97. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tachometer 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Odometer and two trip meters 98. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers 99. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 5

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


972002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The gauge indicates the approximatequantity of the fuel remaining in thetank when the ignition switch is on.

Nearly full—Needle at “F”Nearly empty—Needle at “E”

It is a good idea to keep the tank over1/4 full.

The gauge remains on for about 10 min-utes after the ignition switch is off.

If the fuel level approaches “E” or the lowfuel level warning light comes on, fill thefuel tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gaugeneedle may fluctuate or the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

If the fuel tank is completely empty, themalfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fillthe fuel tank immediately.

The indicator lamp goes off after drivingseveral times. If the indicator lamp doesnot go off, contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature when the ignition switch ison. The engine operating temperaturewill vary with changes in weather andengine load.

If the needle moves into the red zone,your engine is too hot. If your vehicleoverheats, stop your vehicle and allow theengine to cool.

Your vehicle may overheat during severeoperating conditions, such as:

� Driving up a long hill on a hot day.

� Reducing speed or stopping after highspeed driving.

Fuel gaugeEngine coolant temperaturegauge

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


98 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Idling for a long period with the airconditioning on in stop–and–go traffic.

� Towing a trailer.

NOTICE

� Do not remove the thermostat inthe engine cooling system as thismay cause the engine to overheat.The thermostat is designed to con-trol the flow of coolant to keep thetemperature of the engine withinthe specified operating range.

� Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” on page 215 inSection 4.

The tachometer indicates engine speedin thousands of rpm (revolutions perminute). Use it while driving to selectcorrect shift points and to prevent en-gine lugging and over–revving.

Driving with the engine running too fastcauses excessive engine wear and poorfuel economy. Remember, in most casesthe slower the engine speed, the greaterthe fuel economy.

NOTICE

Do not let the indicator needle getinto the red zone. This may causesevere engine damage.

This meter displays the odometer andtwo trip meters when the ignitionswitch is on.

1. Odometer—Shows the total distancethe vehicle has been driven.

2. Two trip meters—Show two differentdistances independently driven sincethe last time each trip meter was setto zero.

You can use one trip meter to calculatethe fuel economy and the other tomeasure the distance on each trip. Alltrip meter data is cancelled if the elec-trical power source is disconnected.

Tachometer Odometer and two trip meters

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


992002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the twotrip meters to zero, and also changethe meter display.

To change the meter display, quicklypush and release the knob. The meterdisplay changes in the order from theodometer to trip meter A to trip meterB, then back to the odometer eachtime you push.

To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-play the meter A reading, then pushand hold the knob until the meter isset to zero. The same process can beapplied for resetting the trip meter B.

This display remains on for about 10 min-utes after the ignition switch is off.

(a) If parking brakeis off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(b) Fasten driver’s seat belt.

If the indicator orbuzzer comes on...

(d) Stop and check.

(e) Take vehicle toToyota dealer.

(c) Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.

or

(indicator and buzzer)

Do this.

(f) Stop and check.

(h) Take vehicle to Toyota dealer. If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.

(i) Close all doors.

or


Do this.

(g) Fill up tank.

Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


100 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(k) Add washer fluid.

(m) Remove key.Key reminderbuzzer


Do this.

(j) Take vehicle to Toyota dealerimmediately.

(l) Take vehicle Toyota dealer.

(a) Brake System Warning Light

This light comes on in the following caseswhen the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-tion.

� When the parking brake is applied...

Vehicles with anti–lock brake system—

This light comes on for a few secondswhen the ignition key is turned to the“ON” position even after the parking brakeis released.

� When the brake fluid level is low...

CAUTION

It is dangerous to continue drivingnormally when the brake fluid level islow.

Have your vehicle checked at yourToyota dealer in the following cases:

� The light does not come on even if theparking brake is applied when the igni-tion key is in the “ON” position.

Vehicles with anti–lock brake system—

� The light does not come on even if theignition key is turned on with the park-ing brake released.

A warning light turning on briefly duringoperation does not indicate a problem.

CAUTION

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, immediately stop your vehicleat a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

� The light does not turn off evenafter the parking brake is releasedwhile the engine is running.

In this case, the brakes may notwork properly and your stoppingdistance will become longer. De-press the brake pedal firmly andbring the vehicle to an immediatestop.

Vehicles with anti–lock brake sys-tem—

� The brake system warning light re-mains on together with the “ABS”warning light.

In this case, not only the anti–lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely un-stable during braking.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1012002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Lightand Buzzer

This light and buzzer remind you tobuckle up the driver’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the reminder light flashes and buzzersounds if the driver’s seat belt is not fas-tened. Unless the driver fastens the belt,the light keeps flashing and the buzzerstops after about 4 to 8 seconds.

(c) Front Passenger’s Seat Belt Re-minder Light

This light reminds you to buckle up thefront passenger’s seat belt.

Once the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the reminder light flashes if a passengersits in the front passenger seat and doesnot fastened. However, if a front passen-ger uses an additional seat cushion, thelight may not flash even when the seatbelt is not buckled up.

If luggage load is placed on the frontoutside passenger seat, depending on itsweight and how it is placed on the seat,built–in sensors in the seat cushion maydetect the pressure, causing the reminderlight to come on.

(d) Discharge Warning Light

This light warns that the battery is beingdischarged.

If it comes on while you are driving, thereis a problem somewhere in the chargingsystem.

The engine ignition will continue to oper-ate, however, until the battery is dis-charged. Turn off the air conditioning,blower, radio, etc., and drive directly tothe nearest Toyota dealer or repair shop.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving if the enginedrive belt is broken or loose.

(e) Malfunction Indicator Lamp

This lamp comes on when the ignitionkey is turned to the “ON” position andgoes off after the engine starts. Thismeans that the warning light system isoperating properly.

If the lamp remains on, or the lampcomes on while driving, first check thefollowings.

� Empty fuel tank

If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-ately.

� Loose fuel tank cap

If the fuel tank cap is loose, securelytighten it.

These cases are temporary malfunctions.The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips.

If the lamp will not go off even after theseveral trips, contact your Toyota dealeras soon as possible.

If the fuel tank is not empty or the fueltank cap is not loose...

� There is a problem somewhere in theengine, emission control system, elec-tronic throttle control system, automatictransmission electrical system or warn-ing light system itself.

Contact your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to service the vehicle.

If the engine speed does not increase withthe accelerator pedal depressed down,there may be a problem somewhere inyour electronic throttle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


102 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

Emissions inspection and maintenance(I/M) programs

Your vehicle may not pass a stateemission inspection if the malfunctionindicator lamp remains on. Contact yourToyota dealer to check your vehicle’semission control system and OBD(On–Board Diagnostics) system beforetaking your vehicle for the inspection.

For details, see “Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs” on page 241in Section 6.

(f) Low Engine Oil Pressure WarningLight

This light warns that the engine oil pres-sure is too low.

If it flickers or stays on while you aredriving, pull off the road to a safe placeand stop the engine immediately. Call aToyota dealer or qualified repair shop forassistance.

The light may occasionally flicker whenthe engine is idling or it may come onbriefly after a hard stop. There is nocause for concern if it then goes out whenthe engine is accelerated slightly.

The light may come on when the oil levelis extremely low. It is not designed toindicate low oil level, and the oil levelmust be checked using the level dipstick.

NOTICE

Do not drive the vehicle with thewarning light on—even for one block.It may ruin the engine.

(g) Low Fuel Level Warning Light

This light comes on when the fuel levelin the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill upthe tank as soon as possible.

On inclines or curves, due to the move-ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel levelwarning light may come on earlier thanusual.

(h) “ABS” Warning Light

Vehicles without vehicle skid controlsystem—

The light comes on with the ignition keyturned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden braking or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1032002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If either of the following conditionsoccurs, this indicates a malfunctionsomewhere in the parts monitored bythe warning light. Contact your Toyotadealer as soon as possible to servicethe vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion, or remains on.

� The light comes on while you are driv-ing.


CAUTION

If the “ABS” warning light remains ontogether with the brake system warn-ing light, immediately stop your ve-hicle at a safe place and contact yourToyota dealer.

In this case, not only the anti–lockbrake system will fail but also thevehicle will become extremely unsta-ble during braking.

Vehicles with vehicle skid control sys-tem—

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if eitherof the systems malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, traction control system and thevehicle skid control system do not oper-ate, but the brake system still operatesconventionally.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operateso that the wheels could lock up duringa sudden brake or braking on slipperyroad surfaces.





CAUTION



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


104 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(i) Open Door Warning Light

This light remains on until all the doorsare completely closed.

(j) SRS Warning Light

This light will come on when the igni-tion key is turned to the “ON” position.After about 6 seconds, the light will gooff. This means the systems of the air-bag and front seat belt pretensioner areoperating properly.

This warning light system monitors theairbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat beltbuckle switch, front seat belt pretensionerassemblies, inflators, warning light, inter-connecting wiring and power sources.

If either of the following conditions occurs,this indicates a malfunction somewhere inthe parts monitored by the warning lightsystem. Contact your Toyota dealer assoon as possible to service the vehicle.

� The light does not come on when theignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-tion or remains on.


(k) Low Windshield Washer Fluid LevelWarning Light

The light warns that the windshield washerfluid level is too low. Add washer fluid atyour earliest opportunity. (For instructions,see “Adding washer fluid” on page 266 inSection 7–3.)

(l) “VSC” Warning Light

The light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle skid control sys-tem or traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON”, and will go off afterabout a few seconds.

If the light comes on, the vehicle skidcontrol system and traction control systemdo not work. However, as conventionalbraking operates when applied, there is noproblem to continue your driving.

In the following cases, contact your Toyotadealer:

� The light does not come on after theignition is turned to on.

� The light is left on after the ignition isturned to on.

� The light comes on while driving.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon when the “VSC” warning light comeson even if the “TRAC OFF” switch is notpushed.

(m) Key Reminder Buzzer

This buzzer reminds you to remove thekey when you open the driver’s door withthe ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”position.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1052002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CHECKING SERVICE REMINDERINDICATORS (except the low fuel levelwarning light and low windshieldwasher fluid level warning light)

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Open one of the doors.The open door warning light shouldcome on.

3. Close the door.The open door warning light should gooff.

4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but donot start the engine.All the service reminder indicators ex-cept the open door warning light shouldcome on. The “ABS” and “VSC” warn-ing lights, “TRAC OFF” and slip indica-tor lights go off after a few seconds.The SRS warning light goes off afterabout 6 seconds.

If any service reminder indicator or warn-ing buzzer does not function as describedabove, have it checked by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


106 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSIgnition switch, Transmission and Parking brakeIgnition switch with steering lock 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transmission 108. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Manual transmission 112. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Traction control system 113. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vehicle skid control system 115. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parking brake 117. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cruise control 118. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 6

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1072002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

“START”—Starter motor on. The keywill return to the “ON” position whenreleased.

For starting tips, see page 196 in Section3.

“ON”—Engine on and all accessorieson.

This is the normal driving position.

“ACC”—Accessories such as the radiooperate, but the engine is off.

If you leave the key in the “ACC” or“LOCK” position and open the driver’sdoor, a buzzer will remind you to removethe key.

“LOCK”—Engine is off and the steeringwheel is locked. The key can be re-moved only at this position.

You must push in the key to turn the keyfrom “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. Onvehicles with an automatic transmission,the selector lever must be put in the “P”position before pushing the key.

Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—Once you remove the key, the engine im-mobiliser system is automatically set. (See“Engine immobiliser system” on page 13in Section 1–2.)

When starting the engine, the key mayseem stuck at the “LOCK” position. Tofree it, first be sure the key is pushed allthe way in, and then rock the steeringwheel slightly while turning the key gently.

If the automatic unlocking operation linkedwith the ignition switch is set, all doorsare automatically unlocked when the igni-tion switch is turned from the “ON” posi-tion to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. Fordetails, see “—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions” on page 17 in Section1–2.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

Never remove the key when the ve-hicle is moving, as this will lock thesteering wheel and result in loss ofsteering control.

NOTICE

Do not leave the key in the “ON”position if the engine is not running.The battery will discharge and theignition could be damaged.

Ignition switch with steeringlock

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


108 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Your automatic transmission has a shiftlock system to minimize the possibility ofincorrect operation. This means you canonly shift out of “P” position when thebrake pedal is depressed (with the ignitionswitch in “ON” position and the lock re-lease button depressed).

(a) Selector lever

The shift position is also displayed on theinstrument cluster.

P: Parking, engine starting andkey removal

R: Reverse

N: Neutral

D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)

2: Stronger engine braking

L: Maximum engine braking

Automatic transmission

Lock release buttonTo prevent misshifting

With the brake pedal depressed,shift while holding the lockrelease button in. (The ignitionswitch must be in “ON”position.)

Shift while holding the lockrelease button in.

Shift normally.

Selector lever

Overdrive switch

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1092002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(b) Overdrive switch

You can select either third gear (withoverdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-drive on) by pushing this switch.

To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.The “O/D OFF” indicator light should comeon. To turn the overdrive on again, pushthe switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicatorlight should go off.

Always drive your vehicle with the over-drive on for better fuel economy andquieter driving.

If the engine is turned off when the over-drive is off and restarted, the overdrivewill be on automatically.

Vehicles with cruise control—When thecruise control is being used, even if youdownshift the transmission by pushing andreleasing the overdrive switch, enginebraking will not be enabled because thecruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” on page 118 in thissection.

(c) Normal driving

1. Start the engine as instructed in “Howto start the engine” on page 197 inSection 3. The transmission must be in“P” or “N”.

2. With your foot holding down the brakepedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.

When the lever is in the “D” position, theautomatic transmission system will selectthe most suitable gear for running condi-tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-ing, hard towing, etc.

Always turn the overdrive on for betterfuel economy and quieter driving. If theengine coolant temperature is low, thetransmission will not shift into overdrivegear even with the overdrive on.

CAUTION

Never put your foot on the accelera-tor pedal while shifting.

3. Release the parking brake and brakepedal. Depress the accelerator pedalslowly for smooth starting.

If the automatic locking operation linkedwith the shift position is set, all doors areautomatically locked when the shift leveris moved out of the “P” position with theignition switch is in the “ON” position andall the doors are closed. For details, see“—Automatic door locking and unlockingfunctions” on page 17 in Section 1–2.

(d) Using engine braking

To use engine braking, you can downshiftthe transmission as follows:

� Push the overdrive switch. The “O/DOFF” indicator light will come on andthe transmission will downshift to thirdgear.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


110 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Shift into the “2” position. The trans-mission will downshift to second gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 106 km/h (66 mph), andstronger engine braking will be en-abled.

� Shift into the “L” position. The trans-mission will downshift to first gearwhen the vehicle speed drops down toor lower than 50 km/h (31 mph), andmaximum engine braking will be en-abled.

Vehicles with cruise control—When thecruise control is being used, even if youdownshift the transmission by pushing andreleasing the overdrive switch, enginebraking will not be enabled because thecruise control is not cancelled.

For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,see “Cruise control” on page 118 in thissection.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

(e) Using “2” and “L” positions

The “2” and “L” positions are used forstrong engine braking as described pre-viously.

With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, youcan start the vehicle in motion as with thelever in “D”.

With the selector lever in “2”, the vehiclewill start in first gear and automaticallyshift to second gear.

With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-mission is engaged in first gear.

NOTICE

� Be careful not to over–rev the en-gine. Watch the tachometer to keepengine rpm from going into the redzone. The approximate maximum al-lowable speed for each position isgiven below for your reference:

“2” 115 km/h (71 mph). . . . . . . . . . . “L” 64 km/h (40 mph). . . . . . . . . . . .

� Do not continue hill climbing orhard towing for a long time in the“2” or “L” position. This may causesevere automatic transmission dam-age from overheating. To preventsuch damage, “D” position shouldbe used in hill climbing or hardtowing.

(f) Backing up

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. With the brake pedal held down withyour foot, shift the selector lever to the“R” position.

NOTICE

Never shift into reverse while the ve-hicle is moving.

(g) Parking

1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.

2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully tosecurely apply the parking brake.

3. With the brake pedal pressed down,shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-tion.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1112002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

Never attempt to move the selectorlever into “P” position under any cir-cumstances while the vehicle is mov-ing. Serious mechanical damage andloss of vehicle control may result.

If the automatic unlocking operation linkedwith the shift position is set, all doors areautomatically unlocked when the selectorlever is moved to the “P” position with theignition switch is in the “ON” position. Fordetails, see “—Automatic door locking andunlocking functions” on page 17 in Section1–2.

(h) Good driving practice

� If the transmission repeatedly shifts upand down between third gear and over-drive when climbing a gentle slope, theoverdrive should be turned off. Be sureto turn the switch on immediately after-ward.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse overdrive.

CAUTION

Always keep your foot on the brakepedal while stopped with the enginerunning. This prevents the vehiclefrom creeping.

NOTICE

Do not hold the vehicle on an up-grade with the accelerator pedal. Itcan cause the transmission to over-heat. Always use the brake pedal orparking brake.

(i) Rocking your vehicle if stuck

CAUTION

If your vehicle becomes stuck insnow, mud, sand, etc., then you mayattempt to rock your vehicle free bymoving it forward and backward. Donot attempt this procedure if peopleor objects are anywhere near the ve-hicle. During the rocking operationthe vehicle may suddenly move for-ward or backward as it becomes un-stuck, causing injury or damage tonearby people or objects.

NOTICE

If you rock your vehicle, observe thefollowing precautions to prevent dam-age to the transmission and otherparts.

� Do not depress the accelerator ped-al while shifting the selector leveror before the transmission is com-pletely shifted to forward or reversegear.

� Do not race the engine and avoidspinning the wheels.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


112 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� If your vehicle remains stuck afterrocking the vehicle several times,consider other ways such as tow-ing.

(j) If you cannot shift the selector le-ver out of “P” position

If you cannot shift the selector lever from“P” position even though the brake pedalis depressed, use the shift lock overridebutton. For instructions, see “If you cannotshift automatic transmission selector lever”on page 228 in Section 4.

The shift pattern is conventional asshown above.

Press the clutch pedal down fully whileshifting, and then release it slowly. Do notrest your foot on the pedal while driving,because it will cause clutch trouble. Anddo not use the clutch to hold the vehiclewhen stopped on an uphill grade—use theparking brake.

Recommended shifting speeds

The transmission is fully synchronized andupshifting or downshifting is easy.

For the best compromise between fueleconomy and vehicle performance, youshould upshift or downshift at the followingspeeds:

gear km/h (mph)1 to 2 or 2 to 1 24 (15)2 to 3 or 3 to 2 40 (25)3 to 4 or 4 to 3 64 (40)4 to 5 or 5 to 4 72 (45)

Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-eration is needed when you are cruisingbelow the above downshifting speeds.

Upshifting too soon or downshifting toolate will cause lugging, and possibly ping-ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-mum speed in each gear will cause ex-cessive engine wear and high fuelconsumption.

Maximum allowable speeds

To get on a highway or to pass slowertraffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-essary. Make sure you observe the follow-ing maximum allowable speeds in eachgear:

gear km/h (mph)1 52 (32)2 89 (55)3 137 (85)4 189 (117)

Manual transmission

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1132002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

Do not downshift if you are goingfaster than the maximum allowablespeed for the next lower gear.

Good driving practice

� If it is difficult to shift into reverse, putthe transmission in neutral, release theclutch pedal momentarily, and then tryagain.

� When towing a trailer, in order to main-tain engine braking efficiency, do notuse fifth gear.

CAUTION

Be careful when downshifting on aslippery surface. Abrupt shiftingcould cause the vehicle to spin orskid.

NOTICE

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped before shifting into reverse.

The traction control system automatical-ly helps prevent the spinning of frontwheels when the vehicle is started oraccelerated on slippery road surfaces.

When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,the system automatically turns on.

CAUTION

Under certain slippery road condi-tions, full traction of the vehicle andpower against front wheels cannot bemaintained, even though the tractioncontrol system is in operation. Do notdrive the vehicle under any speed ormaneuvering conditions which maycause the vehicle to lose tractioncontrol. In situations where the roadsurface is covered with ice or snow,your vehicle should be fitted withsnow tires or tire chains. Alwaysdrive at an appropriate and cautiousspeed for the present road condi-tions.

NORMAL DRIVING MODE

Leave the system on during the ordi-nary driving so that it can operatewhen needed.

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehicleis started. This means that the tractioncontrol system is in the self–check mode,but does not indicate a malfunction.

Traction control system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


114 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

When the traction control system is oper-ating, the following conditions occur:

� The system controls the spinning of thefront wheels. At this time, the slip indi-cator light blinks.

� You may feel vibration or noise in yourvehicle, caused by operation of thebrakes. This indicates the system isfunctioning properly.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer. TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE

When getting the vehicle out of mud ornew fallen snow, etc., turn off the trac-tion control system. This system thatcontrols engine performance interfereswith the process of freeing frontwheels.

To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will comeon.

The vehicle skid control system is alwaysactivated, even if the traction control sys-tem is turned off.

To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switchonce again.

The “TRAC OFF” indicator light will go off.

“TRAC OFF” indicator light comes on fora few seconds when the ignition key isturned to “ON”. It will come on againwhen you push the “TRAC OFF” switch toturn off the system.


� The indicator light does not come onwhen the ignition key is turned “ON”.

� The indicator light remains on after theignition is turned on.

� The indicator light comes on with thenormal driving mode while driving.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1152002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the traction control systemor the vehicle skid control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON” and will go off aftera few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.


� The warning light does not come onafter the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.


The vehicle skid control system helpsprovide integrated control of the sys-tems such as anti–lock brake system,traction control, engine control, etc.This system automatically controls thebrakes and engine to help prevent thevehicle from skidding when corneringon a slippery road surface or operatingsteering wheel abruptly.

This system will activate when your ve-hicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h(9 mph), and will deactivate when the ve-hicle speed reduced to below 15 km/h (9mph).

You may hear a sound in the enginecompartment for a few seconds when theengine is started or just after the vehicleis started. This means that the system isin the self–check mode but does not indi-cate a malfunction.

Vehicle skid control system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


116 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Do not rely excessively on the ve-hicle skid control system. Even ifthe vehicle skid control system isoperating, you must always drivecarefully and attentively to avoidserious injury. Reckless driving willresult in an unexpected accident. Ifthe slip indicator light flashes, analarm sounds, and special careshould be taken while driving.

� Only use tires of specified size. Thesize, manufacture, brand and treadpattern for all 4 tires should be thesame. If you use the tires otherthan specified, or different type orsize, the vehicle skid control sys-tem may not function correctly.When replacing the tires or wheels,contact your Toyota dealer. (See“Checking and replacing tires” onpage 256 in Section 7–2.)

� In situations where the road surfaceis covered with ice or snow, yourvehicle should be fitted with snowtires or tire chains.

If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-ing, the slip indicator light blinks and analarm sounds intermittently. Special careshould be taken while driving.

The slip indicator light comes on for a fewseconds when the ignition key is turnedto “ON”. If the indicator light does notcome on when the ignition is turned on,contact your Toyota dealer.

“VSC” warning light

This light warns that there is a problemsomewhere in the vehicle skid control sys-tem or the traction control system.

The light will come on when the ignitionkey is turned to “ON” and will go off aftera few seconds.

If the light comes on while driving, thesystem does not work. However, as con-ventional braking operates when applied,there is no problem to continue your driv-ing.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1172002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)


� The warning light does not come onafter the ignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light remains on after theignition key is turned to “ON”.

� The warning light comes on while driv-ing.


Lever type (type A)

Lever type (type B)

Pedal type (type A)

Pedal type (type B)

Parking brake

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


118 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

When parking, firmly apply the parkingbrake to avoid inadvertent creeping.

Lever type—

To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-ing power, first depress the brake pedaland hold it while setting the parkingbrake.To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),press the lock release button (2), and low-er (3).

Pedal type—

To set: Fully depress the parking brakepedal. For better holding power, first de-press the brake pedal and hold it whilesetting the parking brake.To release: Depress the parking brakepedal while depressing the brake pedal.

To remind you that the parking brake isset, the parking brake reminder light inthe instrument panel remains on until yourelease the parking brake.

CAUTION

Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is fully released and the park-ing brake reminder light is off.

The cruise control allows you to cruisethe vehicle at a desired speed over 40km/h (25 mph) even with your foot offthe accelerator pedal.

Your cruising speed can be maintained upor down grades within the limits of engineperformance, although a slight speedchange may occur when driving up ordown the grades. On steeper hills, agreater speed change will occur so it isbetter to drive without the cruise control.

CAUTION

� To help maintain maximum controlof your vehicle, do not use thecruise control when driving inheavy or varying traffic, or on slip-pery (rainy, icy or snow–covered) orwinding roads.

� Avoid vehicle speed increases whendriving downhill. If the vehiclespeed is too fast in relation to thecruise control set speed, cancel thecruise control then downshift thetransmission to use engine brakingto slow down.

TURNING ON THE SYSTEM

To operate the cruise control, press the“CRUISE ON–OFF” button. This turns thesystem on. The indicator light in theinstrument panel shows that you can nowset the vehicle at a desired cruisingspeed. Another press will turn the systemcompletely off.

CAUTION

To avoid accidental cruise control en-gagement, keep the “CRUISE ON–OFF” switch off when not using thecruise control.

Cruise control

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1192002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

SETTING AT A DESIRED SPEED

On vehicles with automatic transmission,the transmission must be in “D” beforeyou set the cruise control speed.

Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and release it. This sets the ve-hicle at that speed. If the speed is notsatisfactory, tap the lever up for a fasterspeed, or tap it down for a slower speed.Each tap changes the set speed by 1.6km/h (1.0 mph). You can now take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal.

If you need acceleration—for example,when passing—depress the acceleratorpedal enough for the vehicle to exceedthe set speed. When you release it, thevehicle will return to the speed set priorto the acceleration.

CAUTION

For manual transmission:

While driving with the cruise controlon, do not shift to neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal, as thismay cause engine racing or overrev-ving.

CANCELLING THE PRESET SPEED

You can cancel the preset speed by:

a. Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-rection and releasing it.

b. Depressing the brake pedal.

c. Depressing the clutch pedal (manualtransmission).

If the vehicle speed falls below about 40km/h (25 mph), the preset speed will auto-matically cancel out.

If the vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10mph) below the preset speed, the presetspeed will also automatically cancel out.

If the preset speed automatically cancelsout other than for the above cases, haveyour vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-er at the earliest opportunity.

RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED

Push the lever up in the “RES/ACC” direc-tion and hold it. Release the lever whenthe desired speed is attained. While thelever is held up, the vehicle will graduallygain speed.

However, a faster way to reset is to ac-celerate the vehicle and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED

Push the lever down in the “SET/COAST”direction and hold it. Release the leverwhen the desired speed is attained. Whilethe lever is held down, the vehicle speedwill gradually decrease.

However, a faster way to reset is to de-press the brake pedal and then push thelever down in the “SET/COAST” direction.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


120 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

On vehicles with automatic transmission,even if you turn off the overdrive switch,with the cruise control on, engine brakingwill not be applied because the cruisecontrol is not cancelled. To decrease thevehicle speed, reset to a slower speedwith the cruise control lever or depressthe brake pedal. If you use the brakepedal, cruise control is cancelled.

RESUMING THE PRESET SPEED

If the preset speed is cancelled by pullingthe control lever or by depressing thebrake pedal or clutch pedal, pushing thelever up in the “RES/ACC” direction willrestore the speed set prior to cancellation.

However, once the vehicle speed falls be-low about 40 km/h (25 mph), the presetspeed will not be resumed.

CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING

If the “CRUISE” indicator light in theinstrument cluster flashes when using thecruise control, press the “CRUISE ON–OFF” button to turn the system off andthen press it again to turn it on.

If any of the following conditions then oc-curs, there is some trouble in the cruisecontrol system.

� The indicator light does not come on.

� The indicator light flashes again.

� The indicator light goes out after itcomes on.

If this is the case, contact your Toyotadealer and have your vehicle inspected.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1212002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


122 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSCar audio systemReference 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 123. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car audio system operating hints 139. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

For vehicle equipped with Navigation system, please refer to theseparate “Owner’s Manual for Navigation System”.

SECTION 1– 7

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1232002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Type 1: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/compact disc player

Type 2: AM·FM ETR radio/cassette player/compact disc auto changer

This section describes some of the basicfeatures on Toyota audio systems. Someinformation may not pertain to your sys-tem.

Your audio system works when the ignitionkey is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off.

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD”to turn on that function without pushing“PWR·VOL”.

You can turn on each player by insertinga cassette tape or compact disc.

You can turn off each player by ejectingthe cassette tape or compact disc. If theaudio system was previously off, then theentire audio system will be turned offwhen you eject the cassette tape or com-pact disc. If the another function was pre-viously playing, it will come on again.

SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS

Push “AM”, “FM1·2”, “FM”, “TAPE” or “CD”if the system is already on but you wantto switch from one function to another.

ReferenceUsing your audio system——Some basics

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


124 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

TONE AND BALANCE

For details about your system’s tone andbalance controls, see the description ofyour own system.

Tone

How good an audio program sounds toyou is largely determined by the mix ofthe treble, midrange (type 2 and on somemodels of type 1), and bass levels. Infact, different kinds of music and vocalprograms usually sound better with differ-ent mixes of treble, midrange, and bass.

Balance

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening toa stereo recording or broadcast, changingthe right/left balance will increase the vol-ume of one group of sounds while de-creasing the volume of another.

YOUR RADIO ANTENNA

Your vehicle has an antenna printed onthe inside of the rear window.

NOTICE

Attaching the film (especially conduc-tive or metallic type) on the rearglass will noticeably reduce the sensi-tivity of the radio.

YOUR CASSETTE PLAYER

When you insert a cassette, the exposedtape should be to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the player anddo not insert anything other than cas-sette tapes into the slot, or the tapeplayer may be damaged.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)

When you insert a disc, gently push it inwith the label side up. (The player willautomatically eject a disc if the label sideis down.) The compact disc player willplay from track 1 through the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything except a compactdisc into the slot.

8 cm (3 in.) compact disc singles

Your compact disc player does not needan adaptor to play compact disc singles.Compact disc singles are about 8 cm (3in.) in diameter–smaller than standarddiscs.

After you eject a compact disc single, donot insert a standard 12 cm (4.7 in.) discuntil “DISC” disappears from the display.

NOTICE

Do not use an adaptor for compactdisc singles —it could cause trackingerrors or interfere with the ejection ofcompact discs.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1252002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

YOUR COMPACT DISC AUTO CHANGER(type 2)

When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”button and gently push the disc in withthe label side up. (The player will auto-matically eject a disc if the label side isdown.) The compact disc auto changer willplay from track 1 through the end of thedisc. Then it will play from track 1 of thenext disc.

The changer is intended for use with 12cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

NOTICE

� Do not stack up two discs for in-sertion, or it will cause damage tothe compact disc auto changer. In-sert only one compact disc into slotat a time.

� Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything except a com-pact disc into the slot.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


126 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Details of specific buttons, controls andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallisting that follows.

—Controls and features�Type 1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1272002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station (see “TUNE” or “SEEK”button). Push and hold down the buttonuntil you hear a beep—this will set thestation to the button. The button numberwill appear on the display.

To tune in to a preset station: Push thebutton for the station you want. The but-ton number and station frequency will ap-pear on the display.

These systems can store one AM and twoFM stations for each button (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when youpush “AM” “FM1·2”).

(Eject button)

Push the cassette tape eject button toeject a cassette. Push the compact disceject button to eject a compact disc.

After you turn the ignition to “LOCK”, youwill be able to eject a cassette or disc butyou will not be able to reinsert it.

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of acassette tape. The display indicates whichside is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto–reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape side, itautomatically reverses and begins to playthe other side. This is true whether thecassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast forward buttons)

Cassette player

Push the fast forward button to fast for-ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear onthe display. Push the reverse button torewind a tape. “REW” will appear on thedisplay.

To stop the tape while it is fast forward-ing, push the fast forward button or“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-winding, push the reverse button or“TAPE”.

If a tape side rewinds completely, the cas-sette player will stop and then play thatsame side. If a tape fast forwards com-pletely, the cassette player will play theother side of the tape, using the auto–re-verse feature.

Compact disc player

If you want to fast forward or reversethrough a compact disc track, push andhold in the fast forward or reverse button.When you release the button, the compactdisc player will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push“AM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to radio operation.

CD (Compact disc player)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-sette operation to compact disc player op-eration. If the audio system is off, youcan turn on the compact disc player bypushing “CD”. In both cases, a disc mustalready be loaded in the player.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track cur-rently being played.

If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-tem will display one of the four followingerror messages.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


128 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Error codes

“WAIT”: The compact disc player unitmay be too hot due to temperature. Allowthe player to cool down.

“Err 1”: The disc may be dirty, damagedor inserted incorrectly (up–side down).Clean disc and re–insert.

“Err 3”: There is trouble inside the sys-tem. Eject the disc. Set the disc again.

“Err 4”: Over–current. Ask your Toyotadealer to inspect.

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

Dolby � B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push “ ”. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. Push the button again to turn offDolby� B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM1·2

Push “FM1·2” to turn on the radio andselect the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2” willappear on the display. This system allowsyou to set twelve FM stations, two foreach button.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “FM1·2”. Also,push “FM1·2” to switch from cassette orcompact disc operation to radio operation.

MODE (manual tone and sound balanceadjustment function)

Each time you push the “MODE” knob, themode changes. To adjust the tone andbalance, turn the knob.

BASS: Adjusts low–pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from –5 to 5.

MID (on some models): Adjusts mid–pitched tones. The display ranges from –5to 5.

TREBLE: Adjusts high–pitched tones. Thedisplay ranges from –5 to 5.

BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance be-tween the right and left speakers. Thedisplay ranges from L7 to R7.

FADER: Adjusts the sound balance be-tween the front and rear speakers. Thedisplay ranges from F7 to R7.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RAND (Random)

Push “RAND” to listen the tracks on thedisc in random order. “ ” will ap-pear on the display. The disc you arelistening to will play in random order. Toturn off the random feature, push this but-ton again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically berewound and replayed. This process willbe continued until you push the buttonagain to turn off the repeat feature.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1292002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Compact disc player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically bereplayed. This process will be continueduntil you push the button again to turn offthe repeat feature.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up the band, stay there for 5seconds, and then move to the next pre-set station. To select a station, push“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. If youhear a beep, you held the button too long,and the radio will scan the preset sta-tions. The radio will find the next stationup the station band, stay there for 5 se-conds, and then scan again. To select astation, push “SCAN” again.

Compact disc player

Push “SCAN” to scan the tracks on aspecific disc. “SCAN” will appear on thedisplay and the player will scan all thetracks on the disc you are listening to. Toselect a track, push “SCAN” again. If theplayer scanned all the tracks on the disc,it will stop scanning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek a station, quickly push and re-lease the “�” or “�” under the “SEEK”.Do this again to find another station.

Cassette player

By using this button, you can skip up ordown to a different track.

You can skip up to nine tracks at a time.

Push the up or down side of the button.“FF 1” or “REW 1” will appear on thedisplay.

Next, push either side of the track buttonuntil the number on the display reachesthe number of tracks you want to skip. Ifyou push the button ten times, the skipfeature will be turned off.

When counting the number of tracks youwant to rewind, remember to count thecurrent track as well. For example, if youwant to rewind to a song that is two be-fore the song you are listening to, pushon the down side of the button until “REW3” appears on the display.

If you have pushed the track button morethan you wanted to, push the other sideof the button. The track number will bereduced.

The track number you select is not validif it is higher than the number of tracksremaining on the current cassette side.

� After the beginning of the tape isreached, the player will automaticallystart playing the same side.

� After the end of the tape is reached,the player will automatically reversesides and start playing the other side.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks for the track buttonto work correctly. In addition, the featuremay not work well with some spokenword, live, or classical recordings.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


130 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-pact disc operation to cassette operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.In both cases, a cassette must already beloaded in the player.

TRACK (Track up/down button): Compact disc player


Push either side of the track button untilthe number of the track you want to listento appears on the display. If you want toreturn to the beginning of the currenttrack, push the down side of the buttonone time, quickly.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio(ETR). Push and release the “�” or “�”side of “TUNE” to step up or down thestation band. Do this again to find anotherfrequency.

If you push and hold the “�” or “�” sideof “TUNE”, the radio will continue seekingup or down for frequencies and will stopat the next frequency that it finds after thebutton is released. Press the button againto resume the search.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1312002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Details of specific buttons, controls andfeatures are described in the alphabeticallisting that follows.

�Type 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


132 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)

These buttons are used to preset andtune in radio stations.

To preset a station to a button: Tune inthe desired station (see “TUNE” knob or“SEEK” button). Push and hold down thebutton until you hear a beep—this will setthe station to the button. The preset but-ton number will appear on the display.

RDS stations will be preset to the buttonswhen you turn on the RDS (see “RDS”button).

To tune in to a preset station: Push thebutton for the station you want. The pre-set button number and station frequencywill appear on the display.

This radio can store one AM, two FM andRDS stations for each button (The displaywill show “AM”, “FM1”, “FM2” or “FMTYPE” when you push “AM” “FM”).

(Eject button)

Cassette tape

This button is used to eject a cassette.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you caneject a cassette but you cannot reinsertit.

Compact disc

This button is used to eject one or allcompact discs. To eject the current com-pact disc, push and release the compactdisc eject button. To eject all specificdiscs, push either side of the “DISC” but-ton until the number of the disc you wantto eject is displayed. Push and releasethe eject button. To eject all discs, pressand hold the eject button until you heara beep. The last compact disc played be-fore pushing the button will be ejectedfirst. If the ejected disc is not removed fora long time, the eject function will becancelled.

While the ignition is in “LOCK”, you caneject one or all discs but you cannot rein-sert them.

(Program)

Push “ ” to select the other side of acassette tape. The display indicates whichside is currently selected (“ ” indicates

top side, “ ” indicates bottom side).

Auto–reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape side, itautomatically reverses and begins to playthe other side. This is true whether thecassette was playing or fast forwarding.

(Reverse/Fast–forward button)

Cassette player

Push the fast–forward button to fast–for-ward a cassette tape. “FF” will appear onthe display. Push the reverse button torewind a tape. “REW” will appear on thedisplay.

To stop the tape while it is fast–forward-ing, push the fast–forward button or“TAPE”; to stop the tape while it is re-winding, push the reverse button or“TAPE”.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1332002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If a tape rewinds completely, the cassetteplayer will stop and then play that sameside. If a tape fast–forwards completely,the cassette will play the other side of thetape using the auto–reverse feature.

Compact disc auto changer

If you want to fast–forward or reverse acompact disc track, push and hold thefast–forward or reverse button. When yourelease the button, the compact disc autochanger will resume playing.

AM

Push “AM” to turn on the radio and selectthe AM band. “AM” will appear on thedisplay.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “AM”. Also, push“AM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to AM.

MODE (manual tone and sound balanceadjustment function)

Each time you push the MODE knob, themode changes. To adjust the tone andbalance, turn the knob.

BASS: Adjusts low–pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from –5 to 5.

MID: Adjusts mid–pitched tones. The dis-play ranges from –5 to 5.

TREBLE: Adjusts high–pitched tones. Thedisplay ranges from –5 to 5.

BALANCE: Adjusts the sound balance be-tween the right and left speakers. Thedisplay ranges from L7 to R7.

FADER: Adjusts the sound balance be-tween the front and rear speakers. Thedisplay ranges from F7 to R7.

CD (Compact disc)

Push “CD” to switch from radio or cas-sette operation to compact disc autochanger operation. If the audio system isoff, you can turn on the compact discauto changer by pushing “CD”. In bothcases, a disc must already be loaded inthe auto changer.

When the audio is set into compact discoperation, the display shows the track or,track and disc number currently beingplayed.

If the auto changer or another unitequipped with the player malfunctions,your audio system will display one of thesix following error messages.

Error codes

“WAIT”: The compact disc auto changerunit may be too hot due to temperature.Allow the auto changer to cool down.

“Err 1”: The disc may be dirty, damagedor inserted incorrectly (up–side down).Clean disc and re–insert.

“Err 2”: The compact disc auto changeris empty. Insert a disc.

“Err 3”: There is trouble inside the sys-tem. Eject the disc or magazine. Set thedisc or magazine again.

“Err 4”: Over–current. Ask your Toyotadealer to inspect.

“OPEn”: The compact disc auto changerlid of another unit is open. Close the com-pact disc auto changer lid.

If the malfunction still exists, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


134 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

DISC ��

By using this button, you can select adisc you wish to listen to.

Push either side of the button until thenumber of the disc you want to listenappears on the display.

Dolby � B NR∗

If you are listening to a tape that wasrecorded with Dolby� B Noise Reduction,push “ ”. “ ” will appear on thedisplay. Push the button again to turn offDolby� B NR.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noiseby about 10 dB. For best sound reproduc-tion, play your tapes with this button onor off according to the mode used forrecording the tape.∗: Dolby noise reduction manufactured under license fromDolby Laboratories Licensing Corporation. “DOLBY” and thedouble D symbol are trademarks of Dolby LaboratoriesLicensing Corporation.

FM

Push “FM” to turn on the radio to FMband. “FM1”, “FM2” or “FM TYPE” willappear on the display. This system allowsyou to set twelve FM stations, two foreach of the six preset button. If the RDSis off or RDS stations are not preset tothe preset buttons, “FM TYPE” will notappear on the display.

If the audio system is off, you can turnon the radio by pushing “FM”. Also, push“FM” to switch from cassette or compactdisc operation to FM.

LOAD

This button is used to load the compactdiscs in the compact disc auto changerwhich is integrated with the radio and cas-sette player. This compact disc autochanger can store up to 6 discs.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the load function.

Loading one compact disc only—

To load one compact disc only, quicklypush and release the button. If you holdthe button too long (if the audio systemis on at this time, you hear a beep.), themechanism will change to the mode forloading multiple compact discs. Afterpushing the button, insert a compact disc.After the disc is loaded, the shutter of theslot will close.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

Loading multiple compact discs—

To load multiple compact discs, push andhold (until you hear a beep when the au-dio system is on). After pushing the but-ton, insert the first compact disc. After thedisc is loaded, the shutter of the slot willclose. After a few seconds, the shutterwill automatically open again so the nextdisc can be inserted. The same processcan be applied for loading the rest of thediscs.

If no compact disc is inserted, the shutterwill close after 15 seconds.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1352002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

MSG (Message)

This button is operational only in RDSmode.

When an RDS radio station transmits atext message, “MSG” will be displayed. Atthis time, push “MSG” button to view thetext message. The message display willbe canceled if any button that affects thedisplay is pushed. To view the messageagain, push the “MSG” button again. Afterthe entire message has been displayed,the message will disappear.

The RDS audio system has memory tostore three 64–character messages. Tostore a message in memory, push andhold the “MSG” button until you hear abeep.

If 3 messages are already stored inmemory, the oldest message will be over-written by the new message.

To recall a radio text message, push the“MSG” button momentarily. This will dis-play the most recent message. A secondpush of the “MSG” button while the moststored message(s) are displayed beginswith the newest one.

If no messages have been stored, or ifthere are no more messages to be re-called, “NO MSG STORED” will appear onthe display, and the message display willbe canceled. The display then returns toshow the program service name. Themessage display will be canceled if youactivate any function that affects the dis-play.Message display can be canceled bypressing any of the following buttons:“AM”, “FM”, “CD”, “TAPE”, “SEEK”, anypreset, “SCAN”, any audio control, “RDS”,or “TYPE”. If the current station is not atraffic program and traffic announcementsis off, pushing “TRAF” will cancel the dis-play. The message will be canceled afterthe entire message has been displayed.

PWR·VOL (Power and Volume)

Push “PWR·VOL” to turn the audio systemon and off. Turn “PWR·VOL” to adjust thevolume.

RDS (Radio Data System)

Your audio system is equipped with RadioData Systems (RDS). RDS station provid-ing good reception is automatically se-lected if current reception worsens.

To turn on the RDS, push and hold thisbutton until you hear a beep, the RDSturns on and “RDS” will appear on thedisplay. At this time, the radio starts tosearch the RDS stations and “RDSSEARCH” will flash on the display.

Quickly push and release this button whenthe RDS turns on, the radio starts tosearch the RDS stations and “RDSSEARCH” will appear on the display.

When the RDS stations are found,“FOUND” and the number of the RDS sta-tions will appear on the display, and youwill hear two beeps. The stations will bepreset to the preset buttons.

If the RDS stations can not be found,“NOTHING” will appear on the display andyou will hear a beep, and the displayreturns to previous mode.

To turn the RDS off, push the button untilyou hear a beep again.

If the FM radio, cassette player or com-pact disc auto changer is on, pushing thisbutton will turn RDS on or off.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


136 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

RAND (Random)

There are two random features—you caneither listen to the tracks on all the com-pact discs in the magazine in random or-der, or only listen to the tracks on aspecific compact disc in random order.

To randomly play the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “RAND”.“ ” will appear on the display. Thedisc you are listening to will play in ran-dom order. If you hear a beep, the autochanger will play all the tracks in themagazine in random order. To turn off therandom feature, push this button again.

To randomly play all the tracks in themagazine:Push and hold “RAND” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the displayand the auto changer will perform all thetracks on all the discs in the magazine inrandom order. To turn off the random fea-ture, push this button again.

RPT (Repeat)

Cassette Player

Push “RPT” while the track is playing.“ ” will appear on the display. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically rewindand replay. To turn off the repeat feature,push this button again.

There must be at least 3 seconds of blankspace between tracks in order for the re-peat feature to work correctly.


There are two repeat features—You caneither replay a disc track or a whole com-pact disc.

Repeating a track:Quickly push and release “RPT” while thetrack is playing. “ ” will appear onthe display. If you hear a beep, the autochanger will repeat the whole disc. Whenthe track ends, it will automatically replay.To turn off the repeat feature, push thisbutton again.

Repeating a disc:Push and hold “RPT” until you hear abeep. “ ” will appear on the display.The auto changer will repeat all the trackson the disc you are listening to. When thedisc ends, the auto changer will automati-cally go back to the top track of the discand replay. To turn off the repeat feature,push this button again.

SCAN

Radio

You can either scan all the frequencies ona band or scan only the preset stationsfor that band.

To scan the preset stations: Push and hold “SCAN” until you hear abeep. The radio will tune in the next pres-et station up the band, stay there for 5seconds, and then move to the next pre-set station. To select a station, push“SCAN” again.

To scan all the frequencies: Quickly push and release “SCAN”. Theradio will find the next station up the sta-tion band, stay there for 5 seconds, andthen scan again to the next preset. Toselect a station, push “SCAN” again. Ifyou hear a beep, the radio will scan thepreset stations.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1372002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)


There are two scan features—you can ei-ther scan the tracks on a specific disc orscan the first tracks of all the discs in themagazine.

Scanning the tracks on a disc:Quickly push and release “SCAN”. “SCAN”will appear on the display and the autochanger will scan all the tracks on thedisc you are listening to. If you hear abeep, the auto changer will scan the firsttrack of all the discs in the magazine. Toselect a track, push “SCAN” again. If theauto changer scanned all the tracks onthe disc, it will stop scanning.

Scanning the first track of all the discs inthe magazine:Push “SCAN” until you hear a beep.“ ” will appear on the display andthe auto changer will scan the first trackof the next disc. To select a disc, pushthe “SCAN” again. If the auto changer hasscanned all the discs, it will stop scan-ning.

SEEK (Seeking)

Radio

In the seek mode, the radio finds andplays the next station up or down thestation band.

To seek the next station, quickly push andrelease the “�” or “�” side of “SEEK”.Do this again to find the station after that.

Cassette Player

By using this button you can skip up ordown to locate a song or recording.

You can select up to 9 recordings (includ-ing current one).

A blank space of at least 3 seconds isconsidered to be a start of a recording.

When a beginning of a tape is reached,the player automatically resumes play.

When the end of the tape is reached, theplayer automatically reverses sides andresumes normal play.

In addition, the feature may not work wellwith some spoken word, live, or classicalrecordings.

ST (Stereo reception) display

Your radio automatically changes to stereoreception when a stereo broadcast is re-ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If thesignal becomes weak, the radio reducesthe amount of channel separation to prev-ent the weak signal from creating noise.If the signal becomes extremely weak, theradio switches from stereo to mono recep-tion.

TAPE

Push “TAPE” to switch from radio or com-pact disc operation to cassette operation.If the audio system is off, you can turnon the cassette player by pushing “TAPE”.In both cases, a cassette must already beloaded in the player.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


138 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

TRACK (Track up/down button): compact disc auto changer


Push either side of the track button untilthe number of the track you want to listento appears on the display. If you want toreturn to the beginning of the currenttrack, quickly push the down side of thebutton one time.

TRAF (Traffic)

This button turns the traffic announcement(TA) feature on and off.

By pushing “TRAF” button, “TRAF SEEK”appears on the display and the radio willstart seeking any traffic program station.

When a traffic program station is found,“< >” will be displayed (<TRAF>) and youwill hear a beep.

After the traffic announcement program isover, a beep sounds and the display re-turns to the previous mode.

If no traffic program station is found, “NOTRAF INFO” appears on the display for afew seconds and the display returns tothe previous mode. However, if the“TRAF” button is pushed when the cas-sette player or compact disc player is on,the radio will start seeking traffic programstations.

TA volume memory function—The volumelevel when receiving the traffic announce-ment is memorized.

When “TA” is received next time, the sys-tem compares the volume before “TA” isreceived and the memorized TA volumeand automatically selects the louder vol-ume. However, the range of volumememory is limited: if the volume receivedpreviously is less than the minimum, thisvolume will be used.

You can adjust the volume independentlyfrom the memorized TA volume rangewhile receiving a TA station.

Traffic announcement can be canceled byturning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”button again.

TUNE (Tuning)

Your Toyota has an electronic tuning radio(ETR). Turn the knob clockwise to step upthe frequency. Turn the knob counterclock-wise to step down the frequency.

TYPE (Program Types)

When you push the “TYPE” button whilereceiving an RDS station, the current pro-gram type appears on the display.

Each time you push the “TYPE” button,the program type changes as in the fol-lowing:

� ROCK

� EASY LIS (Easy listening)

� CLS/JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)

� R&B (Rhythm and Blues)

� INFORM (Information)

� RELIGION

� MISC

� ALERT (Emergency message)

ALERT: If an emergency broadcast is re-ceived during reception of anything otherthan AM broadcasting, you will hear abeep and “ALERT” appears on the display.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1392002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

To ensure the correct audio systemoperation:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acassette tape or Compact Disc intothe slot.

� The use of cellular phone inside ornear the vehicle may cause a noisefrom the speakers of the audio sys-tem which you are listening to.However, this does not indicate amalfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate a prob-lem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally, theeffective range of FM is about 40 km (25miles). Once outside this range, you maynotice fading and drifting, which increasewith the distance from the radio transmit-ter. They are often accompanied by distor-tion.

Multi–path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals to reachyour antenna at the same time. If thishappens, the signals will cancel each oth-er out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially at night.These reflected signals can interfere withthose received directly from the radio sta-tion, causing the radio station to soundalternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflected sig-nal and a signal received directly from aradio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear the broad-cast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTE PLAYERAND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts regu-larly.

� A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangle yourcassette tapes. The easiest way toclean them is by using a cleaning tape.(A wet type is recommended.)

Car audio system operatinghints

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


140 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Use high–quality cassettes.

� Low–quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto–reversing. They can alsoget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

� Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

� Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

� Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

� Avoid using cassettes with a total play-ing time longer than 100 minutes (50minutes per side). The tape used inthese cassettes is thin and could getstuck or tangled in the cassette player.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� Use only compact discs labeled asshown above. CD–R (CD–Recordable),CD–RW (CD–Re–writable) and personalcomputer use CD–ROMs may not beplayable on your compact disc player.

� Type 2 only—Your compact disc autochanger is intended for use with 12 cm(4.7 in.) discs only.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from working.On hot days, use the air conditioningto cool the vehicle interior before youlisten to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compact discplayer, you may not hear any soundeven though your compact disc playerappears to be working. Remove thedisc from the player and wait until itdries.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1412002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Your automatic changer or compactdisc player cannot play special shapedor low–quality compact discs such asthose shown here. Do not use them asthe changer or player could be dam-aged.

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shiny side.

� Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a section ofa track. (To see a pin hole, hold thedisc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint–free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint–free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti–static device.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invisiblelaser beam which could cause hazard-ous radiation exposure if directedoutside the unit. Be sure to operatethe player correctly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


142 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSAir conditioning systemManual air conditioning system

Controls 143. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 146. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Automatic air conditioning systemControls 149. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air flow selector settings 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating tips 153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Side and rear vents 156. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing the air conditioning filter 157. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 8

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1432002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Fan speed selector

2. Temperature selector

3. Air flow selector

4. “A/C” button

5. Air intake selector

Manual air conditioning system— —Controls

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


144 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Fan speed selector

Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—tothe right to increase, to the left to de-crease.

Temperature selector

Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—to the right to warm, to the left to cool.

Air flow selector

Turn the knob to select the vents used forair flow.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi–level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

5. Windshield— Air flows mainly from thewindshield vents.

Turning the air flow selector to thewindshield position turns on the defog-ging function with the purpose of clear-ing the front view.

This position allows the air intake toselect FRESH automatically. This is toclean up the front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air in-take selector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clearsthe front view more quickly.

For details about air flow selector settings,see the illustration after “A/C” button.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1452002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. Recirculate (indicator light is on)—Re-circulates the air inside the vehicle.

2. Fresh (indicator light is off)—Drawsoutside air into the system.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


146 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings

: With rear vents

—Operating tips

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1472002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating

For best results, set controls as follows:

Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards WARM

(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has beenwarmed.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair for a few minutes.

Ventilation


Fan speed— Any setting except “OFF”Temperature— Towards COLD

(blue zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANEL Air conditioning—OFF

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


148 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Defogging

The inside of the windshield



(red zone) to heat;COLD (blue zone) tocool

Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield position turns on the defoggingfunction with the purpose of clearing thefront view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield position, the air intake selectsFRESH automatically. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating or cooling. This setting clears thefront view more quickly.

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

Defrosting

The outside of the windshield



(red zone)Air intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Turning the air flow selector to the wind-shield position turns on the defrostingfunction with the purpose of clearing thefront view.

When turning the air flow selector to wind-shield position, the air intake selectsFRESH automatically. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly.

If you want to return the setting toRECIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.

Press the “A/C” button for dehumidifiedheating. This setting clears the front viewmore quickly.

� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1492002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Temperature selector

2. Air flow selector

3. Windshield air flow button

4. Fan speed selector

5. Air intake selector

6. “A/C” button

7. “OFF” button

8. “AUTO” button

Automatic air conditioning system——Controls

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


150 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

“AUTO” button

For automatic operation of the air condi-tioning, press the “AUTO” button. “AUTO”will appear on the display to show thatthe automatic operation mode has beenselected.

In the automatic operation mode, the airconditioning selects the most suitable fanspeed, air flow, air intake and on–off ofthe air conditioning according to the tem-perature.

When you press the “AUTO” button withthe air intake mode at FRESH, internalcirculation may be applied for maximumcooling.

You may use manual controls if you wantto select your own settings.

To turn off the automatic operation, pressthe “OFF” button.

Fan speed selector

Push the “�” (increase) or “�” (decrease)side of the button to adjust the fan speed.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto adjust the fan speed unless you desireanother fan speed mode.

Temperature selector

To increase the temperature, press the“�” side, to decrease it, press the “�”side.

“MAX. COLD” appears when you adjust tomaximum cooling, and “MAX. HOT” whenyou adjust to maximum warming.

“OFF” button

Push the button to turn off the air condi-tioning system.

Air flow selector

Push the buttons to select the vents usedfor air flow.

In automatic operation, you do not haveto select the air flow unless you desireanother air flow mode.

1. Panel—Air flows mainly from theinstrument panel vents.

2. Bi–level— Air flows from both the floorvents and the instrument panel vents.

3. Floor— Air flows mainly from the floorvents.

4. Floor/Windshield— Air flows mainlyfrom the floor vents and windshieldvents.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1512002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Windshield air flow button

When this button is pressed, air flowsmainly from the windshield vents andturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

Pressing this button once again returnsthe air flow mode to the last one used.

This button allows the air intake to selectFRESH automatically. This is to clean upthe front view more quickly. If you wantto return the setting to RECIRCULATEmode, press the air intake selector buttononce again.


For details about air flow selector settings,see the illustration after “A/C” button.

Air intake selector

Press the button to select the air source.

1. Recirculate— Recirculates the air insidethe vehicle.

2. Fresh— Draws outside air into the sys-tem.

To prevent fogging up of the windshield,the air intake mode may change automati-cally to FRESH depending on the condi-tion of the air conditioning system.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


152 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

“A/C” button

To turn on the air conditioning, press the“A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicatorwill come on. To turn the air conditioningoff, press the button again.

If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, thereis a problem in the air conditioning systemand the air conditioning automaticallyshuts off. If this happens, take your ve-hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1532002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� To cool off your Toyota after it hasbeen parked in the hot sun, drive withthe windows open for a few minutes.This vents the hot air, allowing the airconditioning to cool the interior morequickly.

� Make sure the air intake grilles in frontof the windshield are not blocked (byleaves or snow, for example).

� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield. The windshield couldfog up because of the difference in airtemperature on the inside and outsideof the windshield.

� Keep the area under the front seatsclear to allow air to circulate through-out the vehicle.

� On cold days, set the fan speed tohigh for a minute to help clear theintake ducts of snow or moisture. Thiscan reduce the amount of fogging onthe windows.

� When driving on dusty roads, close allwindows. If dust thrown up by the ve-hicle is still drawn into the vehicle afterclosing the windows, it is recommendedthat the air intake selector be set toFRESH and the fan speed selector toany setting except “OFF”.

—Air flow selector settings

: With rear vents

—Operating tips

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


154 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� If following another vehicle on a dustyroad, or driving in windy and dustyconditions, it is recommended that theair intake selector be temporarily set toRECIRCULATE, which will close off theoutside passage and prevent outsideair and dust from entering the vehicleinterior.

Heating


For automatic operation—

Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF

For manual operation—

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards WARMAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—FLOORAir conditioning—OFF

� For quick heating, select recirculatedair for a few minutes. To keep thewindows from fogging, select fresh af-ter the vehicle interior has been war-med.

� Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-fied heating.

� Choose floor/windshield air flow to heatthe vehicle interior while defrosting ordefogging the windshield.

Air conditioning



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— To the desired

temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—ON


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards COLDAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—ON

� For quick cooling, select recirculatedair for a few minutes.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1552002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Ventilation



Press in the “AUTO” button.Temperature— Towards low temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air conditioning—OFF


Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards COLDAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—PANELAir conditioning—OFF

Defogging and defrosting

—The inside of the windshield


—For automatic operation

Temperature— Towards high temperatureto heat; low temperatureto cool


—For manual operation

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperature

to heat; low temperatureto cool


Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defogging function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.

If you want to return the setting to RE-CIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.


� On humid days, do not blow cold airon the windshield—the difference be-tween the outside and inside tempera-tures could make the fogging worse.

—The outside of the windshield


—For automatic operation

Temperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

—For manual operation

Fan speed— To the desired fan speedTemperature— Towards high temperatureAir intake—FRESH (outside air)Air flow—WINDSHIELD

Pressing the windshield air flow buttonturns on the defrosting function with thepurpose of clearing the front view.

When pressing the windshield air flow but-ton, the air intake selects FRESH auto-matically. This is to clean up the frontview more quickly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


156 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If you want to return the setting to RE-CIRCULATE mode, press the air intakeselector button once again.


� To heat the vehicle interior while de-frosting the windshield, choosefloor/windshield air flow.

Side vents

Rear vents

If air flow control is not satisfactory, checkthe side and rear vents. The side and rearvents may be opened or closed as shown.

Side and rear vents

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1572002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The air conditioning filter is behind theglove box.

The air conditioning filter may clog af-ter long use. The filter may need to bereplaced if the air flow of the air condi-tioning and heater experiences extremereductions in operating efficiency, or ifthe windows begin to fog up easily inFRESH mode.

To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,inspect and replace the air conditioningfilter according to the maintenance sched-ule. (For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “Scheduled Main-tenance Guide” or “Owner’s ManualSupplement”.)

1. Open the glove box. Remove thescrew with a Phillips–head screw-driver and slide the hook as shown.

2. Push each side of the glove box todisconnect the claws.

Checking and replacing theair conditioning filter

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


158 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

3. Remove the filter case from the filteroutlet as shown in the illustration.

4. Remove the filter from the filtercase.

5. Inspect the filter on the surface.

If it is dirty, it should be replaced.

INFORMATION

The air filter should be installed prop-erly in position. The use of air condi-tioning with the air filter removedmay cause deteriorated dustproof per-formance and then affect air condi-tioning performance.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1592002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


160 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS ANDCONTROLSOther equipmentClock 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outside temperature gauge 161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multi–information display 162. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compass 164. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power outlets 169. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Garage door opener 170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Glove box 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auxiliary boxes 173. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear console box 174. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front cup holder 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear cup holder 175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Storage box 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Grocery bag hooks 176. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage net 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear sunshade 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Floor mat 177. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 1– 9

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1612002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The digital clock indicates the time.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position.

To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the clock, the time dis-play will automatically be set to 1:00 (oneo’clock).

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the time indi-cator will be reduced.

With multi–information display

Without multi–information display

The outside temperature gauge indi-cates outside air temperatures when theignition switch is on.

Without multi–information display—To se-lect “�C” or “�F”, push the “E/M” button.

The displayed temperature ranges from–30�C (–22�F) up to 50�C (122�F).

If there is some abnormality in the con-nection of the outside air temperaturesensor, “––” will appear on the display. If“––” appears on the display, contact yourToyota dealer.

There may be a case that “––” appearsmomentarily when the ignition is quicklyturned to “ON”. It is normal if it goes outsoon.

Clock Outside temperature gauge

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


162 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The following information is displayedon the clock/outside temperature gaugewhen you push the “CLOCK/INFO” but-ton with the ignition switch turned on.

Each time you push the “MODE/RESET”button, the display toggles through thisinformation.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption

2. Average fuel consumption

3. Driving range

4. Average vehicle speed

5. Driving time

The displayed values in the multi–informa-tion display indicate general driving condi-tions. Accuracy varies with driving habitsand road conditions.

Push the “CLOCK/INFO” button onceagain, the display will return to the clockand outside temperature gauge.

When the ignition switch is on, the lastpreviously used mode displayed just be-fore the ignition switch is off will appear.

Multi–information display

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1632002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If the electrical power source has beendisconnected from the multi–informationdisplay, the display will automatically beset to the initial mode.

When the instrument panel lights areturned on, the brightness of the displaywill be reduced.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

1. Instantaneous fuel consumption(“MPG” or “L/100 km”)

The instantaneous fuel consumption iscalculated and displayed based on dis-tance and fuel consumption for 2 sec-onds with the engine running.

The displayed value is updated every 2seconds.

Note that an accurate figure may not beshown in the following cases.

� When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running, the display will indicatethe extremely high fuel consumption.

� When the vehicle is driving down along slope, applying the engine brake,the display will indicate the extremelylow fuel consumption.

The calculation is reset when the ignitionswitch is turned off.

2. Average fuel consumption(“AVG. MPG” or “AVG. L/100 km”)

Average fuel consumption is calculatedand displayed based on total drivingdistance and total fuel consumptionwith the engine running.


To reset the calculations, push and holdthe “MODE/RESET” button for more than1 second.

3. Driving range(“RANGE MI” or “RANGE KM”)

The distance the vehicle can travel withthe remaining fuel is calculated anddisplayed based on the quantity of re-maining fuel and past fuel consumption.

The driving range display indicates theapproximate distance that you can driveuntil the fuel gauge reaches “E”. It isdifferent from the actual distance traveled.

The displayed value is updated every timethe fuel equivalent for 1 mile or 1 km isconsumed.

Every time you refuel the vehicle, the cal-culation is reset.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


164 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The actual driving range varies with driv-ing habits and road conditions. If fuel con-sumption is good, the driving range will belonger. If fuel consumption is poor, thedriving range will be shorter.

If the low fuel level warning light comeson, refuel even if the display indicatesthat the vehicle can be driven further.

4. Average vehicle speed(“AVG. MPH” or “AVG. KM/h”)

Average vehicle speed is calculated anddisplayed based on total driving dis-tance and total driving time with theengine running.



5. Driving time(“E/T”)

The elapsed time after the engine startsis displayed.

When the engine is started, driving timeis counted from 0:00. Up to 99:59 (99hours, 59 minutes) can be displayed.When the driving time exceeds 99:59, thecounter returns to 0:00.


The direction is indicated on the insiderear view mirror.

If the ignition switch was turned off withthe system on, the system will automati-cally turn back on when the ignition switchis turned on.

Push the “COMP” switch to turn the com-pass system on and off.

Compass

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1652002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The compass indicates the directionthat the vehicle is heading. In theabove case, it shows that the vehicle isheading north.

Displays Directions

NNEE

SES

SWW

NW

NorthNortheast

EastSoutheast

SouthSouthwest

WestNorthwest

The compass may not show the correctdirection in the following conditions:

� The vehicle is stopped immediately af-ter turning.

� The compass does not adjust while thevehicle is stopped.

� The ignition switch is turned off imme-diately after turning.

� The vehicle is on an inclined surface.

� The vehicle is in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

� The vehicle is magnetized. (There is amagnet or a metal object on or nearthe inside rear view mirror.)

� The battery has been disconnected.

Your vehicle is out of the set zone. Referto the “CALIBRATING THE COMPASS” be-low to set the zone number.

The compass works to calibrate the direc-tion automatically while the vehicle is inmotion, if deviation is small.

For additional precision or for completecalibrating, see “CALIBRATING THECOMPASS” below.

Compass sensor

The compass sensor is in the insiderear view mirror.

NOTICE

Do not put magnets or a metal objecton or near the inside rear view mirrorof the vehicle. Doing this may causemalfunction of the compass sensor.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


166 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviationcalibration)

The direction display on the compassdeviates from the true direction deter-mined by the earth’s magnetic field. Theangle of deviation varies according to thegeographic position of the vehicle.

To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,then push and hold the “COMP” switchuntil the zone number appears on the dis-play. Then push the “COMP” switch, refer-ring to the following map to select thenumber of the zone where the vehicle is.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1672002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Zone number

After calibration, leaving the system forseveral seconds returns it to the compassmode.

CAUTION

Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

Hawaii: 5Samoa: 5Guam: 8Saipan: 8

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


168 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circlingcalibration)

Sometimes the direction display on thecompass may not change after a turn. Torectify this, stop the vehicle and push andhold the “COMP” switch until “C” appearson the display.

If “C” appears on the display because ofthe drastic change of the magnetic field,perform circling calibration.

Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5mph) or less. If there is not enough spaceto drive in a circle, drive around theblock.

After driving 1 to 3 circles in the abovemethod, calibration is completed when thedirection is shown on the display.

If calibration cannot be performed becauseof the magnetized vehicle etc., take yourvehicle to Toyota dealer.

Perform circling calibration just afteryou have purchased your Toyota. Andthen always perform circling calibrationafter the battery has been removed, re-placed or disconnected.

� Do not perform circling calibration ofthe compass in a place where theearth’s magnetic field is subject to in-terference by artificial magnetic fields(underground parking, under a steeltower, between buildings, roof parking,near a crossing, near a large vehicle,etc.).

� During calibration, do not operate elec-tric systems (moon roof, power win-dows, etc.) as they may interfere withthe calibration.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1692002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� When doing the circling calibration,be sure to secure a wide space,and pay attention to people and ve-hicles in the neighborhood. Do notviolate any local traffic rules whileperforming circling calibration.

� Do not adjust the display while thevehicle is moving. Be sure to adjustthe display only when the vehicle isstopped.

Instrument panel

Rear console box

The power outlets are designed forpower supply for car accessories.

The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”position for the power outlet to be used.

NOTICE

� To prevent the fuse from beingblown, do not use the electricityover the total vehicle capacity of12V/120W.

� To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not use the poweroutlets longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

� Close the power outlet lid when thepower outlets are not in use. Insert-ing a foreign object other than theappropriate plug that fits the outlet,or allowing any liquid into the out-let may cause electrical failure orshort circuits.

Power outlets

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


170 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The garage door opener ( HomeLink�

Universal Transceiver) is manufacturedunder license from HomeLink � and canbe programmed to operate garagedoors, gates, entry doors, door locks,home lighting systems, and securitysystems, etc.

(a) Programming the HomeLink �

The HomeLink � in your vehicle has 3buttons and you can store one programfor each button.

To ensure correct programming into theHomeLink�, install a new battery in thehand–held transmitter prior to program-ming.

The battery side of the hand–held trans-mitter must be pointed away from theHomeLink� during the programming pro-cess.

For Canadian users, follow the procedurein “Programming an entrance gate/Pro-gramming all devices in the Canadianmarket”.

1. Decide which of 3 HomeLink� buttonsyou want to program.

2. Place your hand–held garage transmit-ter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.) away fromthe surface of the HomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

3. Simultaneously press and hold thehand–held garage transmitter buttonalong with the selected HomeLink� but-ton.

4. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

5. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.If programming a garage door opener,check to see if the garage door opensand closes.

If the garage door does not operate, iden-tify if your garage transmitter is of the“Rolling Code” type. Press and hold theprogrammed HomeLink� button. The ga-rage door has the rolling code feature ifthe indicator light (on the HomeLink�)flashes rapidly and then remains lit after2 seconds. If your garage transmitter isthe “Rolling Code” type, proceed to theheading “Programming a rolling code sys-tem”.

6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Garage door opener

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1712002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Programming a rolling code system

If your device is “Rolling Code”equipped, it is necessary to followsteps 1 through 4 under the heading“Programming the HomeLink �” beforeproceeding with the steps listed below.

1. Locate the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.The exact location and color of thebutton may vary by brand of garagedoor opener. Refer to the owner’sguide supplied by the garage dooropener manufacturer for the location ofthis “training” button.

2. Press the “training” button on the ceil-ing mounted garage door opener motor.

Following this step, you have 30 secondsin which to initiate step 3 below.

3. Press and release the vehicle’s pro-grammed HomeLink� button twice. Thegarage door may open. If the doordoes open, the programming process iscomplete. If the door does not open,press and release the button a thirdtime. This third press and release willcomplete the programming process byopening the garage door.

The ceiling mounted garage door openermotor should now recognize theHomeLink� unit and be able activate thegarage door up/down.

4. Repeat steps 1 through 3 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother rolling code system.

Programming an entrance gate/Program-ming all devices in the Canadian market

1. Decide which of the 3 HomeLink� but-tons you want to program.

2. Place your hand–held gate/devicetransmitter 25 to 75 mm (1 to 3 in.)away from the surface of theHomeLink�.

Keep the indicator light on the HomeLink�

in view while programming.

3. Press and hold the selectedHomeLink� button.

4. Continuously press and release (cycle)the hand–held gate/device transmitterbutton every two seconds until step 5is complete.

5. When the indicator light on theHomeLink� changes from a slow to arapid flash after 20 seconds, you canrelease both buttons.

6. Test the operation of the HomeLink� bypressing the newly programmed button.Check to see if the gate/device oper-ates correctly.

7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 for each re-maining HomeLink� button to programanother device.

Programming other devices

To program other devices such as homesecurity systems, home door locks orlighting, contact your authorized Toyotadealer for assistance.

Reprogramming a button

Individual HomeLink� buttons cannot beerased, however, to reprogram a singlebutton, follow the procedure “Programmingthe HomeLink�”.

(b) Operating the HomeLink �

To operate the HomeLink�, press theappropriate HomeLink� button to activatethe programmed device. The HomeLink�

indicator light should come on. TheHomeLink� continues to send the signalfor up to 20 seconds as long as thebutton is pressed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


172 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(c) Erasing the entire HomeLink �

memory (all three programs)

To erase all previously programmed codesat one time, press and hold down the 2outside buttons for 20 seconds until theindicator light flashes.

If you sell your vehicle, be sure to erasethe programs stored in the HomeLink�

memory.

CAUTION

� When programming the HomeLink �

Universal Transceiver, you may beoperating a garage door or otherdevice. Make sure people and ob-jects are out of the way of the ga-rage door or other device to pre-vent potential harm or damage.

� Do not use this HomeLink � Univer-sal Transceiver with any garagedoor opener that lacks the safetystop and reverse feature as re-quired by federal safety standards.(This includes any garage dooropener model manufactured beforeApril 1, 1982.) A garage door open-er which cannot detect an object(signaling the door to stop and re-verse), does not meet current feder-al safety standards. Using a garagedoor opener without these featuresincreases risk of serious injury ordeath.

FCC ID: CB2300NHL3CANADA: 2791032088

This device complies with FCC RulesPart 15. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) This devicemay not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interfer-ence that may be received, includinginterference that may cause undesiredoperation.

WARNING: This transmitter has beentested and complies with FCC andDOC/MPAC rules. Changes or modifi-cations not expressly approved by thepartly responsible for compliancecould void the user’s authority to op-erate the device.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1732002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To use the glove box, do this.

To open: Pull the lever.

With the instrument panel lights on, theglove box light will come on when theglove box is open.

To lock: Insert the master key and turn itclockwise.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the glove box doorclosed while driving.

Instrument panel

Over head console

To use the box, open it as shownabove.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the auxiliary box closedwhile driving.

NOTICE

Over head console box—During hotweather, the interior of the vehiclebecomes very hot. Do not leave any-thing flammable or deformable suchas a lighter, glasses, etc. inside.

Glove box Auxiliary boxes

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


174 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

UPPER TRAY

To access the upper tray, raise the con-sole box lid while pushing the lock re-lease button.

CONSOLE BOX

To access the rear console box, pull upthe lock release lever while raising therear console box lid.

CAUTION

To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or a sudden stop,always keep the console box closedwhile driving.

Rear console box

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1752002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

With lever type parking brake

With pedal type parking brake

The cup holder is designed for holdingcups or drink–cans securely.

With lever type parking brake: To use thecup holder, open the lid.

With pedal type parking brake: To use thecup holder, push the lid.

To hold the cups or drink–cans securely,adjust the size with the adapter.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink–cans in the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or sudden stopwhile driving, keep the cup holderclosed when it is not in use.

The cup holder is designed for holdingcups or drink–cans securely.

To use the cup holder, pull down the arm-rest.

Front cup holder Rear cup holder

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


176 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Do not place anything else otherthan cups or drink–cans in the cupholder, as such items may bethrown about in the compartmentand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or inan accident.

� Do not lift the armrest upright whenthe cup holder is in use.

This box is designed to hold things likebottles.

This hook is designed to hang thingslike grocery bags.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the hook, avoidhanging heavy loads on it.

Storage box Grocery bag hooks

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1772002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To secure your luggage, hang the lug-gage net on the hooks.

NOTICE

� Do not use the net to secure sharpor heavy object. The net will tearoff.

� Be sure not to twist the net whenhooking.

To raise the rear sunshade, pull the tabof the sunshade and hook it on theanchors. To lower the rear sunshade,pull the tab slightly to unhook the sun-shade, and lower it slowly.

NOTICE

Observe the following, otherwise dam-age and/or failure may result:

� Do not place anything where theymay hinder the opening/closing ofthe shade.

� Do not place things on shade.

Use a floor mat of the correct size.

If the floor carpet and floor mat have 2holes, then they are designed for use withlocking clips. Fix the floor mat with lock-ing clips into the holes in the floor carpet.

Luggage net Rear sunshade Floor mat

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


178 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properlyplaced on the floor carpet. If the floormat slips and interferes with themovement of the pedals during driv-ing, it may cause an accident.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1792002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


180 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOURTOYOTABreak–in period 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuel 181. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operation in foreign countries 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Three–way catalytic converters 183. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engine exhaust cautions 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Facts about engine oil consumption 185. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Iridium–tipped spark plugs 186. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake system 187. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Brake pad wear limit indicators 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Luggage stowage precautions 191. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your Toyota’s identification 192. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Theft prevention labels 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Suspension and chassis 193. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Types of tires 194. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1812002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Drive gently and avoid high speeds.

Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak–in. But following a few simple tipsfor the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can addto the future economy and long life ofyour vehicle:

� Do not drive over 88 km/h (55 mph).

� Run the engine at moderate speed be-tween 2000 and 4000 rpm.

� Avoid full–throttle starts.

� Try to avoid hard stops during the first300 km (200 miles).

� Do not drive slowly with the manualtransmission in a high gear.

� Do not drive for a long time at anysingle speed, either fast or slow.

� Do not tow a trailer during the first 800km (500 miles).

FUEL TYPE

Your new vehicle must use only un-leaded gasoline.

To help prevent gas station mix–ups, yourToyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.The special nozzle on pumps with un-leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas willnot.

At a minimum, the gasoline you useshould meet the specifications of ASTMD4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5–M93in Canada.

NOTICE

Do not use leaded gasoline. Use ofleaded gasoline will cause the three–way catalytic converter to lose its ef-fectiveness and the emission controlsystem to function improperly. Also,this can increase maintenance costs.

OCTANE RATING

2AZ–FE engine: Select Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) or higher.

1MZ–FE engine: Select Octane Rating87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher. For improved vehicle perfor-mance, the use of premium unleadedgasoline with an Octane Rating 91 (Re-search Octane Number of 96) or higheris recommended.

Use of unleaded gasoline with an octanerating or research octane number lowerthan stated above will cause persistentheavy knocking. If it is severe, this willlead to engine damage.

If your engine knocks...

If you detect heavy knocking even whenusing the recommended fuel, or if youhear steady knocking while holding asteady speed on level roads, consult yourToyota dealer.

However, now and then, you may noticelight knocking for a short time while accel-erating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern.

Break–in period Fuel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


182 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

GASOLINE CONTAINING DETERGENTADDITIVES

Toyota recommends the use of gasolinethat contains detergent additives toavoid build–up of engine deposits.

However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.contains detergent additives to keep cleanand/or clean intake systems.

QUALITY GASOLINE

Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,Europe and Japan have developed aspecification for quality fuel namedWorld–Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) thatis expected to be applied world wide.The WWFC consists of three categoriesthat depend on required emission lev-els. In the U.S., category 3 has beenadopted. The WWFC improves air quali-ty by providing for better emissions invehicle fleets, and customer satisfactionthrough better vehicle performance.

CLEANER BURNING GASOLINE

Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-formulated gasoline that contains oxy-genates such as ethanol or MTBE isavailable in many areas.

Toyota recommends the use of cleanerburning gasoline and appropriately blendedreformulated gasoline. These types of gas-oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-prove air quality.

OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE

Toyota allows the use of oxygenateblended gasoline where the oxygenatecontent is up to 10% ethanol or 15%MTBE. If you use gasohol in yourToyota, be sure that it has an octanerating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline containing methanol.

GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT

Some gasoline contain an octane en-hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).

Toyota does not recommend the use ofgasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-taining MMT is used, your emission con-trol system may be adversely affected.The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-strument cluster may come on. If this hap-pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-vice.

GASOLINE QUALITY

In a very few cases, you may experiencedriveability problems caused by the partic-ular gasoline that you are using. If youcontinue to have unacceptable driveability,try changing gasoline brands. If this doesnot rectify your problem, then consult yourToyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1832002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

� Do not use gasohol other thanstated above. It will cause fuel sys-tem damage or vehicle performanceproblems.

� If driveab ility problems are encoun-tered (poor hot starting, vaporizing,engine knock, etc.), discontinue theuse.

� Take care not to spill gasohol dur-ing refueling. Gasohol may causepaint damage.

FUEL TANK CAPACITY70 L (18.5 gal., 15.4 lmp. gal.)

If you plan to drive your Toyota inanother country...

First, comply with the vehicle registrationlaws.

Second, confirm the availability of the cor-rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octanenumber).

2AZ–FE engine

1MZ–FE engine

Operation in foreign countries Thr ee–way catalytic converters

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


184 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The three–way catalytic converter is anemission control device installed in theexhaust system.

The purpose is to reduce pollutants in theexhaust gas.

CAUTION

� Keep people and combustible mate-rials away from the exhaust pipewhile the engine is running. Theexhaust gas is very hot.

� Do not drive, idle or park your ve-hicle over anything that might burneasily such as grass, leaves, paperor rags.

NOTICE

A large amount of unburned gasesflowing into the three–way catalyticconverter may cause it to overheatand create a fire hazard. To preventthis and other damage, observe thefollowing precautions:

� Use only unleaded gasoline.

� Do not drive with an extremely lowfuel level; running out of fuel couldcause the engine to misfire, creat-ing an excessive load on the three–way catalytic converter.

� Do not allow the engine to run atidle speed for more than 20 min-utes.

� Avoid racing the engine.

� Do not push–start or pull–start yourvehicle.

� Do not turn off the ignition whilethe vehicle is moving.

� Keep your engine in good runningorder. Malfunctions in the engineelectrical system, electronic ignitionsystem/distributor ignition systemor fuel system could cause an ex-tremely high three–way catalyticconverter temperature.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, take yourvehicle in for a check–up as soonas possible. Remember, your Toyotadealer knows your vehicle and itsthree–way catalytic converter sys-tem best.

� To ensure that the three–way cata-lytic converter and the entire emis-sion control system operate proper-ly, your vehicle must receive theperiodic inspections required by theToyota Maintenance Schedule. Forscheduled maintenance information,refer to the “Scheduled MaintenanceGuide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment”.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1852002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.It contains carbon monoxide, whichis a colorless and odorless gas. Itcan cause unconsciousness or evendeath.

� Make sure the exhaust system hasno holes or loose connections. Thesystem should be checked fromtime to time. If you hit something,or notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust, have the systemchecked immediately.

� Do not run the engine in a garageor enclosed area except for thetime needed to drive the vehicle inor out. The exhaust gases cannotescape, making this a particularlydangerous situation.

� Do not remain for a long time in aparked vehicle with the engine run-ning. If it is unavoidable, however,do so only in an unconfined areaand adjust the heating or coolingsystem to force outside air into thevehicle.

� Keep the trunk lid closed whiledriving. An open or unsealed trunklid may cause exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle.

� To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe inlet grilles in front of the wind-shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-er obstructions.

� If you smell exhaust fumes in thevehicle, drive with the windowsopen and the trunk lid closed. Havethe cause immediately located andcorrected.

FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL

Engine oil has the primary functions oflubricating and cooling the inside of theengine, and plays a major role in main-taining the engine in proper working order.

ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

It is normal that an engine should con-sume some engine oil during normalengine operation. The causes of oilconsumption in a normal engine are asfollows.

� Oil is used to lubricate pistons, pistonrings and cylinders. A thin film of oilis left on the cylinder wall when a pis-ton moves downwards in the cylinder.High negative pressure generated whenthe vehicle is decelerating sucks someof this oil into the combustion chamber.This oil as well as some part of the oilfilm left on the cylinder wall is burnedby the high temperature combustiongases during the combustion process.

Engine exhaust cautionsFacts about engine oilconsumption

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


186 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Oil is also used to lubricate the stemsof the intake valves. Some of this oilis sucked into the combustion chambertogether with the intake air and isburned along with the fuel. High tem-perature exhaust gases also burn theoil used to lubricate the exhaust valvestems.

The amount of engine oil consumed de-pends on the viscosity of the oil, thequality of the oil and the conditions thevehicle is driven under.

More oil is consumed by high–speed driv-ing and frequent acceleration and decel-eration.

A new engine consumes more oil, sinceits pistons, piston rings and cylinder wallshave not become conditioned.

When judging the amount of oil con-sumption, note that the oil may becomediluted and make it difficult to judgethe true level accurately.

As an example, if a vehicle is used forrepeated short trips, and consumes a nor-mal amount of oil, the dipstick may notshow any drop in the oil level at all, evenafter 1000 km (600 miles) or more. Thisis because the oil is gradually becomingdiluted with fuel or moisture, making itappear that the oil level has not changed.

The diluting ingredients evaporate outwhen the vehicle is then driven at highspeeds, as on an express way, making itappear that oil is excessively consumedafter driving at high speeds.

IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVELCHECK

One of the most important points in prop-er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-gine oil at the optimum level so that oilfunction will not be impaired. Therefore, itis essential that the oil level be checkedregularly. Toyota recommends that the oillevel be checked every time you refuelthe vehicle.

NOTICE

Failure to check the oil level regularlycould lead to serious engine troubledue to insufficient oil.

For detailed information on oil level check,see “Checking the engine oil level” onpage 251 in Section 7–2.

Your engine is fitted with iridium–tippedspark plugs.

NOTICE

Use only iridium–tipped spark plugsand do not adjust gaps for your en-gine performance and smooth drive-ability.

Iridium–tipped spark plugs

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1872002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The tandem master cylinder brake systemis a hydraulic system with two separatesub–systems. If either sub–system shouldfail, the other will still work. However, thepedal will be harder to press, and yourstopping distance will be longer. Also, thebrake system warning light may come on.

CAUTION

Do not drive your vehicle with only asingle brake system. Have yourbrakes fixed immediately.

BRAKE BOOSTER

The brake booster uses engine vacuum topower–assist the brakes. If the engineshould quit while you are driving, you canbring the vehicle to a stop with normalpedal pressure. There is enough reservedvacuum for one or two stops—but nomore!

CAUTION

� Do not pump the brake pedal if theengine stalls. Each push on thepedal uses up your reserved vacu-um.

� Even if the power assist is com-pletely lost, the brakes will stillwork. But you will have to push thepedal hard, much harder than nor-mal. And your braking distance willbe longer.

ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM (with“ABS” warning light)

The anti–lock brake system is designedto help prevent lock–up of the wheelsduring a sudden braking or braking onslippery road surfaces. This assists inproviding directional stability and steer-ing performance of the vehicle underthese circumstances.

Effective way to press the ABS brakepedal: When the anti–lock brake systemfunction is in action, you may feel thebrake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.In this situation, to let the anti–lockbrake system work for you, just hold thebrake pedal down more firmly. Do notpump the brake in a panic stop. Thiswill result in reduced braking perfor-mance.

The anti–lock brake system becomes op-erative after the vehicle has acceleratedto a speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

Brake system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


188 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Depressing the brake pedal on slipperyroad surfaces such as on the manholecover, the steel plate under the construc-tion, joints in the bridge, etc. on a rainyday tends to activate the anti–lock brakesystem.

You may hear a click or motor sound inthe engine compartment for a few secondswhen the engine is started or just afterthe vehicle is started. This means that theanti–lock brake system is in the self–check mode, and does not indicate a mal-function.

When the anti–lock brake system is ac-tivated, the following conditions mayoccur. They do not indicate a malfunc-tion of the system:

� You may hear the anti–lock brake sys-tem operating and feel the brake pedalpulsating and the vibrations of the ve-hicle body and steering wheel. Youmay also hear the motor sound in theengine compartment even after the ve-hicle is stopped.

� At the end of the anti–lock brake sys-tem activation, the brake pedal maymove a little forward.

CAUTION

Do not overestimate the anti–lockbrake system: Although the anti–lockbrake system assists in providing ve-hicle control, it is still important todrive with all due care and maintaina moderate speed and safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you, be-cause there are limits to the vehiclestability and effectiveness of steeringwheel operation even with the anti–lock brake system on.

If tires grip performance exceeds itscapability, or if hydroplaning occursduring high speed driving in the rain,the anti–lock brake system does notprovide vehicle control.

Anti–lock brake system is not de-signed to shorten the stopping dis-tance: Always drive at the moderatespeed and maintain a safe distancefrom the vehicle in front of you.Compared with vehicles without ananti–lock brake system, your vehiclemay require a longer stopping dis-tance in the following cases:

� Driving on rough, gravel or snow–covered roads.

� Driving with tire chains installed.

� Driving over the steps such as thejoints on the road.

� Driving on roads where the roadsurface is pitted or has other differ-ences in surface height.

Install all 4 tires of specified size atappropriate pressure: The anti–lockbrake system detects vehicle speedsusing the speed sensors for respec-tive wheels’ turning speeds. The useof tires other than specified may failto detect the accurate turning speedresulting in a longer stopping dis-tance.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1892002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Type A

Type B

“ABS” warning light (without vehicleskid control system)

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system works properly, thelight turns off after a few seconds. There-after, if the system malfunctions, the lightcomes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system does not operate,but the brake system still operates con-ventionally.






“ABS” warning light (with vehicle skidcontrol system)

The light comes on when the ignition keyis turned to the “ON” position. If the anti–lock brake system and the brake assistsystem work properly, the light turns offafter a few seconds. Thereafter, if thesystem malfunctions, the light comes onagain.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (andthe brake system warning light is off), theanti–lock brake system, the brake assistsystem, the traction control system andthe vehicle skid control system do notoperate, but the brake system still oper-ates conventionally.


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


190 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)





CAUTION



DRUM–IN–DISC TYPE PARKING BRAKESYSTEM (on some models)

Your vehicle has a drum–in–disc typeparking brake system. This type of brakesystem needs bedding–down of the brakeshoes periodically or whenever the parkingbrake shoes and/or drums are replaced.

Have your Toyota dealer perform the bed-ding–down.

BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM (with vehicleskid control system)

When you slam the brakes on, thebrake assist system judges as an emer-gency stop and provides more powerfulbraking for a driver who cannot holddown the brake pedal firmly.

When you slam the brakes on, more pow-erful braking will be applied. At this time,you may hear a sound in the enginecompartment and feel the vibrations of thebrake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-function.

The brake assist system becomes opera-tive after the vehicle has accelerated toa speed in excess of approximately 10km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when thevehicle decelerates to a speed belowapproximately 5 km/h (3 mph).

For an explanation of this system’s warn-ing light, see “Service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers” on page 99 in Sec-tion 1–5.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1912002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The brake pad wear limit indicators onyour disc brakes give a warning noisewhen the brake pads are worn to wherereplacement is required.

If you hear a squealing or scraping noisewhile driving, have the brake padschecked and replaced by your Toyotadealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-tor damage can result if the pads are notreplaced when necessary.

When stowing luggage or cargo in thevehicle, observe the following:

� Put luggage or cargo in the trunk whenat all possible. Be sure all items aresecured in place.

� Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-anced. Locating the weight as far for-ward as possible helps maintain bal-ance.

� For better fuel economy, do not carryunneeded weight.

CAUTION

� To prevent luggage or packagesfrom sliding forward during braking,do not stack anything in the en-larged trunk. Keep luggage or pack-ages low, as close to the floor aspossible.

� Never allow anyone to ride in theenlarged trunk. It is not designedfor passengers. They should ride intheir seats with their seat beltsproperly fastened. Otherwise, theyare much more likely to suffer seri-ous bodily injury, in the event ofsudden braking or a co llision.

� Do not place anything on the pack-age tray behind the rear seatback.Such items may be thrown aboutand possibly injure people in thevehicle during sudden braking or anaccident.

� Do not drive with objects left ontop of the instrument panel. Theymay interfere with the driver’s fieldof view. Or they may move duringsharp vehicle acceleration or turn-ing, and impair the driver’s controlof the vehicle. In an accident theymay injure the vehicle occupants.

NOTICE

Do not load the vehicle beyond thevehicle capacity weight specified onpage 274 in Section 8.

Brake pad wear limitindicators Luggage stowage pr ecautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


192 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The vehicle identification number (VIN)is the legal identifier for your vehicle.This number is on the left top of theinstrument panel, and can be seenthrough the windshield from outside.

This is the primary identification numberfor your Toyota. It is used in registeringthe ownership of your vehicle.

The vehicle identification number (VIN) isalso on the Certification Label.

2AZ–FE engine

1MZ–FE engine

Your Toyota’s identification——Vehicle identificationnumber —Engine number

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1932002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The engine number is stamped on theengine block as shown.

Your new vehicle carries theft preven-tion labels which are approximately 56mm (2.20 in.) by 16 mm (0.63 in.).

The purpose of these labels is to reducethe incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-ing the tracing and recovery of parts fromstolen vehicles. The label is designed sothat once it is applied to a surface, anyattempt to remove it will result in destroy-ing the integrity of the label. Transferringthese labels intact from one part to anoth-er, will be impossible.

NOTICE

You should not attempt to remove thetheft prevention labels as it may vio-late certain state or federal laws.

CAUTION

Do not modify the suspension/chassiswith lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. Itcan cause dangerous vehicle handlingcharacteristics, resulting in loss ofcontrol.

Theft prevention labels Suspension and chassis

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


194 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Determine what kind of tires your ve-hicle is originally equipped with.

1. Summer tires

Summer tires are high–speed capabilitytires best suited to highway driving underdry conditions.

Since summer tires do not have the sametraction performance as snow tires, sum-mer tires are inadequate for driving onsnow–covered or icy roads. For driving onsnow–covered or icy roads, we recom-mend using snow tires. If installing snowtires, be sure to replace all four tires.

2. All season tires

All season tires are designed to providebetter traction in snow and to be adequatefor driving in most winter conditions, aswell as for use all year round.

All season tires, however, do not haveadequate traction performance comparedwith snow tires in heavy or loose snow.Also, all season tires fall short in accel-eration and handling performancecompared with summer tires in highwaydriving.

CAUTION

� Do not mix summer and all seasontires on your vehicle as this cancause dangerous handling charac-teristics, resulting in loss of con-trol.

� Do not use tires other than themanufacturer’s designated tires, andnever mix tires or wheels of thesizes different from the originallyequipped tires and wheels.

Types of tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1952002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


196 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

STARTING AND DRIVINGBefore starting the engine 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to start the engine 197. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tips for driving in various conditions 198. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Winter driving tips 199. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dinghy towing 200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trailer towing 201. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer 207. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 3

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1972002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Check the area around the vehicle be-fore entering it.

2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,seat cushion height, head restraintheight and steering wheel angle.

3. Vehicles with the power adjustable ped-als—Adjust the position of the acceler-ator and brake pedals.

4. Adjust the inside and outside rear viewmirrors.

5. Lock all doors.

6. Fasten seat belts.

1. Apply the parking brake firmly.

2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-sories.

3. Manual transmission: Press the clutchpedal to the floor and shift the trans-mission into neutral. Hold the clutchpedal to the floor until the engine isstarted. A starter safety device will pre-vent the starter from operating if theclutch pedal is not fully depressed.

Automatic transmission: Put the se-lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-start the engine while the vehicle ismoving, put the selector lever in “N”.A starter safety device will prevent thestarter from operating if the selectorlever is in any drive position.

4. Automatic transmission only: De-press the brake pedal and hold it tothe floor until driving off.

Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-ing”.

Normal starting procedure

The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-tial multiport fuel injection system in yourengine automatically controls the properair–fuel mixture for starting. You can starta cold or hot engine as follows:

1. With your foot off the accelerator ped-al, crank the engine by turning the keyto “START”. Release it when the en-gine starts.

2. After the engine runs for about 10 se-conds, you are ready to drive.

If the weather is below freezing, let theengine warm up for a few minutes beforedriving.

If the engine stalls...

Simply restart it, using the correct proce-dure given in normal starting.

If the engine will not start...

See “If your vehicle will not start” on page211 in Section 4.

Before starting the engineHow to start the engine— (a) Before cranking (b) Starting the engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


198 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

� Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

� Do not race a cold engine.

� If the engine becomes difficult tostart or stalls frequently, have theengine checked immediately.

� Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.This will allow you much better control.

� Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-sible, at a right angle. Avoid drivingonto high, sharp–edged objects andother road hazards. Failure to do socan lead to severe tire damage result-ing in tire bursts.

Drive slowly when passing over bumpsor travelling on a bumpy road. Other-wise, the impact could cause severedamage to the tires and/or wheels.

� When parking on a hill, turn the frontwheels until they touch the curb sothat the vehicle will not roll. Apply theparking brake, and place the transmis-sion in “P” (automatic) or in first orreverse (manual). If necessary, blockthe wheels.

� Washing your vehicle or driving throughdeep water may get the brakes wet. Tosee whether they are wet, check thatthere is no traffic near you, and thenpress the pedal lightly. If you do notfeel a normal braking force, the brakesare probably wet. To dry them, drivethe vehicle cautiously while lightlypressing the brake pedal with the park-ing brake applied. If they still do notwork safely, pull to the side of the roadand call a Toyota dealer for assistance.

CAUTION

� Before driving off, make sure thatthe parking brake is fully releasedand the parking brake reminderlight is off.

� Do not leave your vehicle unat-tended while the engine is running.

� Do not rest your foot on the brakepedal while driving. It can causedangerous overheating, needlesswear, and poor fuel economy.

� To drive down a long or steep hill,reduce your speed and downshift.Remember, if you ride the brakesexcessively, they may overheat andnot work properly.

Tips for driving in variousconditions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


1992002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Be careful when accelerating, up-shifting, downshifting or braking ona slippery surface. Sudden accelera-tion or engine braking could causethe vehicle to spin or skid.

� Do not drive in excess of the speedlimit. Even if the legal speed limitpermits it, do not drive over 140km/h (85 mph) unless your vehiclehas high–speed capability tires.Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) mayresult in tire failure, loss of controland possible injury. Be sure to con-sult a tire dealer to determinewhether the tires on your vehicleare high–speed capability tires ornot before driving at such speeds.

� Do not continue normal drivingwhen the brakes are wet. If they arewet, your vehicle will require alonger stopping distance, and itmay pull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Also, the park-ing brake will not hold the vehiclesecurely.

Make sure you have a proper freezeprotection of engine coolant.

Your coolant must contain ethylene–glycoltype coolant for a proper corrosionprotection of aluminum components. Use“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equivalent.

See page 252 in Section 7–2 for detailsabout coolant type selection.

NOTICE

Do not use alcohol type antifreeze orplain water alone.

When it is extremely cold, we recommendto use 60% solution for your Toyota, toprovide protection down to about –50�C(–58�F). Do not use more than 70% solu-tion for better coolant performance.

Check the condition of the battery andcables.

Cold temperatures reduce the capacity ofany battery, so it must be in top shapeto provide enough power for winter start-ing. Section 7–3 tells you how to visuallyinspect the battery. Your Toyota dealerand most service stations will be pleasedto check the level of charge.

Make sure the engine oil viscosity issuitable for the cold weather.

See page 251 in Section 7–2 for recom-mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum-mer oil in your vehicle during wintermonths may cause harder starting. If youare not sure about which oil to use, callyour Toyota dealer—he will be pleased tohelp.

Keep the door locks from freezing.

Squirt lock de–icer or glycerine into thelocks to keep them from freezing.

Use a washer fluid containing an anti-freeze solution.

This product is available at your Toyotadealer and most auto parts stores. Followthe manufacturer’s directions for howmuch to mix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

Winter driving tips

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


200 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Do not use your parking brake whenthere is a possibility it could freeze.

When parking, put the transmission into“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse(manual) and block the rear wheels. Donot use the parking brake, or snow orwater accumulated in and around theparking brake mechanism may freeze,making it hard to release.

Keep ice and snow from accumulatingunder the fenders.

Ice and snow built up under your fenderscan make steering difficult. During badwinter driving, stop and check under thefenders occasionally.

Depending on where you are driving,we recommend you carry some emer-gency equipment.

Some of the things you might put in thevehicle are tire chains, window scraper,bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,jumper cables, etc.

Your vehicle is not designed to bedinghy towed (with four wheels on theground) behind a motorhome.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle with fourwheels on the ground. This maycause serious damage to your vehicle.

Your vehicle can be dinghy towed (withfour wheels on the ground) from thefront behind a motorhome.

CAUTION

Dinghy towing requires special equip-ment and accessories. Please refer toyour service outlet of the motorhomemanufacture for the recommendedequipment.

NOTICE

Dinghy towing does not eliminate thepossibility of damage to your vehicle.

Dinghy towing(with automatic transmission)

Dinghy towing(with manual transmission)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2012002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

DINGHY TOWING TIPS

Before dinghy towing, be sure to ob-serve the following in order to reducethe damage to your vehicle.

1. Put the shift lever in neutral.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC”position. Make sure the audio is turnedoff and any item is not plugged intothe power outlet.

NOTICE

To avoid the locking of the steeringwheel, turn the ignition switch to the“ACC” position.

3. Release the parking brake.

After dinghy towing, let the engine idle formore than 3 minutes before driving thevehicle.

NOTICE

Do not tow your vehicle from therear. This may cause serious damageto your vehicle.

Your vehicle is designed primarily as apassenger–carrying vehicle. Towing atrailer will have an adverse effect onhandling, performance, braking, durabilityand driving economy (fuel consumption,etc.). Your safety and satisfaction dependon the proper use of correct equipmentand cautious driving habits. For yoursafety and the safety of others, you mustnot overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyotawarranties do not apply to damage ormalfunction caused by towing a trailer forcommercial purposes. Ask your localToyota dealer for further details beforetowing.

NOTICE

When towing a trailer, be sure to con-sult your Toyota dealer for further in-formation on additional requirementssuch as a towing kit, etc.

Trailer towing

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


202 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WEIGHT LIMITS

Before towing, make sure the total trailerweight, gross vehicle weight, gross axleweight and trailer tongue load are all with-in the limits.

The total trailer weight and tongue loadcan be measured with platform scalesfound at a highway weighing station, build-ing supply company, trucking company,junk yard, etc.

CAUTION

� The total trailer weight (trailerweight plus its cargo load) mustnot exceed 907 kg (2000 lb.). Ex-ceeding this weight is dangerous.

� Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-ent weight capacities established bythe hitch manufacturer. Even thoughthe vehicle may be physically capa-ble of towing a higher weight, theoperator must determine the maxi-mum weight rating of the particularhitch assembly and never exceedthe maximum weight rating speci-fied for the trailer–hitch. Exceedingthe maximum weight rating set bythe trailer hitch manufacturer cancause an accident resulting in seri-ous personal injuries.

� The gross vehicle weight must notexceed the Gross Vehicle WeightRating (GVWR) indicated on theCertification Label. The gross ve-hicle weight is the sum of weightsof the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-sengers, luggage, hitch and trailertongue load. It also includes theweight of any special equipmentinstalled on your vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2032002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� The load on either the front or rearaxle resulting from distribution ofthe gross vehicle weight on bothaxles must not exceed the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listedon the Certification Label.

Total trailer weight Tongue load

� 100 = 9 to 11%Total trailer weight

Tongue load

� The trailer cargo load should bedistributed so that the tongue loadis 9 to 11% of the total trailerweight, not exceeding the maximumof 90 kg (200 lb.). Never load thetrailer with more weight in the backthan in the front. About 60% of thetrailer load should be in the fronthalf of the trailer and the remaining40% in the rear.

HITCHES

� Use only a hitch which is recom-mended by the hitch manufacturer andconforms to the total trailer weight re-quirement.

� Follow the directions supplied by thehitch manufacturer. Lubricate the hitchball with a light coat of grease.

� Toyota recommends removing the trail-er hitch whenever you are not towinga trailer to reduce the possibility ofadditional damage caused by the hitchif your vehicle is struck from behind.

NOTICE

Do not use axle–mounted hitches asthey can cause damage to the axlehousing, wheel bearings, wheels ortires. Also, never install a hitch whichmay interfere with the normal functionof an Energy Absorbing Bumper, if soequipped.

BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS

� Toyota recommends trailers withbrakes that conform to any applica-ble federal and state/provincial regu-lations.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


204 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� A safety chain must always be usedbetween the towing vehicle and thetrailer. Leave sufficient slack in thechain for turns. The chain shouldcross under the trailer tongue toprevent the tongue from dropping tothe ground in case it becomes dam-aged or separated. For correct safetychain procedures, follow the hitch ortrailer manufacturer’s recommenda-tions.

CAUTION

� If the total trailer weight exceeds453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes arerequired.

� Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-draulic system as it would lower itsbraking effectiveness.

� Never tow a trailer without using asafety chain securely attached toboth the trailer and the vehicle. Ifdamage occurs to the coupling unitor hitch ball, there is danger of thetrailer wandering over into anotherlane.

TIRES

� Ensure that your vehicle’s tires areproperly inflated. Adjust the tire pres-sure to the recommended cold tirepressure indicated below (see page255 in Section 7–2 for instructions.):

Tire pressure, kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

P205/65R15 92T or P205/65R15 92HFront 220 (2.2, 32)Rear 220 (2.2, 32)

P215/60R16 94VFront 200 (2.0, 29)Rear 200 (2.0, 29)

� The trailer tires should be inflated tothe pressure recommended by the trail-er manufacturer in respect to the totaltrailer weight.

TRAILER LIGHTS

� Trailer lights must comply with federal,state/provincial and local regulations.See your local recreational vehicledealer or rental agency for the correcttype of wiring and relays for your trail-er. Check for correct operation of theturn signals and stop lights each timeyou hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-age your vehicle’s electrical systemand cause a malfunction of your lights.

BREAK–IN SCHEDULE

� Toyota recommends that you do nottow a trailer with a new vehicle or avehicle with any new power train com-ponent (engine, transmission, differen-tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first800 km (500 miles) of driving.

MAINTENANCE

� If you tow a trailer, your vehicle willrequire more frequent maintenance dueto the additional load. For this informa-tion, please refer to the scheduledmaintenance information in the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’sManual Supplement”.

� Retighten all fixing bolts of the towingball and bracket after approximately1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2052002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

PRE–TOWING SAFETY CHECK

� Check that your vehicle remains levelwhen a loaded or unloaded trailer ishitched. Do not drive if the vehicle hasan abnormal nose–up or nose–downcondition, and check for impropertongue load, overload, worn suspensionor other possible causes.

� Make sure the trailer cargo is securelyloaded so that it can not shift.

� Check that your rear view mirrors con-form to any applicable federal, state/provincial or local regulations. If not,install the rear view mirrors requiredfor towing purpose.

TRAILER TOWING TIPS

When towing a trailer, your vehicle willhandle differently than when not tow-ing. The three main causes of vehicle–trailer accidents are driver error, exces-sive speed and improper trailer loading.Keep these in mind when towing:

� Before starting out, check operation ofthe lights and all vehicle–trailer connec-tions. After driving a short distance,stop and recheck the lights and con-nections. Before actually towing a trail-er, practice turning, stopping and back-ing with a trailer in an area away fromtraffic until you learn the feel.

� Backing with a trailer is difficult andrequires practice. Grip the bottom ofthe steering wheel and move your handto the left to move the trailer to theleft. Move your hand to the right tomove the trailer to the right. (This pro-cedure is generally opposite to thatwhen backing without a trailer.) Also,just turn the steering wheel a little ata time, avoiding sharp or prolongedturning. Have someone guide you whenbacking to reduce the risk of an acci-dent.

� Because stopping distance may be in-creased, vehicle–to–vehicle distanceshould be increased when towing atrailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) ofspeed, allow at least one vehicle andtrailer length between you and the ve-hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking asyou may skid, resulting in jackknifingand loss of control. This is especiallytrue on wet or slippery surfaces.

� Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-tion. If your vehicle has a manualtransmission, prevent excessive clutchslippage by keeping engine rpm lowand not racing the engine. Always startout in first gear.

� Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.The trailer could hit your vehicle in atight turn. Slow down before making aturn to avoid the necessity of suddenbraking.

� Remember that when making a turn,the trailer wheels will be closer thanthe vehicle wheels to the inside of theturn. Therefore, compensate for this bymaking a larger than normal turningradius with your vehicle.

� Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect handling of your vehicleand trailer, causing sway. Pay attentionto the rear from time to time to pre-pare yourself for being passed by largetrucks or buses, which may cause yourvehicle and trailer to sway. If swayinghappens, firmly grip the steering wheeland reduce speed immediately butgradually. Never increase speed. Steerstraight ahead. If you make no extremecorrection with the steering or brakes,the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.

� Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing requires considerabledistance. After passing a vehicle, donot forget the length of your trailer andbe sure you have plenty of room be-fore changing lanes.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


206 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� In order to maintain engine braking effi-ciency do not use fifth gear (manualtransmission) or overdrive (automatictransmission).

� Because of the added load of the trail-er, your vehicle’s engine may overheaton hot days (at temperatures over30�C [85�F]) when going up a long orsteep grade with a trailer. If the enginecoolant temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, immediately turn off the airconditioning (if in use), pull off the roadand stop in a safe spot. Refer to “Ifyour vehicle overheats” on page 215 inSection 4.

� Always place wheel blocks under boththe vehicle and trailer wheels whenparking. Apply the parking brake firmly.Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)or in first or reverse (manual). Avoidparking on a slope with a trailer, butif it cannot be avoided, do so onlyafter performing the following:

1. Apply the brakes and hold.

2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.

3. When the wheel blocks are in place,release your brakes slowly until theblocks absorb the load.

4. Apply the parking brake firmly.

5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or“P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.

When restarting out after parking on aslope:

1. With the transmission in “P” position(automatic) or the clutch pedal de-pressed (manual), start the engine.(With an automatic transmission, besure to keep the brake pedal de-pressed.)

2. Shift into gear.

3. Release the parking brake (also footbrake on automatic transmission ve-hicles) and slowly pull or back awayfrom the wheel blocks. Stop and applyyour brakes.

4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) orthe posted towing speed limit,whichever is lower. Because insta-bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle–trailer combination usually in-creases as the speed increases, ex-ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) maycause loss of control.

� Slow down and downshift beforedescending steep or long downhillgrades. Do not make sudden down-shifts.

� Avoid holding the brake pedal downtoo long or too frequently. Thiscould cause the brakes to overheatand result in reduced braking effi-ciency.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2072002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Improving fuel economy is easy—just takeit easy. It will help make your vehicle lastlonger, too. Here are some specific tipson how to save money on both fuel andrepairs:

� Keep your tires inflated at the cor-rect pressure. Underinflation causestire wear and wastes fuel. See page255 in Section 7–2 for instructions.

� Do not carry unneeded weight inyour vehicle. Excess weight puts aheavier load on the engine, causinggreater fuel consumption.

� Avoid lengthy warm–up idling. Oncethe engine is running smoothly, begindriving—but gently. Remember, howev-er, that on cold winter days this maytake a little longer.

� Keep the automatic transmissionoverdrive turned on when enginebraking is not required. Driving withthe overdrive off will reduce the fueleconomy. (For details, see “Automatictransmission” on page 108 in Section1–6.)

� Accelerate slowly and smoothly.Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into highgear as quickly as possible.

� Avoid long engine idling. If you havea long wait and you are not in traffic,it is better to turn off the engine andstart again later.

� Avoid engine lugging or over–rev-ving. Use a gear position suitable forthe road on which you are travelling.

� Avoid continuous speeding up andslowing down. Stop–and–go drivingwastes fuel.

� Avoid unnecessary stopping andbraking. Maintain a steady pace. Tryto time the traffic signals so you onlyneed to stop as little as possible ortake advantage of through streets toavoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-den braking. This will also reduce wearon your brakes.

� Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jamswhenever possible.

� Do not rest your foot on the clutchor brake pedal. This causes prematurewear, overheating and poor fuel econo-my.

� Maintain a moderate speed on high-ways. The faster you drive, the greaterthe fuel consumption. By reducing yourspeed, you will cut down on fuel con-sumption.

� Keep the front wheels in properalignment. Avoid hitting the curb andslow down on rough roads. Improperalignment not only causes faster tirewear but also puts an extra load onthe engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.

� Keep the bottom of your vehicle freefrom mud, etc. This not only lessensweight but also helps prevent corro-sion.

� Keep your vehicle tuned–up and intop shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oiland grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.all lower engine performance and con-tribute to poor fuel economy. For longerlife of all parts and lower operatingcosts, keep all maintenance work onschedule, and if you often drive undersevere conditions, see that your vehiclereceives more frequent maintenance(For scheduled maintenance informa-tion, please refer to the “ScheduledMaintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-al Supplement”).

How to save fuel and makeyour vehicle last longer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


208 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

Never turn off the engine to coastdown hills. Your power steering andbrake booster will not function with-out the engine running. Also, theemission control system operatesproperly only when the engine is run-ning.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2092002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


210 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCYIf your vehicle will not start 211. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your engine stalls while driving 214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot increase the engine speed 214. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle overheats 215. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you have a flat tire 216. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If your vehicle needs to be towed 224. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever 228. . . . . . . . If you lose your keys 229. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter 229. . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 4

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2112002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Before making these checks, make sureyou have followed the correct startingprocedure given in “How to start theengine” on page 197 in Section 3 and thatyou have sufficient fuel. If your vehicle isequipped with the engine immobilisersystem, also check whether the otherkeys will start the engine. If they work,your key may be broken. Have the keychecked at your Toyota dealer. If none ofyour keys work, the system is possiblybroken. Call your Toyota dealer. (See“Keys (with engine immobiliser system)”on page 10 in Section 1–2.)

If the engine is not turning over or isturning over too slowly—

1. Check that the battery terminals aretight and clean.

2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switchon the interior light.

3. If the light is out, dim or goes outwhen the starter is cranked, the batteryis discharged. You may try jump start-ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page212 for further instructions.

If the light is O.K., but the engine still willnot start, it needs adjustment or repair.Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repairshop.

NOTICE

Do not pull– or push–start the ve-hicle. It may damage the vehicle orcause a collision when the enginestarts. Also the three–way catalyticconverter may overheat and become afire hazard.

If the engine turns over at its normalspeed but will not start—

1. The engine may be flooded because ofrepeated cranking. See “(b) Starting aflooded engine” on page 211 for furtherinstructions.

2. If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyotadealer or qualified repair shop.

If the engine will not start, your enginemay be flooded because of repeatedcranking.

If this happens, turn the key to “START”with the accelerator pedal held down.Keep the key and accelerator pedal inthese positions for 15 seconds and re-lease them. Then try starting the enginewith your foot off the accelerator pedal.

If the engine does not start after 15 se-conds of cranking, release the key, waita few minutes and try again.

If the engine still will not start, it needsadjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealeror qualified repair shop for assistance.

NOTICE

Do not crank for more than 30 se-conds at a time. This may overheatthe starter and wiring systems.

If your vehicle will not start—(a) Simple checks (b) Starting a flooded engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


212 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To avoid serious personal injury anddamage to your vehicle which might re-sult from battery explosion, acid burns,electrical burns, or damaged electroniccomponents, these instructions must befollowed precisely.

If you are unsure about how to follow thisprocedure, we strongly recommend thatyou seek the help of a competent me-chanic or towing service.

CAUTION

� Batteries contain sulfuric acidwhich is poisonous and corrosive.Wear protective safety glasses whenjump starting, and avoid spillingacid on your skin, clothing, or ve-hicle.

� If you should accidentally get acidon yourself or in your eyes, removeany contaminated clothing and flushthe affected area with water imme-diately. Then get immediate medicalattention. If possible, continue toapply water with a sponge or clothwhile enroute to the medical office.

� The gas normally produced by abattery will explode if a flame orspark is brought near. Use onlystandardized jumper cables and donot smoke or light a match whilejump starting.

� Warning: Battery posts, terminalsand related accessories contain leadand lead compounds, chemicalsknown to the State of California tocause cancer and reproductiveharm. Wash hands after handling.

NOTICE

The battery used for boosting mustbe 12 V. Do not jump start unless youare sure that the booster battery iscorrect.

JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE

1. If the booster battery is installed inanother vehicle, make sure the vehiclesare not touching. Turn off all unneces-sary lights and accessories.

2. If required, remove all the vent plugsfrom the booster and discharged batter-ies. Lay a cloth over the open ventson the batteries. (This helps reduce theexplosion hazard, personal injuries andburns.)

3. If the engine in the vehicle with thebooster battery is not running, start itand let it run for a few minutes. Duringjump starting run the engine at about2000 rpm with the accelerator pedallightly depressed.

(c) Jump starting

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2132002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Discharged battery

Boosterbattery

Jumper cable Positive terminal(“+”mark)

Positiveterminal(“+”mark)

4. Make the cable connections in the or-der a, b, c, d.

a. Connect the clamp of the positive(red) jumper cable to the positive (+)terminal on the discharged battery.

b. Connect the clamp at the other endof the positive (red) jumper cable tothe positive (+) terminal on the boosterbattery.

Discharged battery Boosterbattery

Jumper cable

Negative terminal(“–”mark)

c. Connect the clamp of the negative(black) jumper cable to the negative (–)terminal on the booster battery.

d. Connect the clamp at the other endof the negative (black) jumper cable toa solid, stationary, unpainted, metallicpoint of the vehicle with the dischargedbattery.

The recommended connecting pointsare shown in the following illustrations:

Connecting point for 2AZ–FE engine

Connecting point for 1MZ–FE engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


214 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Do not connect it to or near any partthat moves when the engine iscranked.

CAUTION

When making the connections, toavoid serious injury, do not lean overthe battery or accidentally let thejumper cables or clamps touch any-thing except the correct battery termi-nals or the ground.

5. Start your engine in the normal way.After starting, run it at about 2000 rpmfor several minutes with the acceleratorpedal lightly depressed.

6. Carefully disconnect the cables in theexact reverse order: the negative cableand then the positive cable.

7. Carefully dispose of the battery covercloths—they may now contain sulfuricacid.

8. If removed, replace all the battery ventplugs.

If the cause of your battery discharging isnot apparent (for example, lights left on),you should have it checked.

If your engine stalls while driving...

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place.

2. Turn on your emergency flashers.

3. Try starting the engine again.

If the engine will not start, see “If yourvehicle will not start” on page 211 in thissection.

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

If the engine speed does not increase whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed, there maybe a problem somewhere in your electronicthrottle control system.

At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-er, if you depress the accelerator pedalmore firmly and slowly, you can drive yourvehicle at low speeds. Have your vehiclechecked by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible.

Even if the abnormality of the electronicthrottle control system is corrected duringlow speed driving, the system may not berecovered until the engine is stopped andthe ignition key is turned to “ACC” or“LOCK” position.

CAUTION

Be especially careful to prevent erro-neous pedal operation.

If your engine stalls whiledriving

If you cannot incr ease theengine speed

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2152002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If your engine coolant temperaturegauge indicates overheating, if you ex-perience a loss of power, or if you heara loud knocking or pinging noise, theengine has probably overheated. Youshould follow this procedure...

1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-hicle and turn on your emergencyflashers. Put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-ply the parking brake. Turn off the airconditioning if it is being used.

2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of theradiator or reservoir, stop the engine.Wait until the steam subsides beforeopening the hood. If there is no coolantboiling over or steam, leave the enginerunning and make sure the electriccooling fan is operating. If it is not,turn the ignition off.

CAUTION

To help avoid personal injury, keepthe hood closed until there is nosteam. Escaping steam or coolant isa sign of very high pressure.

3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from theradiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.However, note that water draining fromthe air conditioning is normal if it hasbeen used.

CAUTION

When the engine is running, keephands and clothing away from themoving fan and engine drive belts.

4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealerfor assistance.

5. If there are no obvious leaks, checkthe coolant reservoir. If it is dry, addcoolant to the reservoir while the en-gine is running. Fill it about half full.

CAUTION

Do not attempt to remove the radiatorcap when the engine and radiator arehot. Serious injury could result fromscalding hot fluid and steam blownout under pressure.

6. After the engine coolant temperaturehas cooled to normal, again check thecoolant level in the reservoir. If neces-sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-ous coolant loss indicates a leak in thesystem. You should have it checked assoon as possible at your Toyota dealer.

If your vehicle overheats

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


216 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Reduce your speed gradually, keepinga straight line. Move cautiously off theroad to a safe place well away fromthe traffic. Avoid stopping on the centerdivider of a highway. Park on a levelspot with firm ground.

2. Stop the engine and turn on youremergency flashers.

3. Firmly set the parking brake and putthe transmission in “P” (automatic) orreverse (manual).

4. Have everyone get out of the vehicleon the side away from traffic.

5. Read the following instructions thor-oughly.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or reverse (manual).Block the wheel diagonally oppositeto the one being changed if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone.

� Use the jack only for lifting yourvehicle during wheel changing.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notput an object on or under the jack.

� Raise the vehicle only high enoughto remove and change the tire.

NOTICE

Do not continue driving with a de-flated tire. Driving even a short dis-tance can damage a tire and wheelbeyond repair.

If you have a flat tire—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2172002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Compact spare tire (on some models)

The compact spare tire is designed fortemporary emergency use only.

The compact spare tire is identified by thedistinctive wording “TEMPORARY USEONLY” molded into the side wall of thetire.

The standard tire should be repaired andreplaced as soon as possible.

The compact spare tire saves space inyour luggage compartment, and its lighterweight helps to improve fuel economy andpermits easier installation in case of a flattire.

The compact spare tire can be used manytimes, if necessary. It has tread life of upto 4800 km (3000 miles) depending onroad conditions and your driving habits.When tread wear indicators appear on thetire, replace the tire.

See also the tire section on page 255 inSection 7–2 for details on the tread wearindicators and other service information.

CAUTION

� The compact spare tire was de-signed especially for your Toyota.Do not use it on any other vehicle.

� Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph)when driving with the compactspare tire.

� Avoid sudden acceleration, suddendeceleration and sharp turns withthe compact spare tire.

NOTICE

Your ground clearance is reducedwhen the compact spare tire isinstalled so avoid driving over ob-stacles and drive slowly on rough,unpaved roads and speed bumps.Also, do not attempt to go through anautomatic car wash as the vehiclemay get caught, resulting in damage.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


218 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

With a compact spare tire

Without a compact spare tire

1. Get the required tools and sparetire.

1. Jack handle2. Wheel nut wrench3. Front towing eyelet

(on some models)4. Jack 5. Spare tire

To prepare yourself for an emergency, youshould familiarize yourself with the use ofthe jack, each of the tools and their stor-age locations.

To remove the jack, turn the jack joint byhand until the jack becomes free.

—Required tools and sparetire

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2192002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To store the jack, align the hole of thejack head with the vehicle hook. Turn thejack joint until the jack base fits securelywith the vehicle body.

This prevents the jack from flying forwardduring a collision or sudden stop.

To remove the spare tire:

1. Loosen the nut and remove it.

2. Remove the spare tire cover.

3. Loosen the bolt and remove it.

4. Remove the spacer. (compact sparetire only)

Then take the spare tire out of the ve-hicle.

When storing the spare tire, put it in placewith the outer side of the wheel facing up.Then secure the tire by repeating theabove removal steps in reverse order toprevent it from flying forward during acollision or sudden braking.

2. Block the wheel diagonally oppositethe flat tire to keep the vehicle fromrolling when it is j acked up.

When blocking the wheel, place a wheelblock from the front for the front wheelsor from the rear for the rear wheels.

—Blocking the wheel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


220 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

3. Remove the wheel ornament.

Pry off the wheel ornament, using thebeveled end of the wheel nut wrench asshown.

CAUTION

Do not try to pull off the ornament byhand. Take due care in handling theornament to avoid unexpected person-al injury.

4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.

Always loosen the wheel nuts before rais-ing the vehicle.

Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise toloosen. To get maximum leverage, fit thewrench to the nut so that the handle ison the right side, as shown above. Grabthe wrench near the end of the handleand pull up on the handle. Be careful thatthe wrench does not slip off the nut.

Do not remove the nuts yet—just unscrewthem about one–half turn.

5. Position the jack at the correct jackpoint as shown. Rotate the load rest90� from storage position to liftingposition.

Make sure the jack is positioned on alevel and solid place.

—Removing wheel ornament(steel wheels only) —Loosening wheel nuts —Positioning the jack

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2212002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

6. After making sure that no one is inthe vehicle, raise it high enough sothat the spare tire can be installed.

Remember you will need more groundclearance when putting on the spare tirethan when removing the flat tire.

To raise the vehicle, insert the jack handleinto the jack (it is a loose fit) and turn itclockwise. As the jack touches the vehicleand begins to lift, double–check that it isproperly positioned.

CAUTION

Never get under the vehicle when thevehicle is supported by the jackalone.

7. Remove the wheel nuts and changetires.

Lift the flat tire straight off and put itaside.

Roll the spare wheel into position andalign the holes in the wheel with the bolts.Then lift up the wheel and get at least thetop bolt started through its hole. Wigglethe tire and press it back over the otherbolts.

—Raising your vehicle —Changing wheels

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


222 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Before putting on wheels, remove any cor-rosion on the mounting surfaces with awire brush or such. Installation of wheelswithout good metal–to–metal contact at themounting surface can cause wheel nuts toloosen and eventually cause a wheel tocome off while driving. Therefore after thefirst 1600 km (1000 miles), check to seethat the wheel nuts are tight.

8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fingertight.

Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end in-ward) and tighten them as much as youcan by hand. Press back on the tire andsee if you can tighten them more.

9. Lower the vehicle completely andtighten the wheel nuts.

Turn the jack handle counterclockwise tolower the vehicle.

Use only the wheel nut wrench to tightenthe nuts. Do not use other tools or anyadditional leverage other than your hands,such as a hammer, pipe or your foot.Make sure the wrench is securely en-gaged over the nut.

Tighten each nut a little at a time in theorder shown. Repeat the process until allthe nuts are tight.

—Reinstalling wheel nuts —Lowering your vehicle

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2232002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

When lowering the vehicle, make sureall portions of your body and all oth-er persons around will not be injuredas the vehicle is lowered to theground.

10. Reinstall the wheel ornament.

1. Put the wheel ornament into position.

Align the cutout of the wheel ornamentwith the valve stem as shown.

2. Tap it firmly with the side or heel ofyour hand to snap it into place.

CAUTION

Take due care in handling the orna-ment to avoid unexpected personalinjury.

11. Check the air pressure of the re-placed tire.

Adjust the air pressure to the specificationdesigned on page 278 in Section 8. If thepressure is lower, drive slowly to thenearest service station and fill to the cor-rect pressure.

Do not forget to reinstall the tire inflationvalve cap as dirt and moisture could getinto the valve core and possibly cause airleakage. If the cap is missing, have a newone put on as soon as possible.

12. Restow all the tools, jack and flattire securely.

As soon after changing wheels as pos-sible, tighten the wheel nuts to the torquespecified on page 278 in Section 8 witha torque wrench. Have a technician repairthe flat tire and replace the spare tire withit.

CAUTION

Before driving, make sure all thetools, jack and flat tire are securelyin place in their storage location toreduce the possibility of personal in-jury during a collision or s uddenbraking.

—Reinstalling wheel ornament(steel wheels only) —After changing wheels

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


224 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—

—From front

—From rear

(b) Using flat bed truck

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice. In consultation with them, haveyour vehicle towed using either (a) or(b).

Only when you cannot receive a towingservice from a Toyota dealer or com-mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-hicle carefully in accordance with theinstructions given in “—Emergency tow-ing” on page 225 in this section.

Proper equipment will help ensure thatyour vehicle is not damaged while beingtowed. Commercial operators are generallyaware of the state/provincial and locallaws pertaining to towing.

Your vehicle can be damaged if it istowed incorrectly. Although most operatorsknow the correct procedure, it is possibleto make a mistake. To avoid damage toyour vehicle, make sure the following pre-cautions are observed. If necessary, showthis page to the tow truck driver.

TOWING PRECAUTIONS:

Use a safety chain system for all towing,and abide by the state/provincial and locallaws. The wheels and axle on the groundmust be in good condition. If they aredamaged, use a towing dolly.

(a) Towing with wheel lift type truck

NOTICE

When lifting wheels, take care to en-sure adequate ground clearance fortowing at the opposite end of theraised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumperand/or underbody of the towed vehiclewill be damaged during towing.

From front— Release the parking brake.

From rear—

� Manual transmission:

We recommend using a towing dollyunder the front wheels. If you do notuse a towing dolly, place the ignitionkey in the “ACC” position and put thetransmission in neutral.

NOTICE

Do not tow with the key removed orin the “LOCK” position when towingfrom the rear without a towing dolly.The steering lock mechanism is notstrong enough to hold the frontwheels straight.

If your vehicle needs to betowed—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2252002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Automatic transmission:

Use a towing dolly under the frontwheels.

NOTICE

Never tow a vehicle with an automatictransmission from the rear with thefront wheels on the ground, as thismay cause serious damage to thetransmission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

(c) Towing with slingtype truck

(c) Towing with sling type truck

NOTICE

Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-ther from the front or rear. This maycause body damage.

Front (type A)

Front (type B)

—Emergency towing

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


226 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Rear (on some models)

If towing is necessary, we recommendyou to have it done by your Toyotadealer or a commercial tow truck ser-vice.

If towing service is not available in anemergency, your vehicle may be tempo-rarily towed by a cable or chain se-cured to one of the emergency towingeyelets under the vehicle. Use extremecaution when towing vehicles.

Front towing eyelet (type A)—To install thefront towing eyelet, see “—Installing fronttowing eyelet” on page 227 in this section.

NOTICE

Only use specified towing eyelet;otherwise your vehicle may bedamaged.

A driver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.

Towing in this manner may be done onlyon hard–surfaced roads for a short dis-tance and at low speeds. Also, thewheels, axles, drive train, steering andbrakes must all be in good condition.

CAUTION

Use extreme caution when towing ve-hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erraticdriving maneuvers which would placeexcessive stress on the emergencytowing eyelets and towing cable orchain. The eyelets and towing cableor chain may break and cause seriousinjury or damage.

NOTICE

Use only a cable or chain specificallyintended for use in towing vehicles.Securely fasten the cable or chain tothe towing eyelets provided.

Before towing, release the parking brakeand put the transmission in neutral (manu-al) or “N” (automatic). The key must bein “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-ning).

CAUTION

If the engine is not running, the pow-er assist for the brakes and steeringwill not work so steering and brakingwill be much harder than usual.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2272002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

With a compact spare tire

Without a compact spare tire

1. Remove and turn over the spare tirecover. Remove the front towing eyeletby turning it as shown in the illustra-tions.

2. Remove the front towing eyelet coveron the front bumper, using a flat–bladed screwdriver which is wrappedwith a cloth.

—Installing front towing eyelet

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


228 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

3. Secure the front towing eyelet to thehole on the bumper by turning clock-wise.

4. Tighten the front towing eyelet securelyby a wheel nut wrench.

NOTICE

Make sure that the front towing eyeletis tightened securely, or it may beloosened or removed when towing thevehicle.

If you cannot shift the selector leverout of “P” position to other positionseven though the brake pedal is de-pressed, use the shift lock override but-ton as follows:

1. Turn the ignition key to “LOCK”position. Make sure the parkingbrake is on.

2. Pry up the cover with a flat–bladedscrewdriver or equivalent.

If you cannot shift automatictransmission selector lever

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2292002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

3. Insert your finger into the hole topush down the shift lock overridebutton. You can shift out of “P”position only while pushing the but-ton.

4. Shift into “N” position.

5. Insert the cover.

6. Start the engine. For your safety,keep the brake pedal depressed.

Be sure to have the system checked byyour Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

You can purchase a new key at yourToyota dealer if you can give them thekey number. If your vehicle is equippedwith the engine immobiliser system, thedealer will also need your master key.

Vehicles with engine immobiliser system—Even if you lose only one key, contactyour Toyota dealer to make a new key. Ifyou lose all your master keys, you cannotmake new keys; the whole engine immobi-liser system must be replaced.

See the suggestion given in “Keys” onpage 10 in Section 1–2.

If your keys are locked in the vehicle andyou cannot get a duplicate, many Toyotadealers can still open the door for you,using their special tools. If you mustbreak a window to get in, we suggestbreaking the smallest side window be-cause it is the least expensive to replace.Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts fromthe glass.

You can purchase a new wireless re-mote control transmitter at your Toyotadealer.

Have the registered identification numbersof your transmitters deleted from your ve-hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible to avoid the possibility of theft oran accident. Then, have the identificationnumber of your new transmitter registered.At the same time, you must bring all ofthe remaining transmitters to have themregistered again as well.

You can use the wireless remote controlsystem with the new transmitter. Contactyour Toyota dealer for detailed information.

If you lose your keysIf you lose your wirelessremote control transmitter

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


230 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CORROSION PREVENTION ANDAPPEARANCE CAREProtecting your Toyota from corrosion 231. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Washing and waxing your Toyota 232. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cleaning the interior 234. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 5

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2312002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Toyota, through its diligent research, de-sign and use of the most advancedtechnology available, has done its part tohelp prevent corrosion and has providedyou with the finest quality vehicleconstruction. Now, it is up to you. Propercare of your Toyota can help ensure long–term corrosion prevention.

The most common causes of corrosionto your vehicle are:

� The accumulation of road salt, dirt andmoisture in hard–to–reach areas underthe vehicle.

� Chipping of paint, or undercoatingcaused by minor accidents or bystones and gravel.

Care is especially important if you livein particular areas or operate your ve-hicle under certain environmental condi-tions:

� Road salt or dust control chemicals willaccelerate corrosion, as will the pres-ence of salt in the air near the sea–coast or in areas of industrial pollution.

� High humidity accelerates corrosion es-pecially when temperatures range justabove the freezing point.

� Wetness or dampness to certain partsof your vehicle for an extended periodof time, may cause corrosion eventhough other parts of the vehicle maybe dry.

� High ambient temperatures can causecorrosion to those components of thevehicle which are prevented fromquick–drying due to lack of proper ven-tilation.

The above signifies the necessity to keepyour vehicle, particularly the underside, asclean as possible and to repair any dam-age to paint or protective coatings assoon as possible.

To help prevent corrosion on yourToyota, follow these guidelines:

Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, ofcourse, necessary to keep your vehicleclean by regular washing, but to preventcorrosion, the following points should beobserved:

� If you drive on salted roads in thewinter or if you live near the ocean,you should hose off the undercarriageat least once a month to minimize cor-rosion.

� High pressure water or steam is effec-tive for cleaning the vehicle’s undersideand wheel housings. Pay particularattention to these areas as it is difficultto see all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to simply wet themud and debris without removing them.The lower edge of doors, rocker panelsand frame members have drain holeswhich should not be allowed to clogwith dirt as trapped water in theseareas can cause corrosion.

� Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-oughly when winter is over.

See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” onpage 232 for more tips.

Check the condition of your vehicle’spaint and trim. If you find any chips orscratches in the paint, touch them up im-mediately to prevent corrosion from start-ing. If the chips or scratches have gonethrough the bare metal, have a qualifiedbody shop make the repair.

Protecting your Toyota fromcorrosion

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


232 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-ter and dirt can accumulate under thefloor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-casionally check under the mats to makesure the area is dry. Be particularly care-ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should betransported in proper containers. If a spillor leak should occur, immediately cleanand dry the area.

Use mud shields on your wheels. If youdrive on salted or gravel roads, mudshields help protect your vehicle. Full–sizeshields, which come as near to the groundas possible, are the best. We recommendthat the fittings and the area where theshields are installed be treated to resistcorrosion. Your Toyota dealer will behappy to assist in supplying and installingthe shields if they are recommended foryour area.

Keep your vehicle in a well ventilatedgarage or a roofed place. Do not parkyour vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-lated garage. If you wash your vehicle inthe garage, or if you drive it in coveredwith water or snow, your garage may beso damp it will cause corrosion. Even ifyour garage is heated, a wet vehicle cancorrode if the ventilation is poor.

Washing your Toyota

Keep your vehicle clean by regularwashing.

The following cases may cause weaknessto the paint or corrosion to the body andparts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-sible.

� When driving in a coastal area

� When driving on a road sprinkled withantifreeze

� When having coal tar, tree sap, birddroppings and carcass of an insect

� When driving in the areas where thereis a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dustand chemical substance

� When the vehicle becomes remarkablydirty with dust and mud

Hand–washing your Toyota

Work in the shade and wait until thevehicle body is not hot to the touch.

CAUTION

When cleaning under floor or chassis,be careful not to injure your hands.

1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-move any mud or road salt from theunderside of the vehicle or in thewheel wells.

2. Wash with a mild car–wash soap,mixed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions. Use a soft cotton mitt andkeep it wet by dipping it frequently intothe wash water. Do not rub hard—letthe soap and water remove the dirt.

Plastic wheel ornaments: The plasticwheel ornaments are damaged easily byorganic substances. If any organic sub-stances splashes an ornament, be sure towash it off with water and check if theornament is damaged.

CAUTION

Do not attach the heavily damagedplastic wheel ornament. It may fly offthe wheel and cause accidents whilethe vehicle is moving.

Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soapor neutral detergent.

Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do notscrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumperfaces are soft.

Washing and waxing yourToyota

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2332002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Road tar: Remove with turpentine orcleaners that are marked safe for paintedsurfaces.

NOTICE

Do not use organic substances (gaso-line, kerosene, benzine or strong sol-vents), which may be toxic or causedamage.

3. Rinse thoroughly—dried soap cancause streaking. In hot weather youmay need to rinse each section rightafter you wash it.

4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicleusing a clean soft cotton towel. Do notrub or press hard—you might scratchthe paint.

Automatic car wash

Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-matic car wash, but remember that thepaint can be scratched by some type ofbrushes, unfiltered washing water, or thewashing process itself. Scratching reducespaint durability and gloss, especially ondarker colors. The manager of the carwash should be able to advise you wheth-er the process is safe for the paint onyour vehicle.

Waxing your Toyota

Polishing and waxing is recommendedto maintain the original beauty of yourToyota’s finish.

Once a month or if the vehicle surfacedoes not repel water well, apply wax.

1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-fore you begin waxing, even if you areusing a combined cleaner and wax.

2. Use a good quality polish and wax. Ifthe finish has become extremely weath-ered, use a car–cleaning polish, fol-lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructions andprecautions. Be sure to polish and waxthe chrome trim as well as the paint.

Windshield washer nozzles: Make surethat the nozzles do not become blockedwhen waxing. If a nozzle becomesblocked, contact your Toyota dealer tohave the vehicle serviced.

NOTICE

If a nozzle becomes blocked, do nottry to clear it with a pin or otherobject. The nozzle will be damaged.

3. Wax the vehicle again when waterdoes not bead but remains on the sur-face in large patches.

NOTICE

Always remove the plastic bumpers ifyour vehicle is re–painted and placedin a high heat paint waxing booth.High temperatures could damage thebumpers.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


234 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Vehicles with side airbags and cur-tain shield airbags:

Be careful not to splash water orspill liquid on the floor. This mayprevent the side airbags from acti-vating correctly, resulting in seriousinjury.

� Do not wash the vehicle floor withwater, or allow water to get ontothe floor when cleaning the vehicleinterior or exterior. Water may getinto audio components or otherelectrical components above or un-der the floor carpet (or mat) andcause a malfunction; and it maycause body corrosion.

Vinyl interior

The vinyl upholstery may be easilycleaned with a mild soap or detergentand water.

First vacuum over the upholstery to re-move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge orsoft cloth, apply the soap solution to thevinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a fewminutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirtand wipe off the soap with a clean dampcloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-peat the procedure. Commercial foaming–type vinyl cleaners are also availablewhich work well. Follow the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NOTICE

Do not use solvent, thinner, gasolineor window cleaner on the interior.

Carpets

Use a good foam–type shampoo toclean the carpets.

Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to removeas much dirt as possible. Several types offoam cleaners are available; some are inaerosol cans and others are powders orliquids which you mix with water to pro-duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.Rub in overlapping circles.

Do not apply water—the best results areobtained by keeping the carpet as dry aspossible. Read the shampoo instructionsand follow them closely.

Seat belts

The seat belts may be cleaned withmild soap and water or with lukewarmwater.

Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-ing, check the belts for excessive wear,fraying, or cuts.

NOTICE

� Do not use dye or bleach on thebelts—it may weaken them.

� Do not use the belts until they be-come dry.

Windows

The windows may be cleaned with anyhousehold window cleaner.

NOTICE

When cleaning the inside of the rearwindow, be careful not to scratch ordamage the heater wires or connec-tors.

Cleaning the interior

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2352002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Air conditioning control panel, car au-dio, instrument panel, console panel,and switches

Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.

Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.

NOTICE

� Do not use organic substances (sol-vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.These chemicals can cause discol-oring, staining or peeling of thesurface.

� If you use cleaners or polishingagents, make sure their ingredientsdo not include the substances men-tioned above.

� If you use a liquid car freshener, donot spill the liquid onto the ve-hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-tain the ingredients mentioned a-bove. Immediately clean any spillusing the method mentioned above.

Leather Interior

The leather upholstery may be cleanedwith neutral detergent for wool.

Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampenedwith 5% solution of neutral detergent forwool. Then thoroughly wipe off all tracesof detergent with a clean damp cloth.

After cleaning or whenever any part of theleather gets wet, dry with a soft cleancloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-lated shaded area.

NOTICE

� If a stain should fail to come outwith a neutral detergent, apply acleaner that does not contain anorganic solvent.

� Never use organic substances suchas benzine, alcohol or gasoline, oralkaline or acid solutions for clean-ing the leather as thesecould cause discoloring.

� Use of a nylon brush or syntheticfiber cloth, etc. may scratch thefine grained surface of the leather.

� Mildew may develop on soiled leath-er upholstery. Be especially carefulto avoid oil spots. Try to keep yourupholstery always clean.

� Long exposure to direct sunlightmay cause the leather surface toharden and shrink. Keep your ve-hicle in a shaded area, especially inthe summer.

� The interior of your vehicle is aptto heat up on hot summer days, soavoid placing on the upholsteryitems made of vinyl or plastic orcontaining wax as these tend tostick to leather when warm.

� Improper cleaning of the leather up-holstery could result in discolor-ation or staining.

If you have any questions about thecleaning of your Toyota, your localToyota dealer will be pleased to answerthem.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


236 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CAREMaintenance requirements 237. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General maintenance 238. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Does your vehicle need repairing? 240. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs 241. . . . . . . . .

For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

SECTION 6

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2372002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Your Toyota vehicle has been designed forfewer maintenance requirements with long-er service intervals to save both your timeand money. However, each regular mainte-nance, as well as day–to–day care, ismore important than ever before to ensuresmooth, trouble–free, safe, and economicaldrivings.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure the specified maintenance, includinggeneral maintenance service, is performed.Note that both the new vehicle and emis-sion control system warranties specify thatproper maintenance and care must be per-formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for complete warranty information.

General maintenance

General maintenance items are those day–to–day care practices that are important toyour vehicle for proper operation. It is theowner’s responsibility to insure that thegeneral maintenance items are performedregularly.

These checks or inspections can be doneeither by yourself or a qualified technician,or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will bepleased to do them at a nominal cost.

Scheduled maintenance

The scheduled maintenance items listed inthe “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement” are thoserequired to be serviced at regular inter-vals.

For details of your maintenance schedule,read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

It is recommended that any replacementparts used for maintenance or for therepair of the emission control systembe Toyota supplied.

The owner may elect to use non–Toyotasupplied parts for replacement pur-poses without invalidating the emissioncontrol system warranty. However, useof replacement parts which are not ofequivalent quality may impair the effec-tiveness of the emission control sys-tems.

You may also elect to have mainte-nance, replacement, or repair of theemission control devices and systemperformed by any automotive repair es-tablishment or individual without invali-dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’sManual Supplement” for complete war-ranty information.

Where to go for service?

Toyota technicians are well–trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through technicalbulletins, service tips, and in–dealershiptraining programs. They learn to work onToyotas before they work on your vehicle,rather than while they are working on it.

You can be confident that your Toyotadealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenance require-ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-nomically.

Your copy of the repair order is proof thatall required maintenance has been per-formed for warranty coverage. And if anyproblems should arise with your vehiclewhile under warranty, your Toyota dealerwill promptly take care of it. Again, besure to keep a copy of the repair orderfor any service performed on your Toyota.

What about do–it–yourself maintenance?

Many of the maintenance items are easyto do yourself if you have a little mechani-cal ability and a few basic automotivetools. Simple instructions for how to per-form them are presented on page 242 inSection 7.

Maintenance requirements

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


238 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If you are a skilled do–it–yourself mechan-ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-mended. Please be aware that do–it–your-self maintenance can affect your warrantycoverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-ment” for the details.

Listed below are the general maintenanceitems that should be performed as fre-quently as specified. In addition to check-ing the items listed, if you notice anyunusual noise, smell or vibration, youshould investigate the cause or take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-fied service shop immediately. It is recom-mended that any problem you notice bebrought to the attention of your dealer orthe qualified service shop for their advice.

CAUTION

Make these checks only where ade-quate ventilation can be obtained ifyou run the engine.

OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be performedfrom time to time, unless otherwisespecified.

Tire pressureCheck the pressure with a gauge everytwo weeks, or at least once a month. Seepage 255 in Section 7–2 for additionalinformation.

Tire surface and wheel nutsCheck the tires carefully for cuts, damageor excessive wear. See page 256 in Sec-tion 7–2 for additional information. Whenchecking the tires, make sure no nuts aremissing, and check the nuts for loose-ness. Tighten them if necessary.

Tire rotationRotate the tires according to the mainte-nance schedule. (For scheduled mainte-nance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.) See page 257in Section 7–2 for additional information.

Fluid leaksCheck underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-ter or other fluid after the vehicle hasbeen parked for a while. If you smell fuelfumes or notice any leak, have the causefound and corrected immediately.

Doors and engine hoodCheck that all doors including trunk lidoperate smoothly and all latches lock se-curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-ondary latch secures the hood from open-ing when the primary latch is released.

INSIDE THE VEHICLE

Items listed below should be checkedregularly, e.g. while performing periodicservices, cleaning the vehicle, etc.

General maintenance

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2392002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

LightsMake sure the headlights, stop lights, taillights, turn signal lights, and other lightsare all working. Check headlight aim.

Service reminder indicators and warningbuzzersCheck that all service reminder indicatorsand warning buzzers function properly.

Steering wheelBe alert for changes in steering condition,such as hard steering or strange noise.

SeatsCheck that all front seat controls such asseat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-erate smoothly and that all latches locksecurely in any position. Check that thehead restraints move up and downsmoothly and that the locks hold securelyin any latched position. For folding–downrear seatbacks, check that the latcheslock securely.

Seat beltsCheck that the seat belt system such asbuckles, retractors and anchors operateproperly and smoothly. Make sure that thebelt webbings not cut, frayed, worn ordamaged.

Accelerator pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation anduneven pedal effort or catching.

Clutch pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation.

Brake pedalCheck the pedal for smooth operation andthat the pedal has the proper clearance.Check the brake booster function.

BrakesAt a safe place, check that the brakes donot pull to one side when applied.

Parking brakeCheck that the lever has the proper traveland that, on a safe incline, your vehicleis held securely with only the parkingbrake applied.

Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-nismCheck the lock release button of the se-lector lever for proper and smooth opera-tion. On a safe incline, check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in “P” position and all brakes re-leased.

IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT

Items listed below should be checkedfrom time to time, e.g. each time whenrefueling.

Washer fluidMake sure there is sufficient fluid in thetank. See page 266 in Section 7–3 foradditional information.

Engine coolant levelMake sure the coolant level is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the see–throughreservoir when the engine is cold. Seepage 252 in Section 7–2 for additionalinformation.

Radiator, condenser and hosesCheck that the front of the radiator andcondenser are clean and not blocked withleaves, dirt, or insects. See page 253 inSection 7–2 for additional information.

Battery conditionCheck the battery condition by the indica-tor color. See page 263 in Section 7–3 foradditional information.

Brake fluid levelMake sure the brake fluid level is correct.See page 254 in Section 7–2 for addition-al information.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


240 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Engine oil levelCheck the level on the dipstick with theengine turned off and the vehicle parkedon a level spot. See page 251 in Section7–2 for additional information.

Power steering fluid levelCheck the level through the reservoir. Thelevel should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”range depending on the fluid temperature.See page 254 in Section 7–2 for addition-al information.

Exhaust systemIf you notice any change in the sound ofthe exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, havethe cause located and corrected immedi-ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” onpage 185 in Section 2.)

Be on the alert for changes in perfor-mance, sounds, and visual tip–offs thatindicate service is needed. Some impor-tant clues are as follows:

� Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging

� Appreciable loss of power

� Strange engine noises

� A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-ter dripping from the air conditioningafter use is normal.)

� Change in exhaust sound (This mayindicate a dangerous carbon monoxideleak. Drive with the windows open andhave the exhaust system checked im-mediately.)

� Flat–looking tire; excessive tire squealwhen cornering; uneven tire wear

� Vehicle pulls to one side when drivingstraight on a level road

� Strange noises related to suspensionmovement

� Loss of brake effectiveness; spongyfeeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-most touches floor; vehicle pulls to oneside when braking

� Engine coolant temperature continuallyhigher than normal

If you notice any of these clues, take yourvehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon aspossible. It probably needs adjustment orrepair.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving with the ve-hicle unchecked. It could result in se-rious vehicle damage and possiblypersonal injury.

Does your vehicle needrepairing?

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2412002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Some states have vehicle emission in-spection programs which include OBD(On–Board Diagnostics) checks.

The OBD system monitors the operationof the emission control system. When theOBD system determines that a problemexists somewhere in the emission controlsystem, the malfunction indicator lampcomes on. In this case, your vehicle maynot pass the I/M test and need to berepaired. Contact your Toyota dealer toservice the vehicle.

Even if the malfunction indicator lampdoes not come on, your vehicle may notpass the I/M test as readiness codeshave not been set in the OBD system.

Readiness codes are automatically setduring ordinary driving. However, when thebattery is disconnected or run down, thecodes are erased. Also, depending onyour driving habits, the codes may not becompletely set.

Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp hadcome on recently due to temporary mal-function such as a loose fuel tank cap,your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

The malfunction indicator lamp will go offafter taking several driving trips, but theerror code in the OBD system will not becleared unless about 40 trips or more aretaken.

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M testeven the malfunction indicator lamp doesnot come on, contact your Toyota dealerto prepare the vehicle for re–testing.

Emissions Inspection andMaintenance (I/M) programs

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


242 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEIntroductionEngine compartment overview 243. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fuse locations 245. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Do–it–yourself service precautions 246. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Positioning the jack 247. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Parts and tools 248. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 1

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2432002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil filler cap

3. Engine oil level dipstick

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Fuse block

6. Battery

7. Radiator

8. Electric cooling fans

9. Condenser

10. Windshield washer fluid tank

11. Engine coolant reservoir

Engine compartment overview�2AZ–FE engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


244 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

1. Power steering fluid reservoir

2. Engine oil level dipstick

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Fuse blocks

6. Battery

7. Radiator

8. Electric cooling fans

9. Condenser

10. Windshield washer fluid tank

11. Engine coolant reservoir

�1MZ–FE engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2452002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Spare fuses

With vehicle skid control system

Fuse locations

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


246 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If you perform maintenance by yourself,be sure to follow the correct proceduregiven in this section.

You should be aware that improper or in-complete servicing may result in operatingproblems.

Performing do–it–yourself maintenanceduring the warranty period may affect yourwarranty coverage. Read the separateToyota Warranty statement for details andsuggestions.

This section gives instructions only forthose items that are relatively easy for anowner to perform. As explained in Section6, there are still a number of items thatmust be done by a qualified technicianwith special tools.

For information on tools and parts for do–it–yourself maintenance, see “Parts andtools” on page 248 in this section.

Utmost care should be taken when work-ing on your vehicle to prevent accidentalinjury. Here are a few precautions thatyou should be especially careful to ob-serve:

CAUTION

� When the engine is running, keephands, clothing, and tools awayfrom the moving fan and enginedrive belts. (Removing rings,watches, and ties is advisable.)

� Right after driving, the enginecompartment—the engine, radiator,exhaust manifold and spark plugboots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-ful not to touch them. Oil, fluidsand spark plugs may also be hot.

� If the engine is hot, do not removethe radiator cap or loosen the drainplugs to prevent burning yourself.

� Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-low open flames around fuel or thebattery. Their fumes are flammable.

� Do not get under your vehicle withjust the body jack supporting it. Al-ways use automotive jack stands orother solid supports.

� Be sure that the ignition is off ifyou work near the electric coolingfans or radiator grille. With theignition on, the electric cooling fanswill automatically start to run if theengine coolant temperature is highand/or the air conditioning is on.

� Use eye protection whenever youwork on or under your vehiclewhere you may be exposed to flyingor falling material, fluid spray, etc.

� Used engine oil contains potentiallyharmful contaminants which maycause skin disorders such as in-flammation or skin cancer, so careshould be taken to avoid prolongedand repeated contact with it. To re-move used engine oil from yourskin, wash thoroughly with soapand water.

� Do not leave used oil within thereach of children.

� Be extremely cautious when work-ing on the battery. It contains poi-sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

Do–it–yourself serviceprecautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2472002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)


� Dispose of used oil and filter onlyin a safe and acceptable manner.Do not dispose of used oil and fil-ter in household trash, in sewers oronto the ground. Call your dealer ora service station for informationconcerning recycling or disposal.

NOTICE

� Remember that battery and ignitioncables carry high currents or volt-ages. Be careful of accidentallycausing a short circuit.

� Add only demineralized or distilledwater to fill the radiator. And if youspill some of the coolant, be sureto wash off with water to prevent itfrom damaging the parts or paint.

� Do not allow dirt or anything elseto fall through the spark plugholes.

� Use only spark plugs of the speci-fied type. Using other types willcause engine damage, loss of per-formance or radio noise.

� Do not reuse iridium–tipped sparkplugs by cleaning or regapping.

� Do not overfill automatic transmis-sion fluid, or the transmissioncould be damaged.

� Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed, or excessive enginewear could result. Also backfiringcould cause a fire in the enginecompartment.

� Be careful not to scratch the glasssurface with the wiper frame.

� When closing the engine hood,check to see that you have not for-gotten any tools, rags, etc.

Front

Rear

Positioning the jack

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


248 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

When jacking up your vehicle with thejack, position the jack correctly asshown in the illustrations.

CAUTION

When jacking, be sure to observe thefollowing to reduce the possibility ofpersonal injury:

� Follow jacking instructions.

� Do not put any part of your bodyunder the vehicle supported by thejack. Personal injury may occur.

� Do not start or run the engine whileyour vehicle is supported by thejack.

� Stop the vehicle on a level firmground, firmly set the parking brakeand put the transmission in “P”(automatic) or reverse (manual).Block the wheels on the oppositeside of the jack up point if neces-sary.

� Make sure to set the jack properlyin the jack point. Raising the ve-hicle with jack improperly posi-tioned will damage the vehicle ormay allow the vehicle to fall off thejack and cause personal injury.

� Never get under the vehicle whenthe vehicle is supported by the jackalone; use vehicle support stands.

� Do not raise the vehicle with some-one in the vehicle.

� When raising the vehicle, do notput an object on or under the jack.

NOTICE

Make sure to place the jack correctly,or your vehicle may be damaged.

Here is a list of parts and tools you willneed on performing do–it–yourself mainte-nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-signed in metric sizes, so your tools mustbe metric.

CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Parts (if level is low):

� Engine oil API grade SJ“Energy–Conserving”, SL“Energy–Conserving” or ILSACmultigrade having viscosity proper foryour climate

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel� Funnel (only for adding oil)

CHECKING THE ENGINE COOLANTLEVEL


� “TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-lentSee page 252 in Section 7–2 for de-tails about coolant type selection.

� Demineralized or distilled water

Tools:

� Funnel (only for adding coolant)

Parts and tools

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2492002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CHECKING BRAKE FLUID


� SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3brake fluid

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID


� Automatic transmission fluidDEXRON�II or III

Tools:

� Rag or paper towel� Funnel (only for adding fluid)

CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION

Tools:

� Warm water� Baking soda� Grease� Conventional wrench (for terminal

clamp bolts)

CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES

Parts (if replacement is necessary):

� Genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent withsame amperage rating as original

ADDING WASHER FLUID

Parts:

� Water� Washer fluid containing antifreeze (for

winter use)

Tools:

� Funnel

REPLACING LIGHT BULBS

Parts:

� Bulb with same number and wattagerating as original (See charts in “Re-placing light bulbs” on page 266 inSection 7–3.)

Tools:

� Screwdriver

� Flat–bladed screwdriver

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


250 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEEngine and ChassisChecking the engine oil level 251. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the engine coolant level 252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking the radiator and condenser 253. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking brake fluid 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking power steering fluid 254. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking tire pressure 255. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing tires 256. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotating tires 257. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installing snow tires and chains 258. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing wheels 259. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Aluminum wheel precautions 260. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 2

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2512002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Low level Full level

Add oil O.K. Too full

2AZ–FEengine

1MZ–FEengine

With the engine at operating tempera-ture and turned off, check the oil levelon the dipstick.

1. To get a true reading, the vehicleshould be on a level spot. After turningoff the engine, wait a few minutes forthe oil to drain back into the bottom ofthe engine.

2. Pull out the dipstick, and wipe it cleanwith a rag.

3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as faras it will go, or the reading will not becorrect.

4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oillevel on the end.

CAUTION

Be careful not to touch the hot ex-haust manifold.

If the oil level is below or only slightlyabove the low level line, add engine oilof the same type as already in the en-gine.

Remove the oil filler cap and add engineoil in small quantities at a time, checkingthe dipstick.

The approximate quantity of oil needed tofill between the low level and the full levelon the dipstick is indicated below for ref-erence.

When the level reaches within the correctrange, install the filler cap hand–tight.

Oil quantity, L (qt., lmp. qt.):2AZ–FE engine 1.0 (1.1, 0.9)1MZ–FE engine 1.5 (1.6, 1.3)

NOTICE

� Avoid overfilling, or the enginecould be damaged.

� Check the oil level on the dipstickonce again after adding the oil.

ENGINE OIL SELECTION

Use API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”,SL “Energy–Conserving” or ILSAC multi-grade engine oil.

Recommended viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated beforenext oil change

SAE 5W–30 is the best choice for yourvehicle, for good fuel economy, andgood starting in cold weather.

If you use SAE 10W–30 engine oil inextremely low temperatures, the enginemay become difficult to start, so SAE5W–30 engine oil is recommended.

Checking the engine oil level

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


252 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

API service symbol

ILSAC certification mark

Oil identification marks

Either or both API registered marks areadded to some oil containers to helpyou select the oil you should use.

The API Service Symbol is located any-where on the outside of the container.

The top portion of the label shows the oilquality by API (American Petroleum Insti-tute) designations such as SL. The centerportion of the label shows the SAE viscos-ity grade such as SAE 5W–30. “Energy–Conserving” shown in the lower portion,indicates that the oil has fuel–saving ca-pabilities.

The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-fication Mark is displayed on the front ofthe container.

Look at the see–through coolant reser-voir when the engine is cold. The cool-ant level is satisfactory if it is betweenthe “F” and “L” lines on the reservoir.If the level is low, add ethylene–glycoltype coolant for a proper corrosionprotection of aluminum components.

The coolant level in the reservoir will varywith engine temperature. However, if thelevel is on or below the “L” line, addcoolant. Bring the level up to the “F” line.

Always use ethylene–glycol type coolantfor a proper corrosion protection of alumi-num components. See information in thenext column.

If the coolant level drops within a shorttime after replenishing, there may be aleak in the system. Visually check theradiator, hoses, engine coolant filler cap,radiator cap and drain cock and waterpump.

If you can find no leak, have your Toyotadealer test the cap pressure and checkfor leaks in the cooling system.

Checking the engine coolantlevel

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2532002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

To prevent burning yourself, do notremove the radiator cap when the en-gine is hot.

Coolant type selection

Use of improper coolants may damageyour engine cooling system. Your coolantmust contain ethylene–glycol type coolantfor a proper corrosion protection of yourengine that contains aluminumcomponents. Use “TOYOTA Long LifeCoolant” or equivalent.

In addition to preventing freezing andsubsequent damage to the engine, thistype of coolant will also prevent corrosion.Further supplemental inhibitors or additivesare neither needed nor recommended.

Read the coolant container for informationon freeze protection. Follow the manufac-turer’s directions for how much to mixwith plain water (preferably demineralizedwater or distilled water). The total capacityof the cooling system is given on page275 in Section 8.

We recommend to use 50% solution foryour Toyota, to provide protection down toabout –35�C (–31�F). When it is extreme-ly cold, to provide protection down toabout –50�C (–58�F), 60% solution is rec-ommended. Do not use more than 70%solution for better coolant performance.

NOTICE


If any of the above parts are extremelydirty or you are not sure of their condi-tion, take your vehicle to Toyota dealer.

CAUTION

To prevent yourself from burning, becareful not to touch the radiator orcondenser when the engine is hot.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the radiatorand condenser, do not perform thework by yourself.

Checking the radiator andcondenser

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


254 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

To check the fluid level, simply look atthe see–through reservoir. The levelshould be between the “MAX” and“MIN” lines on the reservoir.

It is normal for the brake fluid level to godown slightly as the brake pads wear. Sobe sure to keep the reservoir filled.

If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, itmay indicate a serious mechanical prob-lem.

If the level is low, add SAE J1703 orFMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to thebrake reservoir.

Remove and replace the reservoir cap byhand. Fill the brake fluid to the dottedline. This brings the fluid to the correctlevel when you put the cap back on.

Use only newly opened brake fluid. Onceopened, brake fluid absorbs moisture fromthe air, and excess moisture can cause adangerous loss of braking.

CAUTION

Take care when filling the r eservoirbecause brake fluid can harm youreyes and damage painted surfaces. Iffluid gets in your eyes, flush youreyes with clean water immediately. Ifyou still feel uncomfortable with youreyes, go to the doctor.

NOTICE

If you spill some of the fluid, be sureto wash it off with water to preventit from damaging the parts or paint.

If hotO.K.

If hotadd

Close Open

If coldO.K.

If coldadd

Check the fluid level through the reser-voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-mission fluid DEXRON �II or III.

If the vehicle has been driven around 80km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a littlemore in frigid temperatures), the fluid ishot (60�C—80�C or 140�F—175�F). Youmay also check the level when the fluidis cold (about room temperature,10�C—30�C or 50�F—85�F) if the enginehas not been run for about five hours.

Checking brake fluid Checking power steering fluid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2552002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Clean all dirt from outside of the reservoirtank and look at the fluid level. If the fluidis cold, the level should be in the “COLD”range. Similarly, if it is hot, the fluid levelshould be in the “HOT” range. If the levelis at the low side of either range, addautomatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III to bring the level within the range.

To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-voir cap, visually check the steering boxcase, vane pump and hose connectionsfor leaks or damage.

CAUTION

The reservoir tank may be hot so becareful not to burn yourself.

NOTICE

Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-ing could be damaged.

Keep your tire pressures at the properlevel.

The recommended cold tire pressures, tiresize and the vehicle capacity weight aregiven on page 273 in Section 8. They arealso on the tire pressure label as shown.

You should check the tire pressures everytwo weeks, or at least once a month. Anddon’t forget the spare!

Incorrect tire pressure can reduce tirelife and make your vehicle less safe todrive.

Low tire pressure results in excessivewear, poor handling, reduced fuel econo-my, and the possibility of blowouts fromoverheated tires. Also, low tire pressurecan cause poor sealing of the tire bead.If the tire pressure is excessively low,there is the possibility of wheel deforma-tion and/or tire separation.

High tire pressure produces a harsh ride,handling problems, excessive wear at thecenter of the tire tread, and a greaterpossibility of tire damage from road haz-ards.

If a tire frequently needs refilling, have itchecked by your Toyota dealer.

The following instructions for checkingtire pressure should be observed:

� The pressure should be checked onlywhen the tires are cold. If your ve-hicle has been parked for at least 3hours and has not been driven formore than 1.5 km or 1 mile since, youwill get an accurate cold tire pressurereading.

� Always use a tire pressure gauge.The appearance of a tire can be mis-leading. Besides, tire pressures thatare even just a few pounds off candegrade ride and handling.

Checking tire pressure

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


256 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� Do not bleed or reduce tire pressureafter driving. It is normal for the tirepressure to be higher after driving.

� Never exceed the vehicle capacityweight. The passenger and luggageweight should be located so that thevehicle is balanced.

� Be sure to reinstall the tire inflationvalve caps. Without the valve caps,dirt or moisture could get into the valvecore and cause air leakage. If the capshave been lost, have new ones put onas soon as possible.

Tread wear indicator

CHECKING YOUR TIRES

Check the tires tread for the tread wearindicators. If the indicators show, re-place the tires.

The tires on your Toyota have built–intread wear indicators to help you knowwhen the tires need replacement. Whenthe tread depth wears to 1.6 mm (0.06in.) or less, the indicators will appear. Ifyou can see the indicators in two or moreadjacent grooves, the tire should be re-placed. The lower the tread, the higherthe risk of skidding.

The effectiveness of snow tires is lostif the tread wears down below 4 mm(0.16 in.).

Check the tires regularly for damagesuch as cuts, splits and cracks. If anydamage is found, consult with a techni-cian and have the tire repaired or re-placed.

Even if the damage does not appear seri-ous, a qualified technician should examinethe damage. Objects which have pene-trated the tire may have caused internaldamage.

Any tires which are over 6 years oldmust be checked by a qualified techni-cian even if damage is not obvious.

Tires deteriorate with age even if theyhave never or seldom been used.

This applies also to the spare tire andtires stored for future use.

REPLACING YOUR TIRES

When replacing a tire, use only thesame size and construction as original-ly installed and with the same or great-er load capacity.

Using any other size or type of tire mayseriously affect handling, ride, speedome-ter/odometer calibration, ground clearance,and clearance between the body and tiresor snow chains.

Checking and replacing tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2572002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

� Do not mix radial, bias belted, orbias–ply tires on your vehicle. Itcan cause dangerous handling char-acteristics, resulting in loss of con-trol.

� Do not use tires or wheels otherthan the manufacturer’s recom-mended size.

Toyota recommends all four tires, or atleast both front or rear tires be re-placed as a set.

See “If you have a flat tire” on page 216in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

When a tire is replaced, the wheelshould always be balanced.

An unbalanced wheel may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Wheels can get outof balance with regular use and shouldtherefore be balanced occasionally.

When replacing a tubeless tire, the airvalve should also be replaced with anew one.

With a spare tire of the same wheel typeas the installed tires

With a spare tire of different wheel typefrom the installed tires

To equalize the wear and help extendtire life, Toyota recommends that yourotate your tires according to the main-tenance schedule. (For scheduled main-tenance information, please refer to the“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”.) Howev-er, the most appropriate timing for tirerotation may vary according to yourdriving habits and road surface condi-tions.

See “If you have a flat tire” on page 216in Section 4 for tire change procedure.

When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear is usu-ally caused by incorrect tire pressure, im-proper wheel alignment, out–of–balancewheels, or severe braking.

CAUTION

Do not include a compact spare tirewhen rotating the tires. It is designedfor temporary use only.

Rotating tires

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


258 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WHEN TO USE SNOW TIRES ORCHAINS

Snow tires or chains are recommendedwhen driving on snow or ice.

On wet or dry roads, conventional tiresprovide better traction than snow tires.

SNOW TIRE SELECTION

If you need snow tires, select the samesize, construction and load capacity asthe original tires on your Toyota.

Do not use tires other than those men-tioned above. Do not install studded tireswithout first checking local regulations forpossible restrictions.

SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION

Snow tires should be installed on allwheels.

Installing snow tires on the front wheelsonly can lead to an excessive differencein road grip capability between the frontand rear tires which could cause loss ofvehicle control.

When storing removed tires you shouldstore them in a cool dry place. Mark thedirection of rotation and be sure to installthem in the same direction when replac-ing.

CAUTION

� Do not drive with the snow tiresincorrectly inflated.

� Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)with any type of snow tires.

TIRE CHAIN SELECTION

Use the tire chains of correct size andtype.

Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chainsexcept radial cable chains or V–bar typechains.

Regulations regarding the use of tirechains vary according to location ortype of road, so always check thembefore installing chains.

CHAIN INSTALLATION

Install the chains on the front tires astightly as possible. Do not use tirechains on the rear tires. Retightenchains after driving 0.5—1.0 km(1/4—1/2 mile).

When installing chains on your tires, care-fully follow the instructions of the chainmanufacturer.

If wheel covers are used, they will bescratched by the chain band, so removethe covers before putting on the chains.

CAUTION

� Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) orthe chain manufacturer’s recom-mended speed limit, whichever islower.

� Drive carefully avoiding bumps,holes, and sharp turns, which maycause the vehicle to bounce.

� Avoid sharp turns or locked–wheelbraking, as use of chains may ad-versely affect vehicle handling.

� When driving with chains installed,be sure to drive carefully. Slowdown before entering the curves toavoid losing control of the vehicle.Otherwise an accident may occur.

Installing snow tires andchains

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2592002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

Do not attempt to use a tire chain onthe compact spare tire, as it may re-sult in damage to the vehicle as wellas the tire.

WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS

If you have wheel damage such asbending, cracks or heavy corrosion, thewheel should be replaced.

If you fail to replace damaged wheels, thetire may slip off the wheel or cause lossof handling control.

WHEEL SELECTION

When replacing wheels, care should betaken to ensure that the wheels are re-placed by ones with the same load ca-pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.

Correct replacement wheels are availableat your Toyota dealer.

A wheel of a different size or type mayadversely affect handling, wheel and bear-ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-eter calibration, stopping ability, headlightaim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-ance, and tire or snow chain clearance tothe body and chassis.

Replacement with used wheels is not rec-ommended as they may have been sub-jected to rough treatment or high mileageand could fail without warning. Also, bentwheels which have been straightened mayhave structural damage and thereforeshould not be used. Never use an innertube in a leaking wheel which is designedfor a tubeless tire.

Replacing wheels

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


260 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

� When installing aluminum wheels,check that the wheel nuts are tightafter driving your vehicle the first 1600km (1000 miles).

� If you have rotated, repaired, orchanged your tires, check that thewheel nuts are still tight after driving1600 km (1000 miles).

� When using tire chains, be careful notto damage the aluminum wheels.

� Use only the Toyota wheel nuts andwrench designed for your aluminumwheels.

� When balancing your wheels, use onlyToyota balance weights or equivalentand a plastic or rubber hammer.

� As with any wheel, periodically checkyour aluminum wheels for damage. Ifdamaged, replace immediately.

Aluminum wheel precautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2612002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


262 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

DO–IT–YOURSELF MAINTENANCEElectrical componentsChecking battery condition 263. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Battery recharging precautions 264. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checking and replacing fuses 265. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adding washer fluid 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Replacing light bulbs 266. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 7– 3

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2632002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

CAUTION

BATTERY PRECAUTIONS

The battery produces flammable andexplosive hydrogen gas.

� Do not cause a spark from the bat-tery with tools.

� Do not smoke or light a match nearthe battery.

The electrolyte contains poisonousand corrosive sulfuric acid.

� Avoid contact with eyes, skin orclothes.

� Never ingest electrolyte.

� Wear protective safety glasses whenworking near the battery.

� Keep children away from the bat-tery.

EMERGENCY MEASURES

� If electrolyte gets in your eyes,flush your eyes with clean waterimmediately and get immediatemedical attention. If possible, con-tinue to apply water with a spongeor cloth while en route to the medi-cal office.

� If electrolyte gets on your skin,thoroughly wash the contact area. Ifyou feel pain or burning, get medi-cal attention immediately.

� If electrolyte gets on your clothes,there is a possibility of its soakingthrough to your skin, so immediate-ly take off the exposed clothing andfollow the procedure above, if nec-essary.

� If you accidentally swallow electro-lyte, drink a large quantity of wateror milk. Follow with milk of magne-sia, beaten raw egg or vegetableoil. Then go immediately for emer-gency help.


Terminals Groundcable

Hold–down clamp

Check the battery for corroded or looseterminal connections, cracks, or loosehold–down clamp.

a. If the battery is corroded, wash it offwith a solution of warm water and bak-ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-nals with grease to prevent further cor-rosion.

b. If the terminal connections are loose,tighten their clamp nuts—but do notovertighten.

c. Tighten the hold–down clamp onlyenough to keep the battery firmly inplace. Overtightening may damage thebattery case.

Checking battery c ondition——Precautions —Checking battery exterior

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


264 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

NOTICE

� Be sure the engine and all accesso-ries are off before performing main-tenance.

� When checking the battery, removethe ground cable from the negativeterminal (“–” mark) first and rein-stall it last.

� Be careful not to cause a short cir-cuit with tools.

� Take care no solution gets into thebattery when washing it.

If the battery is disconnected or rundown, the moon roof may not operateautomatically and the jam protection func-tion will not function correctly after youreconnect, replace or recharge the battery.In any of these cases, you should normal-ize the moon roof. To normalize the moonroof, see “Electric moon roof” on page 32in Section 1–2.

Type A

Green DarkClear orlight yellow

Type B

Blue White Red

CHECKING BY INDICATOR

Check the battery condition by the indi-cator color.

Indicator colorCondition

Type A Type BCondition

Green Blue Good

Dark White

Charging necessary.Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

Clear orlight

yellowRed

Have batterychecked by yourToyota dealer.

During recharging, the battery is pro-ducing hydrogen gas.

Therefore, before recharging:

1. If recharging with the battery installedon the vehicle, be sure to disconnectthe ground cable.

2. Be sure the power switch on the re-charger is off when connecting thecharger cables to the battery and whendisconnecting them.

CAUTION

� Always charge the battery in an un-confined area. Do not charge thebattery in a garage or closed roomwhere there is not sufficient ventila-tion.

� Only do a slow charge (5 A orless). Charging at a quicker rate isdangerous. The battery may ex-plode, causing personal injuries.

NOTICE

Never recharge the battery while theengine is running. Also, be sure allaccessories are turned off.

—Checking battery c ondition Battery recharging pr ecautions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2652002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Type A

Type B

Type C

Good Blown

Good Blown

Good Blown

If the headlights or other electricalcomponents do not work, check thefuses. If any of the fuses are blown,they must be replaced.

See “Fuse locations” on page 245 in Sec-tion 7–1 for locations of the fuses.

Turn the ignition switch and inoperativecomponent off. Pull a suspected fusestraight out and check it.

Determine which fuse may be causing theproblem. The lid of the fuse box showsthe name of the circuit for each fuse. Seepage 278 in Section 8 of this manual forthe functions controlled by each circuit.

Type A fuses can be pulled out by thepull–out tool. The location of the pull–outtool is shown in the illustration.

If you are not sure whether the fuse hasblown, try replacing the suspected fusewith one that you know is good.

If the fuse has blown, push a new fuseinto the clip.

Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-ing designated on the fuse box lid.

If you do not have a spare fuse, in anemergency you can pull out the“MIR–HTR”, “CIG” or “POWER POINT”fuse, which may be dispensable fornormal driving, and use it if its amperagerating is the same.

If you cannot use one of the same amper-age, use one that is lower, but as closeas possible to, the rating. If the amperageis lower than that specified, the fusemight blow out again but this does notindicate anything wrong. Be sure to getthe correct fuse as soon as possible andreturn the substitute to its original clip.

It is a good idea to purchase a set ofspare fuses and keep them in your ve-hicle for emergencies.

Checking and replacing fuses

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


266 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If the new fuse immediately blows out,there is a problem with the electrical sys-tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it assoon as possible.

CAUTION

Never use a fuse with a higher am-perage rating, or any other object, inplace of a fuse. This may cause ex-tensive damage and possibly a fire.

If any washer does not work or lowwindshield washer fluid level warninglight comes on, the washer tank may beempty. Add washer fluid.

You may use plain water as washer fluid.However, in cold areas where tempera-tures range below freezing point, usewasher fluid containing antifreeze. Thisproduct is available at your Toyota dealerand most auto parts stores. Follow themanufacturer’s directions for how much tomix with water.

NOTICE

Do not use engine antifreeze or anyother substitute because it may dam-age your vehicle’s paint.

The following illustrations show how togain access to the bulbs. When replacinga bulb, make sure the ignition switch andlight switch are off. Use bulbs with thewattage ratings given in the table.

CAUTION

� To prevent yourself from burning,do not replace the light bulbs whilethey are hot.

� Halogen bulbs have pressurized gasinside and require special handling.They can burst or shatter ifscratched or dropped. Hold a bulbonly by its plastic or metal case.Do not touch the glass part of abulb with bare hands.

NOTICE

Only use a bulb of the listed type.

Adding washer fluid Replacing light bulbs—

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2672002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

The inside of the lens of exterior lightssuch as headlights may temporarily fog upwhen the lens becomes wet in the rain orin a car wash. This is not a problembecause the fogging is caused by thetemperature difference between the outsideand inside of the lens, just like thewindshield fogged up in the rain. However,if there is a large drop of water on theinside of the lens, or if there is waterpooled inside the light, contact yourToyota dealer.

Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Headlights (high) 9005 60 A

Headlights (low) 9006 51 B

Front fog lights 9006 51 B

Parking, front sidemarker and frontturn signal lights

3457 30/8 C

Tail and rear sidemarker lights

194 3.8 C

Rear turn signallights

921 18 C

Stop/tail lights 3057 27/7 C

Back–up lights 921 18 C

License plate lights — 5 C

High mountedstoplight

921 18 C

Personal lights — 4.9 C

Interior light(type A)

— 8 D

Interior light(type B)

— 5 D

Vanity lights — 1.4 D

Glove box light — 5 C

Light bulbs BulbNo.

W Type

Trunk light (type A) — 5 C

Trunk light (type B) — 3 D

A: HB3 halogen bulbs B: HB4 halogen bulbsC: Wedge base bulbsD: Double end bulbs

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


268 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Low beam (outside)

High beam (inside)

1. Open the hood. Turn the bulb basecounterclockwise to the front of thevehicle as shown.

2. Unplug the connector while depress-ing the lock release.

If the connector is tight, wiggle it.

3. Plug in a new bulb into the connec-tor and install it into the mountinghole.

Aiming is not necessary after replacingthe bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-essary, contact your Toyota dealer.

—Headlights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2692002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

a: Tail and rear side marker lightb: Rear turn signal lightc: Back–up lightd: Stop/tail light

—Parking, front side markerand front turn signal lights

—Tail, rear side maker, rearturn signal, back–up andstop/tail lights (type A)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


270 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

a: Tail and rear side marker lightb: Rear turn signal lightc: Back–up lightd: Stop/tail light

—Tail, rear side maker, rearturn signal, back–up andstop/tail lights (type B) —High mounted stoplight

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2712002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If either the left or right front fog orlicense plate lights burns out, contactyour Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

Do not try to replace the front fog orlicense plate light bulbs by yourself.You may damage the vehicle.

—Front fog and license platelights

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2732002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

SPECIFICATIONSDimensions and weight 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine 274. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuel 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Service specifications 275. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tires 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fuses 278. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 8

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


274 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Model:2AZ–FE and 1MZ–FE

Type:

2AZ–FE engine4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline

1MZ–FE engine6 cylinder V type 4 cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke, mm (in.):

2AZ–FE engine88.5 � 96.0 (3.48 � 3.78)

1MZ–FE engine87.5 � 83.0 (3.44 � 3.27)

Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):2AZ–FE engine 2362 (144.1)1MZ–FE engine 2995 (182.8)

Dimensions and weight

Overall length mm (in.)

Overall width mm (in.)

Overall height∗1 mm (in.)

Wheelbase mm (in.)

Front tread mm (in.)

Rear tread mm (in.)

Vehicle capacity weight(occupants + luggage) kg (lb.)

∗1: Unladen vehicle∗2: With 205/65R15 tires∗3: With 215/60R16 tires

1490 (58.7)∗2

1500 (59.1)∗3

4805 (189.2)

1795 (70.7)

2720 (107.1)

1545 (60.8)

1535 (60.4)

410 (900)

Engine

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2752002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Fuel type:

2AZ–FE engineUnleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) orhigher

1MZ–FE engineUnleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87(Research Octane Number 91) orhigher. For improved vehicle perfor-mance, the use of premium unleadedgasoline with an Octane Rating of 91(Research Octane Number 96) orhigher is recommended.

Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):70 (18.5, 15.4)

ENGINE

Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):

2AZ–FE engineIntake 0.19—0.29 (0.007—0.011)Exhaust 0.30—0.40 (0.012—0.016)

1MZ–FE engineIntake 0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)Exhaust 0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)

Spark plug type:DENSO SK20R11NGK IFR6A11

Spark plug gap, mm(in.):1.1 (0.043)

Drive belt tension measured with Bor-roughs drive belt tension gaugeNo.BT–33–73F (used belt), Ibf:

1MZ–FE engine 115�20

ENGINE LUBRICATION

Oil capacity (drain and refill), L (qt., Imp.qt.):

2AZ–FE engineWith filter 3.8 (4.0, 3.3)Without filter 3.6 (3.8, 3.2)

1MZ–FE engineWith filter 4.7 (5.0, 4.1)Without filter 4.5 (4.8, 4.0)

Oil grade:API grade SJ “Energy–Conserving”, SL“Energy–Conserving” or ILSACmultigrade engine oil is recommended.

Recommended oil viscosity (SAE):

5W-30 Preferred

Temperature range anticipated beforenext oil change

Fuel Service specifications

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


276 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

COOLING SYSTEM

Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):2AZ–FE engine 6.2 (6.6, 5.4)1MZ–FE engine 9.2 (9.8, 8.1)

Coolant type:

“TOYOTA Long Life Coolant” or equiva-lent

With ethylene–glycol type coolant for aproper corrosion protection of aluminumcomponents


BATTERY

Open voltage∗ at 20�C (68�F):12.6—12.8V Fully charged12.2—12.4V Half charged11.8—12.0V Discharged

∗: Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-ter the key is removed with all the lightsturned off

Charging rates:5 A max.

Note: If replacement is necessary, makesure to do so with a battery that meetsthe same standard as the original.

CLUTCH

Pedal free play, mm (in.):5—15 (0.2—0.6)

Fluid type:SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

MANUAL TRANSAXLE

Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):2.5 (2.6, 2.2)

Oil type:Gear oil API GL–4 or GL–5

Recommended oil viscosity:SAE 75W–90

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE

Fluid capacity (drain and refill), L (qt.,Imp. qt.):

2AZ–FE engine 3.9 (4.1, 3.4)1MZ–FE engine 3.5 (3.7, 3.1)

Fluid type:Automatic transmission fluid Type T–IV

Change automatic transmission fluid onlyas necessary.

Generally, it is necessary to changeautomatic transmission fluid only if yourvehicle is driven under one of the SpecialOperating Conditions listed in your“Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. Whenchanging the automatic transmission fluid,use only Toyota Genuine ATF Type T–IV(ATF JWS3309 or NWS6500) to aid inassuring optimum transaxle performance.

Notice: Using automatic transmissionfluid other than Toyota Genuine ATFType T–IV may cause deterioration inshift quality, locking up of your trans-mission accompanied by vibration, andultimately damage the automatic trans-mission of your vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2772002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

BRAKES

Minimum pedal clearance when depressedwith the force of 490 N (50 kgf, 110 lbf)with the engine running, mm (in.):

Fixed type 63 (2.5)Adjustable type (in frontmost position)

59 (2.3)

Pedal free play, mm (in.): Fixed type 1—6 (0.04—0.24)Adjustable type (in frontmost position)

1—8 (0.04—0.31)

Pad wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Lining wear limit, mm (in.): 1.0 (0.04)

Lever type parking brake

Parking brake adjustment when pulledwith the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):

6—9 clicks

Pedal type parking brake

Parking brake adjustment when de-pressed with the force of 300 N (31 kgf,67 lbf):

3—6 clicks

Fluid type: SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

STEERING

Wheel free play: Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)

Power steering fluid type: Automatic transmission fluid DEXRON�IIor III

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


278 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Engine compartment

Tires

Tire size

P205/65R15 92T

Front

P205/65R15 92H

P215/60R16 94V

200 (2.0, 29)

200 (2.0, 29)

200 (2.0, 29)

Rear

200 (2.0, 29)

200 (2.0, 29)

200 (2.0, 29)

Wheel size

15 � 6 1/2 JJ

15 � 6 1/2 JJ

16 � 6 1/2 JJ

When driving under the above vehicle conditions at sustained high speeds above 160km/h (100 mph), in countries where such speeds are permitted by–law, inflate thefront and rear tires to 240 kPa (2.4 kgf/cm2 or bar, 35 psi) provided that it doesnot exceed the maximum cold tire pressure molded on the tire sidewall.

Compact spare tire kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi) Wheel sizeT145/80R16 105M 450 (45, 65) 16 � 4T

Trailer driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Tire size

P205/65R15 92T

P205/65R15 92H

P215/60R16 94V

Front Rear

220 (2.2, 32)

220 (2.2, 32)

200 (2.0, 29)

220 (2.2, 32)

220 (2.2, 32)

200 (2.0, 29)

Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):104 (10.5, 77)

NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing wheels),see “Checking tire pressure” through “Aluminum wheel precautions”, pages255 through 260, in Section 7–2.

Tire size and pressure:Normal driving kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)

Fuses

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2792002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Engine compartment (with vehicle skid control system)

Fuses (type A)

1. HEAD LH LWR 15 A: Left–hand head-light (low beam)

2. HEAD RH LWR 15 A: Right–handheadlight (low beam)

3. DRL 5 A: Daytime running light system

4. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system

5. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse



8. AM2 30 A: Starting system, “IGN” and“IG2” fuses

Instrument panel

9. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left–hand head-light (high beam)

10. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right–handheadlight (high beam)

11. ST 5 A: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection sys-tem

12. TEL 5 A: No circuit

13. ALT–S 5 A: Charging system

14. IGN 15 A: Starting system

15. IG2 10 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem, SRS airbag system, front seatbelt pretensioners, cruise control sys-tem

16. DOOR1 25 A: Multiplex communicationsystem (power door lock system, auto–door locking system, wireless remotecontrol system)

17. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

18. HORN 10 A: Horns

19. D.C.C 30 A: “ECU–B”, “RAD NO.1”and “DOME” fuses

20. A/F 25 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-tem/sequential multiport fuel injectionsystem

21. ETCS 10 A: Multiport fuel injectionsystem/sequential multiport fuel injec-tion system

22. HAZ 15 A: Emergency flashers

23. ABS NO.4 7.5 A: Anti–lock brake sys-tem, vehicle skid control system, trac-tion control system, brake assist sys-tem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


280 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

24. ECU–B 10 A: Multiplex communicationsystem (power door lock system, secu-rity system, auto–door locking system,automatic light control system, head-light delay off system, tail light autocut system, illuminated entry system,daytime running light system, wirelessremote control system), air conditioningsystem

25. DOME 7.5 A: Ignition switch light, inte-rior light, personal lights, trunk light,vanity lights, garage door opener,clock, outside temperature gauge, mul-ti–information display

26. CIG 15 A: Cigarette lighter

27. ECU–ACC 5 A: Power rear view mir-rors, clock, multi–information display

28. RAD NO.2 10 A: Car audio system,navigation system

29. POWER POINT 15 A: Power outlets

30. RAD NO.1 20 A: Car audio system,navigation system

31. GAUGE1 10 A: Gauges and meters,clock, outside temperature gauge, mul-ti–information display, shift lock system,seat belt reminder lights

32. ECU–IG 10 A: SRS airbag system,power windows, anti–lock brake system

33. WIPER 25 A: Windshield wipers

34. HTR 10 A: Air conditioning systems

35. MIR HTR 10 A: Outside rear view mir-ror heaters

36. AM1 5 A: Starting system

37. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights

38. SUN–SHADE 15 A: No circuit

39. GAUGE2 10 A: Auto anti–glare insiderear view mirror, compass, electricmoon roof, back–up lights, automatictransmission indicator lights, automaticlight control system, cruise control sys-tem

40. PANEL 10 A: Glove box light, clock,outside temperature gauge, multi–infor-mation display, instrument clusterlights, instrument panel lights, over-drive–off indicator light

41. TAIL 10 A: Tail lights, parking lights,license plate lights

42. PWR NO.4 20 A: Rear passenger’spower window (left side)

43. PWR NO.2 20 A: Front passenger’sdoor lock system, front passenger’spower window

44. OBD 7.5 A: On–board diagnosis sys-tem

45. SEAT HTR 20 A: Seat heaters

46. WASHER 15 A: Windshield washer

47. FAN RLY 10 A: Electric cooling fans

48. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mountedstoplight, anti–lock brake system,cruise control system

49. FUEL OPEN 5 A: No circuit

50. DOOR NO.2 25 A: Multiplex commu-nication system (power door lock sys-tem, auto–door locking system, wire-less remote control system)

51. AMP 25 A: No circuit

52. PWR NO.3 20 A: Rear passenger’spower window (right side)

Fuses (type B)

53. MAIN 40 A: “HEAD LH LWR”, “HEADRH LWR”, “HEAD LH UPR”, “HEAD LHUPR” and “DRL” fuses

54. ABS NO.2 40 A: Anti–lock brake sys-tem, vehicle skid control system, trac-tion control system, brake assist sys-tem

55. RDI 30 A: Electric cooling fan

56. CDS 30 A: Electric cooling fan

57. HTR 50 A: Air conditioning system

58. ADJ PDL 30 A: Power adjustable ped-als

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2812002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)


60. PWR SEAT 30 A: Power seats

61. PWR NO.1 30 A: Driver’s door locksystem, driver’s power window, electricmoon roof

62. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger

Fuses (type C)

63. ALT 100 A (with 2AZ–FE engine) orALT 120 A (with 1MZ–FE engine):“DEF”, “PWR NO.1”, “PWR NO.2”,“PWR NO.3”, “PWR NO.4”, “STOP”,“DOOR NO.2”, “OBD”, “PWR SEAT”,“FUEL OPEN”, “FOG”, “AMP”, “PANEL”,“TAIL”, “AM1”, “CIG”, “POWER POINT”,“RAD NO.2”, “ECU–ACC”, “GAUGE1”,“GAUGE2”, “ECU–IG”, “WIPER”,“WASHER”, “HTR (10 A)”, “SEAT HTR”,and “SUN–SHADE” fuses


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


282 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2832002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.OWNERS AND UNIFORM TIRE QUALITYGRADINGReporting safety defects for U.S. owners 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Uniform tire quality grading 284. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION 9

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


284 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

If you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could cause acrash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediately in-form the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA) inaddition to notifying Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll–free: 1–800–331–4331).If NHTSA receives similar com-plaints, it may open an investiga-tion, and if it finds that a safetydefect exists in a group of ve-hicles, it may order a recall andremedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems betweenyou, your dealer, or Toyota MotorSales, U.S.A., Inc.

To contact NHTSA, you may ei-ther call the Auto Safety Hotlinetoll–free at 1–800–424–9393 (or366–0123 in Washington, D.C.area) or write to: NHTSA, U.S.Department of Transportation,Washington, D.C. 20590. You canalso obtain other information aboutmotor vehicle safety from the Hot-line.

This information has been prepared in ac-cordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-tration of the U.S. Department of Trans-portation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyotavehicles with information on uniform tirequality grading.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer anyquestions you may have as you read thisinformation.

DOT quality grades—All passenger cartires must conform to Federal SafetyRequirements in addition to thesegrades. Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maximumsection width. For example: Treadwear200 Traction AA Temperature A

Reporting safety defects forU.S. owners Uniform tire quality grading

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2852002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

Treadwear— The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on the wear rateof the tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified government testcourse. For example, a tire graded 150would wear one and a half (1–1/2) timesas well on the government course as atire graded 100. The relative performanceof tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may de-part significantly from the norm due tovariations in driving habits, service prac-tices and differences in road characteris-tics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C— The tractiongrades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,B, and C, and they represent the tire’sability to stop on wet pavement as mea-sured under controlled conditions on spe-cified government test surfaces of asphaltand concrete. A tire marked C may havepoor traction performance.

Warning: The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on braking (straightahead) traction tests and does not includecornering (turning) traction.

Temperature A, B, C— The temperaturegrades are A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire’s resistance to thegeneration of heat and its ability to dissi-pate heat when tested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel. Sustained high temperaturecan cause the material of the tire to de-generate and reduce tire life, and exces-sive temperature can lead to sudden tirefailure. The grade C corresponds to a lev-el of performance which all passenger cartires must meet under the Federal MotorVehicle Safety Standard No.109. Grades Band A represent higher levels of perfor-mance on the laboratory test wheel thanthe minimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grades for thistire are established for a tire that is prop-erly inflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or in combina-tion, can cause heat buildup and possibletire failure.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


286 2002 MY CAMRY_U (OM33567U)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

Camry_Navi_U (L/O 0108)

i 2002 MY CAMRY NAVI_U (OM33559U)

Foreword

Thank you for your purchase of the Navigation System. Please read this manual carefully to ensure proper use. Keep thismanual stored in your vehicle at all times.

The Toyota Navigation System is one of the most technologically advanced vehicle accessories ever developed. The systemreceives satellite signals from the Global Positioning System (GPS) operated by the U.S. Department of Defense. Using thesesignals and other vehicle sensors, the system can show you where you are and assist you in locating a desired destination.

The navigation system is designed to select efficient routes from your present starting location to your destination. The system isdesigned to direct you to a destination that is unfamiliar to you in efficient manners. The routes are generated from a largedatabase that includes all roads contained in AAA state maps along with detailed street coverage for many major metropolitanareas. The calculated routes are neither the shortest routes nor routes without traffic congestion. Your own personal localknowledge or “short cut” may at times be faster than the calculated routes.

The navigation system’s database includes more than 50 point of interest categories to allow you to easily select destinationssuch as restaurants and banks. If a destination is not in the database, you can enter the street address or a major intersectionclose to it and the system will route you there. The system will provide both a visual map and audio instructions. The audioinstructions will announce the distance and direction to go when you are approaching a fork or intersection. These voice instruc-tions will help you keep your eyes on the road and are timed to provide enough time to allow you to maneuver, change lanes orslow down.

Please be aware that all current vehicle navigation systems have certain limitations that may affect their ability toperform properly. The accuracy of the vehicle’s position depends on the satellite condition, road configuration, vehiclecondition or other circumstances. For more information on the limitations of the system, refer to pages 59 through 61.

� 2001 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION

All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, inwhole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota Motor Corporation.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

1

Important information about this manual

For safety reasons, this manual indicatesitems requiring particular attention withthe following marks.

CAUTION

This is a warning against somethingthat may cause injury to people ifthe warning is ignored. You are in-formed about what you must or mustnot do in order to avoid or reducethe risk to yourself and otherpeople.

NOTICE

This is a warning against somethingwhich may cause damage to the ve-hicle or its equipment if the warningis ignored. You are informed aboutwhat you must or must not do inorder to avoid or reduce the risk ofdamage to your vehicle and itsequipment.

INFORMATION

This provides additional information.

Initial screen

UN001

When you start the engine or turn theignition switch to “ACC”, the initial “TO-YOTA” screen appears and the systembegins operating.

CAUTION

When the vehicle is stopped with theengine running, always apply theparking brake for safety.

After a few seconds, the “CAUTION”screen appears.

L00002

Touch either “English” or “French” toselect a language. Read and follow theinstructions.

When you touch the “I agree”switch on the screen, the “map”screen appears.

You can access this screen when youpush the “INFO” button and touch the“Language” switch. Then you canselect a language.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

2

Safety Instruction

L00002

To use your system as safely as pos-sible, follow all the safety tips shown be-low.

This system is intended to assist you inreaching your destination and, if usedproperly, can do so. You, as the driver,are solely responsible for the safe opera-tion of your vehicle and the safety ofyour passengers.

Do not use any feature of this system tothe extent it distracts you from safe dri-ving. Your first priority while you are driv-ing should always be the safe operationof your vehicle. While you are driving, besure to observe all traffic regulations.

Before attempting to use this systemwhile you are driving, learn how to useit and become thoroughly familiar with it.Read the entire Navigation System Manu-al to make sure you understand the sys-tem. Do not allow others to use this sys-tem until they have read and understoodthese and other instructions in this manu-al.

For your safety, some functions may be-come inoperable when you start driving.Unavailable switches are dimmed. Youcan input your destination and select yourroute only when the vehicle is not mov-ing.

CAUTION

� For safety, the driver should notoperate the navigation systemwhile he/she is driving. Inattentionto the road and traffic may causean accident.

� While you are driving, be sure tofollow the traffic regulations andkeep the road condition in mind. Ifa traffic sign on the road has beenchanged, route guidance may pro-vide wrong information such asthe direction of a one way street.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

3

While you are driving, listen to the voiceinstructions as much as possible andglance at the screen briefly and onlywhen it is safe. However, do not totallyrely on voice guidance. Use it just foryour information. If the system cannotdetermine your current position correctly,there is a possibility of incorrect, late ornon–voice guidance.

The data in the system may occasionallybe incomplete. Road conditions, includingdriving restrictions (no left turns, streetclosures, etc.) frequently change. There-fore, before you follow any instructionfrom the system, look to see whether youcan comply with the instruction safely andlegally.

This system cannot warn you about suchthings as the quality of a neighborhood,condition of streets, and availability ofemergency services. If you are unsureabout the safety of an area, don’t driveinto it. Under no circumstances is thissystem a substitute for the driver’spersonal judgement.

We recommend that you obtain updatedmap data, when it becomes available, inorder to help use the system as effective-ly and safely as possible.

Use this system only in locations whereit is legal to do so. Some states/prov-inces may have laws prohibiting videoscreens within sight of the driver.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

4

Overview of Touch Screen and Switches

Switch operationThis system is operated mainly by theswitches on the screen. To preventdamage to the screen, lightly touchswitches on the screen with your fin-ger. When you touch a switch on thescreen or push a button, a beepsounds.

INFORMATION

� If the system does not respond toa touch of a switch, move your fin-ger away from the screen and thentouch it again.

� You cannot operate dimmedswitches.

� Wipe off fingerprints on the surfaceof the display using a glass clean-ing cloth.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

5

Symbols, Switches and Buttons

L00003

Current vehicle position mark

Indicates the current position.For details, see page 37.

MAP/VOICE tab

Touch this tab to repeat voiceguidance, cancel one touchscroll and start guidance. Fordetails, see page 38.

DEST tab

Touch this tab to display theDestination screen. For details,see page 6.

MENU tab

Touch this tab to display the“Menu” screen. This screenallows you to makeadjustments or correct settingsof various options andfunctions.

TILT button

Push this button to tilt thedisplay. For details, see page2.

DISPLAY button

Push this button to display the“Display” screen. For details,see page 121.

GPS mark (Global PositioningSystem)

Whenever your vehicle isreceiving signals from the GPS,this mark is displayed. Fordetails, see page 59.

Map/Guidance

Push this switch to change thescreen mode. For details, seepage 34.

Distance and time todestination

Displays the distance and theestimated travel time to thedestination. If you input morethan two destinations, itdisplays the distance and timeto the next destination.Touching this indication willchange it to the distance andtime to the other destinations.The direction will be indicatedwhen your vehicle is off theroute.

INFO button

Push this button to display the“Information Menu” screen. Fordetails, see pages 1, 107, 114and 122.

Current street name

Turn on this function to indicatethe current street name. Fordetails, see page 106.

NAVI button

Push this button to turn thenavigation screen on.

North–up or heading–up symboland scale of map

Indicates a map view with north upor heading up. Touching this symbolchanges the map orientaton. Thefigure also indicates the map scale.For details, see page 59.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

6

Changing the routeguidance

When you touch this switch, the “Changeroute” screen will appear. For details, seepage 49.

One–touch registration ofmarked point

To register the current vehicle position asa marked point. For details, see page 82.

Display of point ofinterest

Symbols such as restaurants and hotels,etc. can be displayed on the screen. Fordetails, see page 51.

Zoom in/zoom out

These switches magnify or reduce themap scale. For details, see page 57.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


12002 MY CAMRY NAVI_U (OM33559U)

BASIC FUNCTIONSDescriptions of basic operations in frequent useYour navigation system 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inputting letters and numbers 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How to move the cursor 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Destination input Explains 11 ways to input your destination 6. . . . . .

Explains 11 ways to input your destinationSetting and deleting destination 25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Setting and deleting preferred road 31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Search condition 33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route guidance screen 34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route overview 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Route preview 36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current position display 37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice guidance 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Typical voice guidance prompts 38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering your home 40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Registering preset destinations 44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Detour setting 49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Displaying POI 51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Turn list 52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map appearance 55. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map scale 57. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen scrolling 58. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Orientation of the map 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Limitations of the navigation system 59. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map database information and updates 62. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION I

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


2 2002 MY CAMRY NAVI_U (OM33559U)

L00004

You can adjust the angle of the dis-play by pushing the “TILT” button.Each push of the “TILT” button willtilt the display to position 1, 2, 3 andthen back to 0 in that order.

If you turn the ignition switch off, the dis-play will automatically move back to position0. The display will automatically resume theprevious position you used when the ignitionswitch is turned to the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

CAUTION

Take care not to jam your fingerswhile the display is moving. Other-wise, you could be injured.

NOTICE

Do not obstruct the display while itis tilting. It could damage your navi-gation system.

The navigation system is operated byswitches on the screen and the but-tons located on the front face aroundthe screen. When you touch a switchor push a button, a beep sounds.When using the switches on the touchscreen, please use only light pressurewith your finger to protect the screenfrom damage. Do not use objects otherthan your finger to touch the screen.

L00013

To type in an address etc., directly touchalphabet keys on the screen. If you toucha wrong letter, delete it using the switch. Touching the switch erasesone letter.

Your navigation system Inputting letters and numbers

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touching the “List” switch will changethe screen to a display of the databaseitems that match the name or addressthat you have entered on the screen. Thenumber of matching items is shown tothe right side of the screen. If the match-ing item is more than 9,999, the systemdisplays “ ��” on the screen.

To input numerals, touch the “0–9”switch and the display will change thescreen to number input display.

L00014

Touching the “A–Z” switch changes thescreen back to the previous name inputdisplay.

L00015

When a list is displayed, you can scrollor page through the list by using theappropriate switch.

To shift to the next or previouspage.

To scroll up or down one itemat a time.

This expresses a displayedscreen position.

If appears to the right of theitem name, the complete nameis too long for the display.Touch , and the name willscroll to the end of the name.

Touching will scroll thename to the beginning of thename.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00016

1. Touch the “Adjust” switch to move the cursor .

How to move the cursor

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00017

�Position locating screen on the map2. When you touch an arrow facing your desired point, the map scrolls in that direction. When you release your finger,

scrolling stops.

3. If you touch the “Enter” switch, the position of cursor is set.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touch the “ DEST” tab on the screenand the “Destination” screen appears.

L00018

The “Destination” screen allows you toselect the area to search for your des-tination.

Touch the “Change” switch on the“Destination” screen to display a mapof the United States and Canada divid-ed into 11 areas. See page 62 for mapdatabase information and updates.

L00019

Touch one of the “US1” through“CAN” switches to select a searcharea. Touch the “OK” switch and the“Destination” screen returns.

Once you choose the area to search, youcan use one of 11 different methods toenter your destination.

USA

Switch States included in the searcharea

US1IdahoOregonWashington

US2 CaliforniaNevada

US3

ArizonaColoradoMontanaNew MexicoUtahWyoming

US4

IowaKansasMinnesotaMissouriNebraskaNorth DakotaSouth Dakota

US5 OklahomaTexas

US6

IllinoisIndianaKentuckyMichiganOhioWisconsin

Destination input

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



US7

AlabamaArkansasLouisianaMississippiTennessee

US8

ConnecticutMaineMassachusettsNew HampshireNew JerseyNew YorkRhode IslandVermont

US9

DelawareMarylandNew JerseyPennsylvaniaVirginiaWest Virginia

US10

FloridaGeorgiaNorth CarolinaSouth Carolina

Canada

Switch Provinces and regions includedin the search area

CAN

AlbertaBritish ColumbiaManitobaNew BrunswickNewfoundland and Labrac Nova ScotiaOntarioPrince Edward IslandQuébecSaskatchewan

You can find your destination using vari-ous methods. See page 10 through 24for the detailed steps.

1. By Home ( switch on the “Destination” screen): You can select your own home without entering the address each time.In this case, it is necessary to register your home beforehand. See page 10 for the detailed steps.

2. By Preset Destination ( — switches on the “Destination” screen): You can select one of 5 preset destinationsdirectly. In this case, it is necessary to register the destinations beforehand. See page 11 for the detailed steps.

3. By Address: You can input the house number and the street address by using the input keys. See page 11 for the detailedsteps.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



4. By POI: You can select one of the many points of interest that have been already stored in the system’s database. There aremore than 50 categories to choose from, including restaurants, banks and automotive locations. See page 14 for the detailedsteps.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



5. By Marked Point: You can register your own favorite destinations as a “Marked Point”. The system allows you to store up 100marked points. See page 19 for the detailed steps.

6. By Previous Destination: You can select a destination from any of the last 20 previously set destinations. See page 20 forthe detailed steps.

7. By Emergency: You can select one of the three points of emergency service points that have been already stored in the system’sdatabase. See page 21 for the detailed steps.

8. By Intersection: You can enter the names of two intersecting streets. This is helpful if you do not know the specific streetaddress of your destination but know the general vicinity. See page 22 for the detailed steps.

9. By Freeway Entrance/Exit: You can enter the name of the freeway (interstate) entrance or exit. See page 23 for the detailedsteps.

10. By Previous Starting Point: You can enter a point where the system has started to guide last time. See page 24 for the detailedsteps.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



11. By Map Selection: You can select a destination simply by touching the location on the displayed map. See page 24 for thedetailed steps.

INFORMATION

� When inputting the destination, theresponse to the switch may beslow.

� “Point of Interest” are mainly reg-istered in “Detailed map coverageareas”. The registration is madebased on the NavTech “StandardPOI Inclusion List”.

� If there is no point registered,switches such as “Marked Point”,“Previous Destination” or “Pre-vious Starting Point” are dimmedand not available.

� The route for returning may not bethe same as that for going.

� The route guidance to the destina-tion may not be the shortest routeor a route without traffic conges-tion.

� Route guidance may not be avail-able if there is no road data forthe specified location.

� When setting the destination, youshould use the map on a scale ofone half mile or smaller.

� To select an “Address”, “Point ofInterest”, “Freeway Entrance/Exit”or “Intersection” in a differentarea, it is necessary to change thesearch area.

CAUTION

While you are driving, be sure tofollow traffic regulations and keepthe road condition in mind. If a traf-fic sign on the road has beenchanged, the route guidance mayprovide wrong information.

Touch the switch on the Destina-tion input screen.

The screen changes and displays themap location of your home.

Guidance starts from your current posi-tion to your home immediately after youtouch the switch during driving.

For the steps to register your home, see”Registering your home” on page 40.

Destination input by HOME

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touch any of — (preset des-tination) switches on the “Destination”screen.

The screen changes and displays themap location of the preset destination.

Guidance starts from your current posi-tion to the preset destination immediatelyafter you touch the preset destinationswitch.

For the steps to register a preset destina-tion, see “Registering preset destination”on page 44.

L00020

There are 2 ways to input a destina-tion by address.

Touch the “Address” switch on thedestination screen. The “Address”screen appears, and then you can in-put a house number.

Touch letters directly on the screen toinput a house number.

L00021

After inputting a house number, touch the“Enter” switch to display the screenwhich you can input a street name.

It is possible to input a street name first.Touch the “Street” switch to displaythe screen which you can input a streetname.

Destination input by PRESETDESTINATION

Destination input byADDRESS

(a) Inputting a house numberand a street name

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00022

After each letter is input, the systemsearches the database for street namesthat match. Alphabet keys are dimmed ifthe database does not have a match forthe next letter in the remaining list ofmatching street names.

When you input numerals, touch the“0–9” switch to display the screenfor numeral input.

Based on your input, the number ofmatching sites appears at the top right ofthe screen. After the number decreasesto some extent, touch the “List” switchto display the street selection list. If thenumber of matches decreases to 4 orless, the screen changes automatically tothe selection list.

L00015

When you find your desired streetname, touch of the item. Thescreen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destinationand the route preference. (See “(a) En-tering Destination” on page 25.)

If the same address exists in more thanone city, the current screen changes tothe “City Select” screen. Select or enteryour desired city.

L00023

If you input a street name first, thescreen changes. You can then input thehouse number.

L00024

If the above screen appears, you canselect an address range on that screen.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



The screen for selecting last 5 cities ap-pears if you touch the “City” switch onthe “Address” screen on page 11.

L00025

5 cities are displayed on the screen.

Touch the of the desired cityname. The current screen changes tothe screen which is for inputting astreet name.

All cities: All cities are selected.

Near 5 cities: Near 5 cities are dis-played. Selecting a city in the listchanges to the display to input a streetname.

Input city name: The screen for inputtingthe city name appears.

The screen for inputting a city name ap-pears if you touch the “Input cityname” switch on the “Address” screen.

L00026

Input the city name.

After the number decreases to someextent, touch the “List” switch todisplay the city selection list. If thenumber of matches decreases to 4 orless, the screen changes automaticallyto the selection list.

Touch the of the desired cityname.

The current screen changes to thescreen which is for inputting a streetname. After inputting a street name,the screen may change to the screenwhich is for inputting a house number.Input a house number. Then touch the“Enter” switch to display the mapscreen.

The screen changes and displays themap location of the selected destina-tion and the road preference. (See “(a)Entering destination” on page 25.)

(b) Selecting a city to search

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



There are 3 ways to select a point ofinterest location.

(a) Input the name directly

(b) Selecting a city to search

(c) Selecting from the categories

It will not take a long time for you tofind your destination if you use a com-bination of the searching ways of (a),(b) and (c).

Touch the “POI” switch on the “Des-tination” screen.

L00027

The “POI” screen appears, and then youcan input the name of the point of inter-est.

Touch letters directly on the screen toinput a name. When you input numerals,touch the “0–9” switch to display thescreen for numeral input.

If the number of sites becomes 4 or less,or if you touch the “List” switch at thebottom right of the screen, the screenchanges and displays a list of sites.

L00028

Touch the of your desired destina-tion. The screen changes and displaysthe map location of the selected des-tination and the route preference. (See“(a) Entering Destination” on page 25.)

If the same name exists in more thanone city, you can search it more easilywith the “City” and “Category”switch. (See (b) Selecting a city tosearch and (c) Selecting from the catego-ries.)

Destination input by POI (a) Input the name directly

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touch the “City” switch on the “POI”screen.

L00029

5 cities are displayed on the screen.

Touch the of the desired cityname. The current screen changes tothe screen which is for inputting aname of POI.

All cities: All cities are selected.

Near 5 cities: Near 5 cities are dis-played. Selecting a city in the listchanges to the display to input the nameof the POI.

Input city name: The screen for inputtingthe city name appears.

L00030

Input the city name.

If the number of sites becomes 4 or less,or if you touch the “List” switch on thescreen, the screen changes and displaysthe selection list.

Touch the of the desired city name.

After entering the city name, input thename of the POI.

Touch the “Category” switch on the“POI” screen.

L00031

The categories are shown on thescreen. When you touch the symbolswitch of your desired category, moredetailed categories are shown.

L00032

When you touch the of your de-sired category, the screen changes anddisplays the menu to input a name.

(b) Selecting a city to search(c) Selecting from thecategories

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00033

Once you have selected a category, youcan touch letters directly on the screento input a name. To input numerals, touchthe “0–9” switch to display the screenfor numeral input.

If the number of sites becomes 4 or less,or if you touch the “List” switch at thebottom right of the screen, the screenchanges and displays a list of sites.

L00183

If you input the name of a specific pointof interest and there are more than twosites with the same name, the “DistSort” switch will be shown. Touch the“Dist Sort” switch on the screen todisplay a listing of all items based on thedistance from your current location.

When you touch the of your de-sired item, the screen changes anddisplays the map location of the se-lected destination and the route prefer-ence. (See “(a) Entering Destination”on page 25.)

L00036

Touch the “Info.” switch on the screento display the selected destination name,address and telephone number.

INFORMATION

The desired point of interest can bedisplayed on the map screen. (Fordetails, see page 51.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



POI (Points of Interest) icons

RESTAURANT

JAPANESE

CHINESE

FRENCH

ITALIAN

OTHER

AMERICAN

CONTINENTAL

MEXICAN

SEAFOOD

SHOPPING

GROCERY STORE

GAS STATION

PARKING GARAGE/HOUSE

PARKING LOT

RENTAL CAR AGENCY

TOYOTA DEALERSHIPS(all search areas)

LEXUS DEALERSHIPS(all search areas)

AUTOMOBILE CLUB

AUTO SERVICE &MAINTENANCE

HOTEL

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



GOLF COURSE

SKI RESORT

AMUSEMENT PARK(all search areas)

SPORTS COMPLEX

CASINO

MARINA

TOURIST ATTRACTION(all search areas)

WINERY

CITY HALL

POLICE STATION

LIBRARY

HOSPITAL

PARK/RECREATION(all search areas)

CIVIC/COMMUNITYCENTER

CONVENTION/EXHIBITIONCENTER

COURT HOUSE

TRAIN STATION

AIRPORT (all search areas)

BUS STATION

COMMUTER RAIL STATION

FERRY TERMINAL

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



PARK AND RIDE

REST AREA

TOURIST INFORMATION

HISTORICAL MONUMENTS

PERFORMING ARTS

MUSEUM

BANK

SCHOOL

ATM

HIGHER EDUCATION

BUSINESS FACILITY

CITY CENTER/NAMEDPLACE

Touching the “Marked points”switch on the “Destination” screen dis-plays your list of registered markedpoints. See page 75 on registering andediting marked points.

L00037

When you touch the of your de-sired item, the screen changes anddisplays the map location of the se-lected destination and the route prefer-ence. (See “(a) Entering destination”on page 25.)

Destination input by MARKEDPOINTS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



There are 3 ways to list the markedpoint by touching switches on bottomof the screen.

Sort by Icon: Touch this switch to listthe marked points by the registered icon.There are 46 different normal purposeicons and 3 sound icons. (For details,see page 76.)

Sort by Date: Touch this switch to listthe marked points in order of registereddate.

Sort by Name: Touch this switch to listthe marked points in alphabetical order.

While driving, only special purpose iconswill be shown on the screen.

Touch the “Prev. dest” switch onthe “Destination” screen.

L00038

The screen lists up to 20 previously setdestinations. During driving, you will notbe able to perform this operation.

Select your desired destination. Thescreen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destinationand the route preference. (See “(a) En-tering destination” on page 25.)

You can delete the list of previous des-tinations while you stop your car, if youno longer need them.

L00078

Touch the “Menu” tab on the screento display the menu screen and touchthe “Marked points” switch. Touchthe “Del. prev. dest.” switch.

When you touch the switch for eachprevious destination or the “Deleteall” switch, a message appears toconfirm your request. If you are sure,touch the “Yes” switch. If not, touchthe “No” switch.

Destination input byPREVIOUS DESTINATION

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



By touching the “Emergency”switch on the “Destination” screen, thedisplay changes to a screen to selectdealers, hospitals or police stations.During driving, only nearby police sta-tions, hospitals or dealers are shown.The current position is shown with anaddress, the latitude and the longitudeat the top of the screen.

L00040

When you touch your desired emergencycategory, the selected emergency catego-ry list is displayed.

L00041

The distance from your current positionup to the destination is displayed on theright of the name.

You can see the names of the emergencydestinations in alphabetical order bytouching the “Name Sort” switch onthe screen.

Touch the of your desired item.The screen changes and displays themap location of the selected destina-tion and the route preference. (See“(a) Entering destination” on page 25.)

Touch the “Info.” switch on the screento display the selected emergency des-tination name, address and telephonenumber.

INFORMATION

The navigation system does notguide in areas where route guidanceis unavailable. (See page 62.)

Destination input byEMERGENCY

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touch the “Intersection” switch onthe “Destination” screen.

L00042

Input the name of the two intersectingstreets which are located near the des-tination to be set.

When you touch the “List” switch orthe number of sites becomes 4 or less,the list of matching street names ap-pears.

L00043

Touch the of your desired item.After inputting the two intersectingstreets, the screen changes and dis-plays the map location of the selecteddestination and the route preference.(See “(a) Entering destination” onpage 25.)

EMV3111U

If the same two streets cross at morethan one intersection, the screen changesand displays the menu to select the cityname where the streets intersect. Selectthe city, and the map location of the se-lected destination and the route prefer-ence. (See “(a) Entering destination” onpage 25.)

Destination input byINTERSECTION

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



To input a freeway entrance or exit,touch the “FWY Ent./Exit” switchon the “Destination” screen.

L00044

Be sure to use the complete name of thefreeway or highway, including the hyphen,when entering the destination. Freewaysand interstates use an “I” (I–405). UShighways use the state designation be-fore the number (CA–118).

As the number of matching freeways de-creases, you can touch the “List”switch to display the list. When the num-ber of sites becomes 4 or less, the listscreen appears automatically.

L00045

Select the desired freeway by touchingthe .

L00046

You can then select either a freeway“Entrance” or “Exit” .

L00047

Touch the of the desired entranceor exit name. The screen changes anddisplays the map location of the se-lected destination and the route prefer-ence. (See “(a) Entering destination”on page 25.)

Destination input byFREEWAY ENTRANCE or EXIT

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



There are 2 ways to list the freewayentrance or exit.

Dist. Sort: Touch this switch to list theentrances or exits in order of distancefrom your current location.

L00048

Name sort: Touch this switch to list theentrances or exits in alphabetical order.

Touch the “Previous startingpoint” switch on the “Destination”screen.

The screen changes and displays themap location of the previous startingpoint and the route preference. (See“(a) Entering destination” on page 25.)

If you have not used the navigation yet,the “Previous Starting Point”switch is dimmed.

Touch the “Map” switch on the “Des-tination” screen.

L00049

The screen changes and displays themap location that was previously dis-played just before the destination in-put operation and the route preference.(See “(a) Entering destination” onpage 25.)

Destination input byPREVIOUS STARTING POINT Destination input by MAP

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



After you input the destination, thescreen changes and displays the maplocation of the selected destinationand the route preference.

L00050

You can move and set the cursor ata desired point. (For the method of howto move the cursor, see page 4.)

When you touch the “Enter” switch,the system starts searching for a route toyour destination using the conditions en-tered.

Route preference

Touch the “Change” switch to changethe conditions which are to determine theroute to your destination.

You are given a number of choices onthe conditions which the system uses todetermine the route to your destination.

L00051

Touch the “Detour” switch of “Free-way” to search for a route that includesfreeways as little as possible. (In somecases, the route cannot avoid including afreeway.)

Touch the “Detour” switch of “Tollroad” to search for a route that includestoll roads as little as possible.

Touch the “Detour” switch of“Ferry” to search for a route includesferries as little as possible.

Touch the “Detour” switch of “Re-stricted road” to search for a routethat does not utilize restricted road.

Touching the “Allow” switch on eachitem allows its use.

The switches you select are highlightedin green. After choosing conditions, touchthe “OK” switch.

Setting and deletingdestination (a) Entering destination

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00052

During the route search, “Searchingroute...” appears on the screen. Whenthe search is completed, 3 types ofroutes are displayed on the screen.

L00053

If you want to see the other routes andmake a comparison, touch the“3routes” switch. 3 types of theroutes are displayed on the screen.

Quick: A route by which you can reachthe destination in the shortest timeThis route is indicated by an orange line.

Short: A route by which you can reachthe destination in the shortest distanceThis route is indicated by a purple line.

Alternative: Other routeThis route is indicated by a green line.

Touch the switch to select the route.

If you want to add a destination, see thefollowing “(b) Adding destinations”.

After selecting one, you can start theroute guidance by touching the “Start”switch or starting to move your vehicle.

If you want to change the search condi-tion, touch the “Chg. route” switch.The screen changes and displays thechange route menu. (For details, seepage 49.)

When you keep touching the “Start”switch until you hear a beep, Demo modewill start.

1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen.

(b) Adding destinations

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00059

2. Touch the “Edit route” switch.

L00056

3. Touch the “Add” switch of Destination.

4. Input an additional destination in the same way as the destination input. (See page 25.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00055

5. The add destination screen appears. Touch the “Add” switch that you want to add a destination.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen and touch the “Edit route” switch.

L00056

2. Touch the “Reorder” switch under “Destination”.

(c) Relocating destinations

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00057

3. Select the destinations in the order of arrival by touching the switch.

After you finished selecting the destina-tions, touch the “OK” switch. The pre-vious screen returns.

L00056

1. Touch the “Delete” switch under “Destination”.

L000582. Touch the switch next to the destination where you want to delete. Touch the “Delete all” switch if you want

to delete all destinations.

(d) Deleting destination

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



3. A message appears to confirm your request to delete. To delete the destination(s), touch the “Yes” switch.

If you touch the “Yes” switch, the datacannot be recovered.

If you touch the “No” switch, the pre-vious screen will return.

L00059

Touch the “Edit route” switch onthe “Menu” screen.

L00056

Touch the “Add” switch under “Setpreferred road”. The following screenappears.

L00060

Move the cursor to your desiredlocation and touch the “Preferredroad” switch.

Messages appear to confirm your requeston the screen. Touch the “Enter”switch to register the road.

Setting and deleting preferredroad (a) Adding preferred road

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touch the “Next” switch to changethe road type.

L00061

The “Add preferred road” screen ap-pears. Touch the “Add” switch whereyou want to add a preferred road.

L00056

Touch the “Modify” switch under“Set preferred road”. The modify pre-ferred road screen appears.

L00062

Select the preferred road which youwant to modify and touch the switch.

L00063

Follow the same procedure as when add-ing a preferred road (see page 31).

(b) Modifying preferred road

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Touch the “Delete” switch under “Set preferred road”. The “Delete preferred road” screen appears.

L00064

2. Select the preferred road which you want to delete. Touch the “Delete all” switch if you want to delete all preferredroads.

3. Messages appear to confirm your request to delete the preferred road. To delete the road(s), touch the “Yes” switch.

If you touch the “Yes” switch, the datacannot be recovered.

If you want to try again or cancel dele-tion, touch the “No” switch. The pre-vious screen will return.

(c) Deleting preferred road Search condition

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Touch the “Search Condition”switch on the “Edit route” screen. The“Search condition” screen appears.

L00067

Touch the “Quick”, “Short” or“Alternative” switch and touch the“OK” switch.

L00068

The route guidance system has twodifferent screen modes.

L00072

Single map: Map is shown in a screen.

L00073

Dual map: Two different maps are shownin a screen.

L00065

Split screen: Map and guidance screenare shown in a screen mode. (For detailabout Guidance screen, see page 55.)

The two route guidance screens havea number of indicators and switcheswith which you should be familiar.

Map/guidance: Changes the screen mode.

Route guidance screen

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Upon reception of signalsfrom the GPS (Global Posi-tioning System), this markappears. (For details, seepage 59.)

Magnifies or reduces the mapscale. (For details, see page57.)

Touch this switch, and sym-bols of points of interest areshown on the screen. (Fordetails, see page 51.)

Touch this switch for one–touch registration of themarked point. (For details,see page 82.)

INFORMATION

� The distance up to your destina-tion appears at the left of thescreen.

� The time to your destination canalso be displayed. (For the settingsteps, see page 96.)

The “Change Route” screenappears and the followingsettings are available.

L00066

Search condition: To change the condi-tion for Reroute.

Detour: To change the condition for De-tour. (For details, see page 49.)

Del. next dest.: To delete and skip thenext destination.

INFORMATION

If the calculated route includes a tripby ferry, the route guidance shows asea route. After you travel by ferry,the current vehicle position may beincorrect. Upon reception of GPS sig-nals, it is automatically corrected.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00059

Touch the “Route overview” onthe “Menu” screen.

L00069

The entire route from the starting point tothe destination is displayed.

Touch the “Route preview” switchon the “Menu” screen. The “Route pre-view” screen appears.

L00070

To indicate the next destina-tion or selected POI

To preview the route to thenext destination or selectedPOI

To preview the route to thenext destination in fast–for-ward mode

To stop the preview

To review the route to theprevious starting point infast–forward mode

To review the route to theprevious starting point

To indicate the previous start-ing point

Route overview Route preview

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00071

Touch the “Edit” switch to displaythe “Edit route preview” screen.

To next POI: Preview the next POI.

To next : Preview the next destination.

Delete: Delete the POI icon.

Select POI: Select the POI icon.

Touch the “OK” switch after selection.

L00074

The current vehicle position mark ap-pears in the center of the map screen.You can return to this map screenshowing your current position at anytime from any screen by touching the“MAP/VOICE” tab on the screen.

During driving, the current vehicle posi-tion mark is fixed in the center of thescreen and the map moves.

If you move the map with a “one–touch”scroll (see page 58 for details), the cur-rent vehicle position mark continues totrack your current location.

INFORMATION

When you use the “one–touch” scrollfeature, the current vehicle positionmark may disappear from the screen.Move the map with a “one–touch”scroll again or touch the “MAP/VOICE” tab on the screen to returnto the current vehicle position maplocation display.

The current position is automaticallyset as your vehicle receives signalsfrom the GPS (Global Positioning Sys-tem). If your current position is notcorrect, it is automatically correctedafter your vehicle receives signalsfrom the GPS.

INFORMATION

After the battery disconnection, oron a new vehicle, the current posi-tion may not be correct. As soon asthe system receives signals from theGPS, the correct current position isdisplayed.

If you must correct the current positionmanually, follow the steps on page 88.

Current position display

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Voice guidance to the destination dur-ing route guidance. Use voice guid-ance just for your reference.

You can adjust the volume of the voiceor turn off voice guidance.

L00059

Touch the “MENU” tab on thescreen to display the “Menu” screen.Then touch the “Volume” switch onthe “Menu” screen.

L00075

Touch any number to select thedesired volume. Touching the “Off”switch turns the voice route guidanceoff. If you turn the “Adaptivevolume control” on, the volume isturned up automatically when thevehicle speed exceeds 80 km/h (50mph).

INFORMATION

During route guidance, the voiceguidance continues even if the navi-gation screen is changed to the oth-er screens, such as the audioscreen.

UN301

The voice guidance provides variousmessages as you approach an intersec-tion, or other point where you need tomaneuver the vehicle.

1 “Proceed about 5 miles.”

2 “In a quarter of a mile, rightturn.”

3 “Right turn.”

4 (Beep sound only)

Voice guidanceTypical voice guidanceprompts

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



INFORMATION

On freeways, interstates of otherhighways with higher speed limits,the voice guidance will be made atearlier points than on city streets inorder to allow time to maneuver. NZ018

4.2 miles

0.25 miles

1 “Proceed about 4 miles to thetraffic circle.”

2 “In a quarter of a mile, trafficcircle ahead, and then 3rd exitahead.”

3 “The 3rd exit ahead.”

4 “The exit ahead.”

5 (Beep sound only)

EMV3114U

One–way road

One–way road

∗: The system indicates a U–turn if thedistance between two one–way roads (ofopposite directions) is less than 15 m (50ft.) in residential areas or 50 m (164 ft.)in non–residential areas.

1 “In half of a mile, make a legalU–turn.”

2 “Make a legal U–turn ahead.”

3 (Beep sound only)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



EMV3115U

The system announces your approach tothe final destination.

1 “Your destination is ahead.”

2 “You have arrived at your des-tination. The route guidance isnow finished.”

INFORMATION

� If the system cannot determine thecurrent vehicle position correctly(in cases of poor GPS signal re-ception), the voice guidance maybe made early or delayed.

� If you did not hear the voice guid-ance command, touch the “MAP/VOICE” tab on the screen tohear it again.

Registering your home

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



If you register your home address be-forehand, you can easily set the routeback to your home.

L00059

1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen and touch the “Marked points” switch.

L00076

2. Touch the “Reg. home” switch on the “Marked points” screen to register your home.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



If your home already is registered, the“Delete home” switch will appear.

L00077

You may register the location of yourhome by ten different methods: ad-dress, POI, marked points, previousdestination, intersection, freeway en-trance/exit, map, current position orpreset destinations. Touch the screento select your desired method from themenu.

Input your home in the same way as thedestination input. (See page 25.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Deleting your home

L00059


L00078

2. Touch the “Delete home” switch on the “Marked points” screen.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00079

The screen changes and displays themap location of home and a message. Ifyou are sure that you want to delete,touch the “Yes” switch. If not, touchthe “No” switch.

You can register up to 5 preset des-tinations.


L00080

2. Touch the “Register” switch under “Preset destinations 1 ~ 5 ”.

Registering presetdestinations

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00081

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



If you have already registered a presetdestination, you can overwrite it.

L00082

3. Touch any of the — switches for which you want to register the preset destination. Input the preset destinationin the same way as the destination input. (See page 25.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



EDITING PRESET DESTINATIONS1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen and touch the “Marked points” switch.

L00080

2. Touch the “Edit” switch of preset destinations 1 ~ 5 .

L00083

3. Select the destination that you want to edit and touch the switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00084

You can change the name, location andphone number of the preset destination inthe same way as editing marked points.

Touch the “Change” switch. (Seepage 76.)

DELETING THE PRESETDESTINATIONS


L00080

2. Touch the “Delete” switch of preset destinations 1 ~ 5 .

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00085

3. Select the destination that you want to delete and touch the switch.

If you want to delete all the presetdestinations, touch the “Delete all”switch.

Messages appear depending on the typeof deletion. If you want to delete, touchthe “Yes” switch. To cancel the dele-tion, touch the “No” switch.

When you are driving while the routeguidance is operating, you can changethe route to detour around a sectionof the route where a delay is causedby road repairs, an accident, etc.

L00074

Touch the “Chg. Route” switch ifyou encounter a reason to divert fromthe selected route.

EMV3065U

This picture shows an example of howthe system would route you around adelay caused by a traffic jam.

1 This part indicates the locationwhere traffic jam is occurring due toroad repairs or an accident.

Detour setting

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2 Detour route suggested by the sys-tem

L00086

When you touch the “Chg. route”switch, the screen changes to a “Changeroute” screen that allows you to selectthe distance you want to detour. Touchone of the numeral keys to start the de-tour process. After detouring, the systemreturns to the original guidance route.

Whole route: If you touch this switch,the system will calculate an entire newroute to the destination.

INFORMATION

� When your vehicle is on a freeway,the detour distance selections are5, 15, and 25 miles.

� The system may not be able tocalculate a detour route dependingon the selected distance and sur-rounding road conditions.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Points of interest such as gas stationsand restaurants can be displayed onthe map screen. You can also set theirlocation as a destination and use themfor route guidance.

L00074

To display a particular type of point ofinterest on the screen, touch the“POI” switch on the map screen.

L00087

A window with a limited choice of pointsof interest will be displayed. When youtouch your desired type of point of inter-est, symbols will appear on the mapscreen indicating where the POI address-es are located.

L00088

More: If you cannot find your desiredpoint of interest on the limited choicescreen, touch this switch. The screenthen displays the complete POI listingscreen.

You can display up to 5 categories oficons on the screen.

L00089

When you select a point of interest typefrom either the limited list or the com-plete list, the screen will display symbolsat those locations on the map screen.

Touching the “Delete” switch will de-lete the last selected icon.

Local POI list: If you want to search thenearest point of interest, touch thisswitch. Then choose one of the catego-ries. The system will list the points within20 miles.

You can sort the local POI list three dif-ferent ways as follows.

Icon: In the order of the POI icons

Dist: In the order of distance from yourcurrent location.

Name: In alphabetical order by name

Displaying POI

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



By turning the “Route” switch on, youcan search for POIs on the route whenin the route guidance mode.

Touch the of your desired point ofinterest. Points of interest which youchose are displayed on the map screen.

To turn off the symbols of the pointsof interest on the map screen, touchthe “POI off” switch.

Setting a POI as a destination

You can select one of the points ofinterest symbols on the map screen asa destination and use it for a routeguidance.

L00090

Directly touch the symbol of the pointof interest that you want to set as adestination.

The map will shift so that the symbol iscentered on the screen and overlaps withthe cursor . At this time, the distancefrom your current position will be dis-played on the screen. The distanceshown is as measured in a straight linefrom the current vehicle position to thePOI.

The name of the point of interest and the“Info.” switch on the screen are dis-played at the top of the screen. Whenyou touch the “Info.” switch on thescreen, the information such as the nameand address, etc. are displayed.

When your desired point of interestoverlaps with the cursor, touch the“Enter” switch. The screen changesand displays the map location of theselected destination and route prefer-ence. (See “(a) Entering destination”on page 25.)

You can change from the map screento a “Turn List” screen that displaysthe list of the roads up to your des-tination. This list can be used for aroute guidance.

L00059

1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen and touch the “Route overview” switch.

Turn list

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00091

2. The screen will change to the entire route map screen where you can touch the “Turn list” switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00092

You can scroll through the list of roads

by touching . However, not allroad names in the route may appear onthe list. If a road changes its name with-out requiring a turn (such as on a streetthat runs through two or more cities), thename change will not appear on the list.The street name closest to the startingpoint will be displayed with a mileage tothe next turn.

These marks indicate thedirection which you shouldturn at an intersection.

Touch the “Map” switch of your de-sired point. The point which youchoose is displayed on the mapscreen.

L00093

INFORMATION

� The current vehicle position markappears at the bottom of thescreen next to the name of thestreet you are driving on. The markdoes not move.

� If you leave the guidance route,the name of the street you are onis not shown on the list next tothe current vehicle position mark.

� If the road type you are onchanges between a highway, amain street or a residential street(at an interchange or fork), it willappear on the turn list.

� If a long route has been selected,it may take a long time to displaythe turn list.

� Touch the “MAP/VOICE” tab onthe screen to return to the mapdisplay with a route guidance.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



You can select the single screen mapor the dual screen map. You can alsochange the half of the screen to theguidance screen by touching the map/guidance switch while the map screenis displayed. You can choose one oftwo types of guidance screens.

L00059

1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen and touch the “Map appearance” switch.

Map appearance

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00094

2. The screen will change to the “Map appearance” screen and you can select the map mode and the guidance mode.

Map mode

To display single map screen

To display dual map screen

Guidance mode

To display arrow screen

To display turn list screen

To turn off guidance screen

Single map

L00074

This screen shows the single map.

Dual map

L00097

The screen shows the dual map. Themap on the left is the main map. You canchange the scale of the right side mapby touching it. The screen turns into editmode. You can also choose to displayPOI icons on the right side map.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Arrow screen

L00095

This screen shows the current road nameand the distance to the next corner.

Turn list screen

L00096

The screen shows the Turn List. You can-not scroll through the list of roads.

L00098

Touch or to change the scaleof the map display. The scale bar andindicator at the bottom of the screen indi-cates the map scale menu. The scaleruns from 1/32nd of a mile to 128 miles.Touch or until the scale barchanges normally. If you continue totouch on the switch, the scale barchanges smoothly.

You can change the scale of the mapdisplay by touching the scale bar directly.It is not available during driving.

The map scale is displayed under thenorth–up symbol or heading–up symbol atthe top left of the screen.

Map scale

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



INFORMATION

When the map scale is at the maxi-mum range of 128 miles, is dim-med. When the map scale is at theminimum range of 1/32nd mile, is dimmed.

L00099

If you wish to look at a different point onthe map other than your current vehicleposition, you can bring the desired pointto the center of the screen by using thescroll feature.

Touch any point on the screen, and thatpoint moves to the center of the screenand is shown by the cursor mark . Youcan then set this place as a destination.Touch the “Enter ” switch on thescreen.

If a destination is already registered, youcan add the new location as another des-tination.

If you continue to hold your finger on thescreen, the map will continue scrolling inthat direction until you lift your finger.

If you touch switches such as “Mark” ,“POI” , etc., the screen does not scrolland the selected function operates.

After you scroll the screen, the map re-mains centered at the selected locationuntil you activate another function. Thecurrent vehicle position mark will continueto move along your actual route and maymove off the screen. When you touch the“MAP/VOICE” tab on the screen, thecurrent vehicle position mark returns tothe center of the screen and the mapmoves as you proceed on your route.

INFORMATION

If you enter a destination using thescreen scrolling function, the roadnearest to the point you touched isset as the destination.

Screen scrolling

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00100

L00101

You can change the orientation of themap from the north–up to the headingup by touching the orientation symbolat the top left of the screen.

North–up symbol

Regardless of the direction of vehicletravel, North is always up.

Heading–up symbol

The direction of the vehicle travel is al-ways up. A red arrow indicates North.

This navigation system calculates thecurrent vehicle position using satellitesignals, various vehicle signals, mapdata, etc. However, the accurate posi-tion may not be shown depending onthe satellite condition, road configura-tion, vehicle condition or other circum-stances.

The Global Positioning System (GPS) de-veloped and operated by the U.S. Depart-ment of Defense provides an accuratecurrent vehicle position using 3 to 4 sa-tellites. The GPS system has a certainlevel of inaccuracy. While the navigationsystem will compensate for this most ofthe time, occasional positioning errors upto 300 feet can and should be expected.Generally, position errors will be cor-rected within a few seconds.

Orientation of the mapLimitations of the navigationsystem

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00102

When your vehicle is receiving signalsfrom the satellites, the “GPS” mark ap-pears at the top left of the screen.

The GPS signal may be physically ob-structed, leading to inaccurate vehicleposition on the map display. Tunnels, tallbuildings, trucks, or even the placementof objects on the instrument panel mayobstruct the GPS signals.

The installation of window tinting mayalso obstruct the GPS signals. Most win-dow tinting contains some metallic con-tent that will interfere with the GPS signalreception. We recommend not to use thewindow tinting on vehicles equipped withnavigation systems.

The GPS satellites may not send signalsdue to repairs or improvements beingmade to them.

Even when the navigation system is re-ceiving good GPS signals, the vehicleposition may not be shown accurately orinappropriate route guidance may occurin some cases.

� When driving on a small angled Y–shaped road.

� When driving on a spiral road.

� When driving on a slippery road suchas in sand, gravel, snow, etc.

� When driving on a long straight road.

� When freeway and surface streets runin parallel.

� After moving by ferry or vehicle carri-er.

� When a long route is searched duringhigh speed driving.

� When driving without setting the cur-rent position calibration correctly.

� After repeating a change of directionsby going forward and backward, orturning on a turntable in the parkinglot.

� When leaving a covered parking lot orparking garage.

� When a roof carrier is installed.

� When driving with the tire chainsinstalled.

� When the tires are worn.

� After replacing a tire or tires.

� When using tires that are smaller orlarger than the factory specifications.

(a) Accurate current vehicleposition may not be shown inthe following cases:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



� When the tire pressure in any of thefour tires is not correct.

INFORMATION

If your vehicle cannot receive GPSsignals, you can correct the currentposition manually. For the informa-tion on setting the current positioncalibration, see page 88.

� When turning at a wrong intersectionoff the designated route guidance

� If you set more than one destinationbut skip any of them, auto reroute willdisplay a route returning to the des-tination on the previous route whenyou try to skip any of the destinations.

� When turning at an intersection, thereis no route guidance.

� When passing through the intersection,there is no route guidance.

� During automatic rerouting, the routeguidance may not be available for thenext turn to the right or left.

� It may take a long time to operateauto reroute during high speed driving.In auto reroute, a detour route may beshown.

� After auto reroute, the route may notbe changed.

� An unnecessary U–turn may be shownor announced.

� A location may have multiple namesand the system will announce one ormore.

� Some routes may not be searched.

� If the route to your destination in-cludes gravel, unpaved roads or al-leys, the route guidance may not beshown.

� Your destination point might be shownon the opposite side of the street.

� When a portion of the route has regu-lations prohibiting the entry of the ve-hicle that vary by time or season orother reason.

� The road and map data stored in yournavigation system may not be com-plete or may not be the latest release.

When replacing the tire(s), perform cal-ibration. See page 88 for detailed in-formation.

(b) Inappropriate routeguidance may occur in thefollowing cases:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Map database is made based on themaps, 2000 edition of DENSO, whoseinformation source comes from Nav-Tech maps and GDT maps.

�2000 Navigation Technologies. Allrights reserved.

�GDT, Geographic Data Technology,Inc.

This product contains proprietary andconfidential property of GeographicData Technology, Inc. Unauthorizeduse, including duplication of this prod-uct is expressly prohibited.

There are two types of areas availablefor route guidance. (See the followingpages.) In one type of area, primarilyaround metropolitan centers, detailedroute guidance is available for the en-tire area. In the other type of area, allroads are displayed on the map butroute guidance is limited. The naviga-tion route might lack precision be-cause the data (no right turns, one–way traffic, etc.) is not complete. It isstill possible to reach the destinationby following the arrow direction anddistance as shown on the bottom leftof the screen. The arrow points in thedirection of the destination. The dis-tance shown is as measured in astraight line from the current vehicleposition to the destination area.

L00103

In order to provide you with accuratemap information as much as possible, weare always gathering information such asroad repairs and doing site investigation.However, the names of roads, streets,facilities, and their locations are oftenchanged. In some places, construction onroads may be in progress. For that rea-son, information on some areas in thissystem might be different from the actuallocation.

Map database informationand updates

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00006

The map database is normally updatedonce a year. Contact your dealer for up-dating a map database.

INFORMATION

For the up–dated map DVD–ROM,contact your Toyota dealer.

L00059

DVD: To determine which version of thedatabase is currently in your vehicle,touch the “DVD” switch on the “Menu”screen. The “DVD information” screen ap-pears and the map database version dateis displayed. Contact your dealer to findout if a more recent update has beenreleased.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



DCA01

Route guidance availability

2000 by NavTech

Route guidance available areas

Route guidance available for main roads only

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA02

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA03

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA04

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA05

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA06

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA07

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA08

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA09

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



2000 by NavTech




DCA11

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



ADVANCED FUNCTIONSDescriptions of operations for more effective useMarked points 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Area to avoid 83. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current position calibration 88. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION II

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



You can register and keep your ownmarked points of interest list (like res-taurants, sports facilities, etc.) and usethe marked points to input a destina-tion. L00059


L00078

2. Touch the “Register” switch under “Marked points”.

Marked points (a) Registering marked points

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00104

A screen similar to that for destinationinput appears. Input the address of themarked point in the same way as anydestination input. See pages 10 through24.3. After you finish registering the marked point, touch the “Back” switch.

INFORMATIONUp to 100 marked points can be regis-tered.

Once a marked point is registered, youcan edit the icon, name or telephonenumber.

(b) Editing marked points

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




L00078

2. Touch the “Edit” switch under “Marked points”.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00106

The screen lists the marked points.

Sort by Icon: Touch this switch to listthe marked points in order of the type ofsymbol.

Sort by Date: Touch this switch to listthe marked points in order of the regis-tered date.

Sort by Name: Touch this switch to listthe marked points in alphabetical order.

Touch of the desired marked pointto display the edit marked point screen.

L00105

Touch the “Change” switch to editthe each item.

CHANGING THE ICON

L00107

Touch your desired icon.

Page 1 and page 2: You can select oneof 46 icons.

When you touch the desired icon or“Back” , or complete the direction set-ting, the previous screen is displayed.

With sound: When you set “Withsound” for these icons, a buzzersounds as your vehicle approaches them.

L00109

Touch the direction switches and adjustthe direction. Touch the “OK” switch.The buzzer sounds when your vehicle ap-proaches this icon in the direction thatyou set.

When you touch the desired icon or“Back” , or complete the direction set-ting, the previous screen is displayed.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



CHANGING THE NAME

L00108

Touch alphabet or numeral keys direct-ly to input the name.

After you finish your entry, touch the“OK” switch.

The previous screen will be displayed. If youtouch the “Off” switch of “Show name”,the name of the marked point will not beshown on the map.

CHANGING THE PHONE NUMBER

L00110

Touch numeral keys directly.


The previous screen will be displayed.

CHANGING THE POSITION

L00111

Touch the arrows to scroll to your de-sired point on the map screen.

Touch the “OK” switch when the cursor moves to your desired point.

The previous screen will return.

After you finish any editing, touch the“Back” switch on the first screen of“Edit marked points”.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



You can register up to 100 markedpoints. If you attempt to register morethan 100, a message appears for con-firmation.

L00118

If you want to register a new point, de-lete one of the marked points. See “(c)Deleting marked points”.1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen and touch the “Marked points” switch.

L00078

2. Touch the “Delete” switch of the marked point.

(c) Deleting marked points

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00112

3. Touch of the marked point to delete.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



A screen for confirmation will appearwith the map of the marked point. Ifyou want to delete it, touch “Yes” .Touching “No” or “Back” will re-turn to the previous screen.

If you want to delete all of the markedpoints, touch the “Delete all”switch. A screen for confirmation willappear. Touching “Yes” will delete allof the marked points. Touching “No”or “Back” will return to the previousscreen.

To delete only specified marked points,use the “Icon”, “Date” or “Name”switch to display the screen, so that youcan easily find the marked points.

L00113

L00114

Either of the above messages appearsdepending on the type of deletion. If youwant to delete, touch the “Yes” switch.To cancel the deletion, touch the “No”or “Back” switch.

L00115

You can register your current positionor any points (See “Screen scroll-ing”on page 58.) from the map screenby touching the “Mark” switch.

L00116

When you touch the “Mark” switch, theabove screen appears for a few seconds,and then the map screen returns.

(d) One–touch marked pointregistration

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00117

The registered point is shown by onthe map.

To change the icon or name, etc., see“(b) Editing marked points”.

You can register up to 100 markedpoints. If you attempt to register morethan 100, a message appears for con-firmation.

L00118

If you want to register a new point, de-lete one of the marked points. See “(c)Deleting marked points”.

Any areas you want to avoid due totraffic jams, construction work or otherreasons can be registered as areas toavoid.

Touch the “MENU” tab on thescreen to display “Menu” screen andtouch the “Marked points” switch.Touch the “Area to avoid” switchto display the following screen.

L00078

Area to avoid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



INFORMATION

� Some areas and freeways may notbe able to be set as an avoidpoint.

� If a destination is input in theavoid area or the route calculationcannot be made without runningthrough the avoid area, a routepassing through the avoid areamay be shown.

1. Touch the “Register” switch of “Area to avoid”.

L00119

2. Find the area to avoid in the same way as you find any destination. (See page 10 through 24.)

L00120

(a) Registering area to avoid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



3. Touch the “OK” switch when the cursor is at the center of the area that you want to avoid.

L00121

4. Depending on the contents to be edited, touch either or switch.

When you touch the “OK” switch, thefollowing message appears.

L00122

After a few seconds, the avoid areascreen returns.

(b) Editing area to avoid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Touch the “Edit” switch under “Area to avoid” to display the “Edit area to avoid” screen.

L00123

2. Touch the point you want to edit from the list.

L00124

You can edit the name, location and sizeof the area to avoid. Touch the changeswitch of any item that you want to edit.

L00125

3. Edit the name, location or size of the area to avoid.

When editing is completed, touch the“OK” switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



INFORMATION

� If you try to change the map to aninappropriate scale, a message ap-pears.

� For magnification or reduction ofthe map scale, see page 57.

1. Touch the “Delete” switch to display the “Delete area to avoid” screen.

L00126

2. Select the area you want to delete.

(c) Deleting area to avoid

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Delete all: All the areas to avoid regis-tered in the system are deleted.

L00127

L00128

3. Either of the above messages appears.

To delete the area(s), touch the “Yes”switch.

If you want to try again or cancel thedeletion, touch the “No” switch. Theprevious screen will return.

The current vehicle position mark willbe automatically corrected during driv-ing on reception of GPS signals. Ifyour vehicle cannot receive GPS sig-nals, you can correct the current posi-tion mark manually.

L00059

1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen to display the “Menu” screen, and touch the “Setup” switch.

Current position calibration

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00129

2. Touch the “Calibration” switch.

L00129

3. Touch the “Position/Direction” switch.

INFORMATION

For additional information on currentposition accuracy, see “Limitationsof the navigation system” on page59.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



POSITION/DIRECTION CALIBRATION

L00130

1. Touch the scroll arrows to move the cursor to your desired location.

Touch the “OK” switch.

L00131

2. Touch either the left or right arrow to correct the direction of the current vehicle position mark.

Touch the “OK” switch on the screenand the map screen returns.

TIRE CHANGE CALIBRATION

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



The tire change calibration functionshould be used when the tires are re-placed. This will adjust for any pos-sible change in tire circumference fromthe old tires to the new ones. If thisprocedure is not performed when tiresare replaced, the current vehicle posi-tion mark may become incorrect.

To execute the fast distance tire calibra-tion procedure, touch the “Tirechange” switch on the “Calibration”screen.

L00132

The above message appears and the fastdistance calibration is automatically star-ted. A few seconds later, the map screenreturns.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



MORE ADVANCED FUNCTIONSConvenient featuresSetup 93. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Map color 94. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto reroute 95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Estimated travel time 96. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Adjusting time zone 100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distance indication 102. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notification of seasonal restrictions 103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Voice guidance in all modes 105. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current street name 106. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Maintenance information 107. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dealer setting 110. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Calendar with memo 114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION III

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



You can set the values shown on theSetup screen.

1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen.

L00059

2. Touch the “Setup” switch to display the “Setup” screen. Select your desired items you want to set. Selected itemswill be highlighted in green.

L00147

3. Touch the “OK” switch on the screen and the previous screen returns.

To default: Touch the “Default”switch on the screen. All of the settingscan be defaulted.

Map colour (day or night): You can se-lect your desired map color.

Auto reroute: You can set the systemwill or will not automatically search for anew route to the destination.

Estimated travel time: You can set todisplay the time required to reach thedestination on the road guidance screen.

Adjust time zone: You can select yourdesired time zone.

Setup

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Distance: You can change “km” or“miles” to display your desired units.

Notify seasonal restrict: You can selectto notify or not to notify a seasonal re-striction.

Voice guide in all mode: You can setthe voice guide in all mode or not.

Current street name: You can select toshow or not to show a current streetname on the map screen.1. Touch the “MENU” tab on the screen.

2. Touch the “Setup” switch.

L00152

3. Select your desired day and/or night map color and then touch the “OK” switch to return to the map screen. See “Mapcolor list” below for details.

Touch the “Normal” switch to selectthe default the map color.

Touch the “Auto” switch to have themap color selected automatically. Themap color changes every three months.

Map color list

Switch NO. Map color “Auto”mode

1 Green Mar.–May

2 Blue Jun.–Aug.

3 Gray Sep.–Nov.

4 Beige Dec.–Feb.

Map color

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



When the auto reroute feature isturned on, the system will automatical-ly search for a new route to the des-tination if you leave the guidanceroute. This feature does not operatewhile you are driving on roads wherethe guidance is not available.

Auto reroute

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




L00059L00133

2. Touch the “On” switch of “Auto reroute”. If you can not find the item on the list, touch or to scroll upor down the list.

INFORMATION

If your vehicle leaves the guidanceroute, the system searches for a newroute to the destination. The newroute may or may not take you backto the previous route depending onhow far you are off the original guid-ance route.

When the “Estimated travel time” fea-ture is turned on, the time required toreach the destination is displayed onthe route guidance screen.

L00059

To turn the “Estimated travel time” on:

Estimated travel time

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00134

2. Touch the “On” switch of the Estimated travel time. If you cannot find the item on the list, touch or to scrollup or down the list.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00135

To set average speeds:1. Touch the “Change speed” switch of “Estimated travel time”.

2. Touch or to set average vehicle speeds for driving on a freeway, main street and residential road.

If you touch the “Default” switch, thedefault speed is set at each item.3. After you finish setting the desired speeds, touch the “OK” switch. The “Setup” screen returns.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



INFORMATION

� The displayed time to the destina-tion is the approximate drivingtime calculated based on thespeeds you selected and your ac-tual position along the guidanceroute.

� The time shown may vary greatlydepending on your progress alongthe route (which may be affectedby road conditions such as trafficjams, construction work, etc.)

� Up to 99 hours 59 minutes can bedisplayed.


L00059


Adjusting time zone

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00162

3. Touch the “Adjust” switch. The “Adjust time zone” screen appears on the display.

L00163

4. Select your desired time zone. The selected switch is highlighted in green.

Touch the “On” switch and then touch or to set daylight saving time.

5. Touch the “OK” switch on the screen. The “Setup” screen returns.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




L00059


L00161

3. Touch “km” or “mile” to select your desired units.

4. Touch the “OK” switch.

Distance indication

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




L00059


L00149

Notification seasonalrestrictions

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



3. Touch the “On” switch of the “Notify seasonal restrict”. Touch the “OK” switch. The screen return to the previousmap.

L00150

4. The restricted road icon and message will appear on the screen.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




L00059


L00164

3. Touch the “On” switch on the right of “Voice guide in all mode”.

Voice guidance in all modes

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




L00059


L00147

3. Touch the “On” switch on the right of “Current street name”.

Current street name

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



The current street name appears on themap screen.

L00148 L00136

This system has a function which in-forms you of the time to replace cer-tain parts or components as well asother information shown on thescreen. (See “INFORMATION ITEMS”on page 109.) When the system beginsoperating after reaching either the In-formation Item’s date or driving dis-tance, the “Information” screen will bedisplayed.

To avoid seeing the “Information” screenagain, touch the “Do not displaythis message again” switch.

Z00019

Maintenance information

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Push the “INFO” button to display the “Information Menu” screen, and then touch the “Maintenance” switch.

L00137

2. Touch your desired icon and input the conditions.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00138

Date: Input the next maintenance date.

Distance: Input the driving distance untilthe next maintenance check. You can in-put up to five digits for the driving dis-tance.

When you touch the “!” switch on thescreen, the screen changes to display the“Change name” screen. Touch the keys toinput your desired name and then inputthe conditions.

After you input the information, touch the“OK” switch. The screen returns to the“Maintenance” screen. The icon color willchange to green after the date and driv-ing distance are input. The icon color willchange to orange when your vehicleneeds to be serviced. The followingswitches appear on the “Maintenance”screen.

Delete all: Cancel all conditions whichhave been input.

Reset all: Reset all items which satisfyeither condition.

Touch the “Off” switch on the “Mainte-nance” screen, and the “Information”screen will no longer be displayed.

INFORMATION

� For scheduled maintenance infor-mation, please refer to the “Sched-uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-er’s Manual Supplement”.

� Depending on your driving or theroad conditions, the system mayhave a time–lag between the datawhich has been input and the actu-al date and driving distance.

INFORMATION ITEMS

Oil change

Replace oil filter

Rotate tires

Replace tires

Replace battery

Replace brake linings

Replace wiper blades

Replace engine coolant

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Replace brake fluid

Replace ATF

Scheduled maintenance

Replace air filter

Personal

L00137

You can register your dealer’s nameand address. Touch the “Setdealer” switch on the Maintenancescreen.

L00139

1. Enter your dealer’s location address in the same way as you input any destination. (See page 10 through 24.)

Dealer setting (a) Registering dealer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00140

2. After you enter your dealer, the screen changes and displays the map location of the dealer. If it is OK, touch the“Enter” switch.

The current screen changes to the screenwhere you can edit the data of your deal-er. (See (b) Editing dealer.)

Touch the “View map” switch of “Editdealer” to see the location of the dealerand route preferences. (See “(a) Enteringdestination” on page 25.)

L00141

1. Touch the “Set dealer” switch and touch the “Change” switch of the item to be edited.

(b) Editing dealer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



EDITING THE NAME OF THE DEALEROR CONTACT

L00142

Touch alphabet or numeral keys direct-ly to input the name.

After you finish your entry, touch the“OK” switch. The previous screen willbe displayed.

EDITING THE LOCATION

L00143

Touch the arrows to scroll to your de-sired point on the map screen.

Touch the “OK” switch when the cursor moves to your desired point.


EDITING THE PHONE NUMBER

L00144

Touch numeral keys directly.



After you finish any editing, touch the“Back” switch.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00141

1. Touch the “Set dealer” switch and then touch the “Delete dealer” switch.

L00146

2. A selected point will appear. Also, a message will appear at the bottom of the screen. To delete, touch the “Yes”switch. To cancel the deletion, touch the “No” switch.

(c) Deleting dealer

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00185

This system has a function which in-forms you the memo you entered.When the system begins operating af-ter reaching the memo’s date, the In-formation screen will be displayed.

The Information screen will not be dis-played again by touching the “Do notdisplay this message again”switch.

L00153

Push the “INFO” button to displaythe “Information Menu” screen. Touchthe “Calendar” switch to displaythe “Calendar” screen.

Today’s date is circled in green. If today’sdate is not displayed on the screen,touch “Today” switch to display a cal-endar of this month.

L00153

Calendar with memo (a) Inputting a memo

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



1. Touch directly on the day you want to input a memo.

L00186

2. Touch the “Memo” switch to display the “Memo” screen.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00160

3. Touch keys directly to input a memo. You can input up to 24 letters.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



After you input the memo, touch the“OK” switch at the bottom right of thescreen. The previous screen will appear.

You can input a memo until December31. 2020.

The date for which a memo is set isdisplayed with a mark as in the aboveillustration. The default color of themark is light blue.

L00186

You can select your desired date and/or mark color. Touch the “Chg.mark” switch.

L00157

Select your desired date or mark color.If you want to default the date coloryou chose, touch the “Cancel”switch. After you select the date and/or mark color, touch the “OK” switchto display the previous screen.

L00186

When you want to add a memo, touchdirectly on the date you want to addthe memo.

The “Memo” screen appears on thedisplay. If touching “Memo” switch,the memo input screen is displayed.(See page 114 for inputting a memo.)

You can input up to three memos a day.

(b) Adding a Memo

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00186

Touch the date you already input thememo. Displaying the memo you wantto delete and then touch the“Delete” switch. A message appearson the display. To delete, touch the“Yes” switch. If not, touch the “No”switch.

L00186L00186

If you want to edit the memo, touchthe date. Touching the “Edit” switchwill display the “Memo edit” screen.(See page 114 for the details.)

L00160

If you want to look at the memo youinput, touch the “List” switch to dis-play the “Memo list”.

L00154

Touch your desired search conditionto list the memo. The memo list isdisplayed on the screen.

(c) Deleting a memo (d) Editing a memo (e) Memo list

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00158

Touch the “Period” switch to displaythe “Memo list” as long as you desi-red. Touch numeral keys to input yourdesired search period. After inputtinga search period, touch the “OK”switch. The “Memo list” screen will bedisplayed.

You can input a search period from Janu-ary 1. 2000 through December 31. 2020.

L00156

If you want to delete and/or edit thememo, touch the switch of thememo.

If you want to delete all of the memo,touch the “Delete all” switch. Amessage appears on the display. Todelete, touch the “Yes” switch. If not,touch the “No” switch.

If you want to remove all of the datecolors of date you input, touch the“Remove color of date” switch.A message appears on the display. Toremove the colors, touch the “Yes”switch. To allow the colors to remain,touch the “No” switch.

L00186L00186

To edit: Touch the “Edit” switch. (Seepage 118 for details.)

To delete: Touch the “Delete” switch.(See page 118 for details.)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



OTHER FUNCTIONSScreen adjustment 121. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Screen transition 122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION IV

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



You can adjust the brightness or con-trast of the screen depending on thebrightness of your surroundings. Youalso can turn the screen off.1. Push the “DISPLAY” button. The following adjustment screen appears.

L00181

L00151

BRIGHTNESS: Adjusts the brightness ofthe screen.

CONTRAST: Adjusts the contrast of thescreen.

2. Touch “+” or “–” for adjustment.

“–”: The screen becomes dark or its con-trast becomes weak.

“+”: The screen becomes bright or itscontrast becomes strong.

You can adjust the brightness and con-trast with exterior light on or off individu-ally.

3. After adjusting the brightness and contrast, touch the “OK” switch.

Touching the “SCREEN OFF” switchturns the screen off.

Screen adjustment

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Z00019

You can select a function that enablesautomatic return to the previousscreen from the audio screen.1. Push the “INFO” button to display the “Information Menu” screen. Touch “Screen Transition” .

Screen transition

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Z00011

2. Select “ON” or “OFF” and then touch “OK” .

ON: The previous screen automaticallyreturns from the audio screen 20seconds after the end of audio op-eration.

OFF: The audio screen remains on.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



AUDIO SYSTEMQuick reference for your audio system 126. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Your audio system 127. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using your audio system 128. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Car audio system operating hints 142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

SECTION V

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Function switch display screen

Touch the switches displayed onthe screen to control the radio,cassette tape player and compactdisc player. For details, see page129.

“TUNE” knob

Turn this knob to move up ordown the station band. Fordetails, see page 131.

“AM” button

Push this button to choose an AMstation. For details, see pages128 and 131.

“FM” button

Push this button to choose a FMstation. For details, see pages128 and 131.

“DISC” button

Push this button to turn thecompact disc player on. Fordetails, see pages 128 and 138.

“TAPE” button

Push this button to turn thecassette tape player on. Fordetails, see pages 128 and 135.

“TRAF” button

Push this button to seek a stationthat broadcasts traffic informationregularly. For details, see pages128 and 134.

“OPEN” button

Push this button to open thedisplay to access the slots for thecassette tape player and compactdisc player. For details, see pages127, 135 and 139.

“PWR·VOL” knob

Push this knob to turn theaudio system on and off, andturn it to adjust the volume.For details, see page 128.

“SEEK/TRACK” button

Push either side of this buttonto seek up or down for astation, or to access a desiredprogram or track. For details,see pages 131, 138 and 140.

“SCAN” button

Push this button to scan radiostations or scan the tracks ona compact disc. For details,see pages 132 and 141.

“AUDIO” button

Push this button to display theaudio control screen. Fordetails, see page 128.

“TILT” button

Push this button to tilt thedisplay. For details, see page127.

Quick reference for your audio system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00004

You can adjust the angle of the dis-play by pushing the “TILT” button.Each push of the “TILT” button will tiltthe display to position 1, 2, 3 and thenback to 0 in that order.

If you turn the ignition switch off, thedisplay will automatically move back toposition 0. The display will automaticallyresume the previous position you used whenthe ignition switch is turned to the “ACC”or “ON” position.

The slots for the cassette tape playerand compact disc player are behindthe display.

To lower the display, push the “OPEN”button. After you inserting the cassettetape or compact disc, push the buttonagain to close the display.

CAUTION

� Do not place anything on theopened display, as such items maybe thrown about in the compart-ment and possibly injure people inthe vehicle during sudden brakingor in an accident.

� To reduce the chance of injury incase of an accident or suddenstop while driving, keep the dis-play closed.

� Take care not to jam your fingerswhile the display is moving. Other-wise, you could be injured.

NOTICE

Do not obstruct the display while itis moving. It could damage your au-dio system.

Your audio system

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



This section describes some of the basicfeatures of the Toyota audio system.Some information may not pertain to yoursystem.

Your audio system works when the igni-tion switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion.

NOTICE

To prevent the battery from beingdischarged, do not leave the car au-dio on longer than necessary whenthe engine is not running.

L00166

(a) Turning the system on and off

POWER–VOL: Push this knob to turn theaudio system on and off. Turn this knobto adjust the volume. The system turnson in the last mode used.

AUDIO: Push this button to displayswitches for audio system (audio controlmode).

You can select the function that enablesautomatic return to the previous screenfrom the audio screen. See page 122 fordetails.

L00167

Push “AM”, “FM”, “DISC”, “TAPE” or“TRAF” button to turn on the desiredmode. The selected mode turns on im-mediately.

Push these buttons if you want to switchfrom one mode to another.

If the tape or disc is not set, the cassetteplayer or compact disc player does notturn on.

You can turn off the cassette player orcompact disc player by ejecting the cas-sette tape or compact disc. If the audiosystem was previously off, then the entireaudio system will be turned off when youeject the cassette tape. If another func-tion was previously playing, it will comeon again.

Using your audio system——Some basics

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Z00001

Z00002

Z00003

Z00004

The switches for radio, cassette tapeand compact disc player operation aredisplayed on the function switch dis-play screen when the audio controlmode is selected. Touch them lightlyand directly on the screen.

The selected switch is highlighted in green.

INFORMATION

� If the system does not respond toa touch of a switch, move yourfinger away from the screen andthen touch it again.

� You cannot operate dimmedswitches.

� Wipe off fingerprints on the sur-face of the display using a glasscleaning cloth.

(b) Tone and balance

How good an audio program sounds to youis largely determined by the mix of thetreble, midrange, and bass levels. In fact,different kinds of music and vocal programsusually sound better with different mixes oftreble, mid–range, and bass.

A good balance of the left and right stereochannels and of the front and rear soundlevels is also important.

Keep in mind that if you are listening to astereo recording or broadcast, changing theright/left balance will increase the volume ofone group of sounds while decreasing thevolume of another.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Z00009

Except JBL

Z00008

JBL

Touching the “SOUND” switch dis-played on the screen at the audio con-trol mode will display the sound con-trol mode. Adjust the tone and balanceas follows.

To adjust the tone, touch the “+” or“–” switches on the screen. To adjustthe balance between the front and rearspeakers, touch the “Front” or “Rear”switch on the screen, and to adjustthe balance between the left and right,touch the “L” or “R” switch on thescreen.

BASS: Adjusts low–pitched tones.

MID: Adjusts mid–pitched tones (JBLonly).

TREB: Adjusts high–pitched tones.

As the orange display goes up, each tone ismore emphasized.

(c) Your radio antenna

Your vehicle has an antenna printed onthe inside of the rear window.

NOTICE

Attaching the film (especially con-ductive or metallic type) on the rearwindow will noticeably reduce thesensitivity of the radio.

(d) Your cassette player

When you insert a cassette, insert it withthe exposed tape side to the right.

NOTICE

Do not oil any part of the cassetteplayer, and do not insert anythingexcept a cassette tape into the slot.

(e) Your compact disc player

When you insert a compact disc, insertit with the label side up. The compactdisc player will play from track 1 throughthe end of the disc. Then it will play fromtrack 1 again.

NOTICE

Never try to disassemble or oil anypart of the compact disc player. Donot insert anything except a compactdisc into the slot.

The player is intended for use with 12cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00171

(a) Listening to the radio

Push these buttons to choose eitheran AM or FM station.

“AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” appears on thescreen.

L00170

Turn the knob clockwise to step upthe station band or counterclockwiseto step down.

Your radio automatically changes to ste-reo reception when a stereo broadcast isreceived. “ST” appears on the screen. Ifthe signal becomes weak, the radio re-duces the amount of channel separationto prevent the weak signal from creatingnoise. If the signal becomes extremelyweak, the radio switches from stereo tomono reception. In this case, “ST” disap-pears from the screen.

Z00002

(b) Presetting a station

1. Tune in the desired station.

2. Touch one of the station selector switches (1–6) and hold it until a beep is heard. This sets the station to the switchand the frequency appears on the switch

—Radio operation

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Each radio mode (AM, FM1 or FM2) canstore up to 6 stations. To change thepreset station to a different one, followthe same procedure.

The preset station memory is cancelledwhen the power source is interrupted bybattery disconnection or a blown fuse.

(c) Selecting a station

Your vehicle has an electronic tuning ra-dio (ETR). Tune in the desired stationusing one of the following methods.

Preset tuning: Touch the switch (1–6) forthe station you want. The switch is high-lighted in green and the station frequencyappears on the screen.

Seek tuning: Push the “SEEK/TRACK”button on either side. The radio will beginseeking up or down for a station of thenearest frequency and will stop on recep-tion. Each time you push the button, thestations will be searched out one afteranother.

To scan all the frequencies: Touch the“SCAN” switch on the screen or push the“SCAN” button briefly. “SCAN” appears onthe screen. The radio will find the nextstation and stay there for a few seconds,and then scan again. To select a station,touch the “SCAN” switch or push the“SCAN” button again.

To scan the preset stations: Touch the“SCAN” switch on the screen or push the“SCAN” button for longer than 2 seconds.“P. SCAN” appears on the screen. Theradio will tune in the next preset station,stay there for a few seconds, and thenmove to the next preset station. To selecta station, touch the “SCAN” switch orpush the “SCAN” button again.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Z00005

(d) Radio Data System

Your audio system is equipped with RadioData Systems (RDS). RDS mode pro-vides you to receive text messages fromradio stations that utilize RDS transmit-ters.

When RDS is on, the radio can—only select stations of a particular pro-gram type,—display messages from radio stations,—search for a stronger signal station,—search for local stations broadcastingthe same network as the vehicle travels,—receive announcements concerning lo-cal and national emergencies (even ifRDS function is turned off).

RDS features are available for the useonly on FM stations which broadcast RDSinformation.

“RDS SRCH” switch

This switch allows you to search all avail-able RDS stations out of the entire FMband and sort them by program type(See following “TYPE” switch for detailson program types).

By touching this button at the FM mode,RDS is turned on and the radio isswitched to FM type mode. During theprogram type search, “RDS SEARCH” willbe shown on the screen. Also at thistime, “FM TYPE” will appear on thescreen to indicate that the station selec-tor switches are for program type.

After searching for all the available RDSstations, the radio will activate the pre-viously used program type. If the pre-viously used program type is not avail-able, or if the radio has not yetperformed a program type search, theradio will activate the first available pro-gram type that has stations in memory.The radio will preset the stations of thecurrent program type into the preset but-tons.

These are accessible through the “TYPE”switch. If more than 6 stations are found,the radio will load the 6 strongest sta-tions signal of the program type into thepresets.

If no RDS stations are found, “No RDSStations Found” will be displayed and thebeep sounds. Then the radio will returnto the previous FM mode and frequency.

“Alert”

This type of announcement warns of na-tional or local emergencies. You will notbe able to turn off alert announcements.Alert announcements will come on evenif RDS mode is turned off. “Alert” ap-pears on the screen when an alert an-nouncement plays. The radio uses TAvolume during these announcements.When an alert announcement comes onthe tuned radio station or a related net-work station, you will hear it even if thevolume is muted or a cassette tape orcompact disc is playing. If the radio tunesto a related network station for an alertannouncement, it will return to the origi-nal station when the announcement isfinished. If the cassette tape or compactdisc player is playing, play will stop forthe announcement and resume when theannouncement is finished.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Z00006

“MSG” (Message)

When an RDS radio station transmits atext message, “MSG” will be displayed.At this time, touch the “MSG” switch toview the text message. The message dis-play will be canceled if any button thataffects the display is pushed. To view themessage again, touch the “MSG” switchagain. After the entire message has beendisplayed, the message will disappear.

The RDS audio system has memory tostore three 64 character messages. Tostore a message in memory, touch andhold the “STORE” switch until you heara beep.

If 3 messages are already stored inmemory, the oldest message will be over-written by the new message.

To recall a radio text messages stored inmemory, touch the “RECALL” switch.Touching the “LATEST MESSAGE” willdisplay the most recent message.

If no messages have been stored, or ifthere are no more messages to be re-called, “RECALL” switch is dimmed. Themessage display will be canceled if youactivate any function that affects the dis-play.

“TYPE” switch

This switch is used for changing the pro-gram type (PTY) of RDS stations in allRDS mode. 8 program types are avail-able as listed here.

The following program type names are avail-able.

� ROCK

� EASY LIS

� CLS/JAZZ

� R & B

� INFORM

� RELIGION

� MISC

� ALERT (Emergency message)

Z00007

L00179

(e) Traffic announcement

“TRAF” button

This button turns the traffic announce-ment (TA) feature on and off.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Pushing this button turns on, RDS if itwas off, and the traffic announcementfeature will come on (“TRAF” will appearand start blinking). When the radio istuned to a traffic station, “TRAF” will stopblinking.

If the current station is not a traffic sta-tion, the radio will start a traffic programsearch in increasing frequency order. Dur-ing a traffic program search, “TRAFSEEK” will display. If no traffic programsare found, “NOTHING” will display.

If the radio receives a traffic announce-ment, it will interrupt the cassette playeror compact disc mode (if either one ison), adjust the volume to Traffic An-nouncement level, and broadcast the traf-fic announcement. During a traffic an-nouncement, “Traffic” will appear on thescreen. After traffic announcement is fin-ished, it will return to the previous modeand volume level.

TA volume memory function—The volumelevel when receiving the traffic announce-ment is memorized.

When “TA” is received next time, the sys-tem compares the volume before “TA” isreceived and the memorized TA volumeand automatically selects the louder vol-ume. However, the range of volumememory is limited: if the volume receivedpreviously is less than the minimum, thisvolume will be used.

You can adjust the volume independentlyfrom the memorized TA volume rangewhile receiving a TA station.

Traffic announcement can be canceled byturning RDS off, or pressing the “TRAF”button again. L00172

—Cassette tape playeroperation

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



(a) Playing a cassette tape

To insert a cassette tape, push the“OPEN” button to lower the display.Put the cassette tape in the slot withthe exposed tape side to the right andlightly push it in.

The player will automatically start whenyou insert the cassette tape. At this time,“Tape” appears on the screen.

If a metal or chrome equivalent cassettetape is put in the cassette player, theplayer will automatically adapt to it and“MTL” appears on the screen.

L00173

To stop and eject the cassette tape, pushthe “OPEN” button to lower the display.

Push the “TAPE ” button.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00177

Push the “TAPE” button if a cassettetape is already in the slot.

Dolby � Noise Reduction ∗ feature: If youare listening to a tape that was recordedwith Dolby∗ Noise Reduction, touch the

switch on the screen. The symbol ishighlighted in green.

The Dolby NR mode reduces tape noise byabout 10 dB. For best sound reproduction,play your tapes with the Dolby NR on or offaccording to the mode used for recording thetape.

To play a tape recorded without Dolby NR,touch the switch once again.

∗ Dolby noise reduction manufactured under li-cense from Dolby Laboratories Licensing Corpo-ration. “DOLBY” and the double–D symbol

are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Li-

censing Corporation.

(b) Manual program selection

Program switch: Touch the “ � � ”switch on the screen to select the otherside of a cassette tape. The display indi-cates which side is currently selected (�indicates top side, � indicates bottomside).

Fast forward switch: Touch the “��”switch on the screen to fast forward acassette tape. “FF” appears on thescreen.

To stop fast forwarding, touch the sameswitch or push the “TAPE” button.

Rewind switch: Touch the “��” switchon the lower side to rewind a tape.“REW” appears on the screen.

To stop rewinding, touch the same switchor push the “TAPE” button.

Auto–reverse feature: After the cassetteplayer reaches the end of a tape, it auto-matically reverses and begins to play theother side, regardless of whether the cas-sette was playing or fast forwarding.

(c) Automatic program selection

“RPT” switch: The repeat feature auto-matically replays the current program.

Touch the “RPT” switch while the pro-gram is playing. When the program ends,it will automatically be rewound and re-played. Touch the switch again to turn offthe repeat feature.

There must be at least 5 seconds ofblank space between programs for therepeat feature to work correctly.

“SKIP” switch: The skip feature allowsyou to fast forward past long stretches ofblank tape. This is especially useful atthe end of cassettes.

Touch the “SKIP” switch. The player willautomatically skip any blank portions of 15seconds or more and play the next program.To cancel it, touch the switch once again.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00176

“SEEK/TRACK” button: The automaticprogram selection feature allows you toprogram your cassette player to skip for-ward or backward to locate the track youwant to listen to. You can skip up to 9programs at a time.

Push the upper side of this button to skipforward. “FF” and the number will appearon the screen. Push the button until thenumber of programs you want to skipappears on the screen. After that, theplayer will automatically skip forward.

When the end of the tape is reached, theplayer automatically reverses sides andresumes normal play.

Push the lower side of this button to skipbackward. Push the button until “REW”and the number of programs you want toskip appears on the screen.

� If you set “REW 1”, the player willrewind to the beginning of the currentprogram.

� When counting the number of pro-grams you want to rewind, rememberto count the current program as well.For example, if you want to rewind toa program that is two before the pro-gram you are listening to, push thisbutton until “REW 3” appears on thescreen.

When the beginning of the tape isreached, the player automatically resumesnormal play.

There must be at least 5 seconds ofblank space between programs for thisfeature to work correctly.

“RPT”, “SKIP” or Automatic programselection features: These features maynot work well with some spoken word,live or classical recordings.

L00174

—Compact disc playeroperation

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



(a) Playing a compact disc

To insert a compact disc, push the“OPEN” button to lower the display.Put the compact disc in the slot withthe label side up.

The player will automatically start whenyou insert the compact disc. At this time,“CD” appears on the screen.

If the label faces down, the disc cannot beplayed. In this case, “CD ERROR” appearson the screen.

L00175

To stop and eject the compact disc, pushthe “OPEN” button to lower the display.

Push the “CD ” button.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00178

Push the “DISC” button if a compactdisc is already loaded in the slot.

“CD” appears on the screen.

L00176

(b) Selecting a desired track

“SEEK/TRACK” button: Use for a directaccess to a desired track.

Push either side of the “SEEK/TRACK”button and hold it until the desired tracknumber appears on the screen. As yourelease the button, the player will startplaying the selected track from the begin-ning.

Fast forward: Touch the “ ” switch andhold it to fast forward the disc. When yourelease the switch, the compact discplayer will resume playing from that posi-tion.

Reverse: Touch the “ ” switch and holdit to reverse the disc. When you releasethe switch, the compact disc player willresume playing.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



L00180

(c) Searching for a desired track

Touch the “SCAN” switch on thescreen or push the “SCAN” button.

The compact disc player will play thenext track for 10 seconds, then scanagain. To select a track, touch the“SCAN” switch on the screen or push the“SCAN” button a second time. If the play-er reaches the end of the disc, it willcontinue scanning at track 1.

After all the tracks are scanned in onepass, normal play resumes.

Z00004

(d) Other compact disc player func-tions

“RPT” switch: Use it for automatic re-peat of the track you are currently listen-ing to.

Touch the switch while the track is play-ing. When the track is finished, the playerwill automatically go back to the begin-ning of the track and play the trackagain. To cancel it, touch the switch onceagain.

“RAND” switch: Use it for automatic andrandom selection.

When the switch is touched, the systemselects a track in the disc. To cancel it,touch the switch once again.

(e) If the player malfunctions

If “WAIT” appears on the screen, audiosignals of the disc cannot be read or thesystem has trouble. Push the “CD” buttononce again.

If the player does not operate, check thatthe disc surface is not soiled or dama-ged. If the disc is O.K., the temperatureof the player’s internal mechanism maybe raised because of high external tem-perature. Remove the disc from the play-er to cool it.

If the player still does not operate, haveit checked by your Toyota dealer.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



NOTICE

To ensure the correct audio systemoperation:

� Be careful not to spill beveragesover the audio system.

� Do not put anything other than acassette tape or Compact Disc intothe slot.

� The use of cellular phone inside ornear the vehicle may cause a noisefrom the speakers of the audiosystem which you are listening to.However, this does not indicate amalfunction.

RADIO RECEPTION

Usually, a problem with radio receptiondoes not mean there is a problem withyour radio—it is just the normal result ofconditions outside the vehicle.

For example, nearby buildings and terraincan interfere with FM reception. Powerlines or telephone wires can interfere withAM signals. And of course, radio signalshave a limited range. The farther you arefrom a station, the weaker its signal willbe. In addition, reception conditionschange constantly as your vehicle moves.

Here are some common reception prob-lems that probably do not indicate aproblem with your radio:

FM

Fading and drifting stations—Generally,the effective range of FM is about 40 km(25 miles). Once outside this range, youmay notice fading and drifting, which in-crease with the distance from the radiotransmitter. They are often accompaniedby distortion.

Multi–path—FM signals are reflective,making it possible for two signals toreach your antenna at the same time. Ifthis happens, the signals will cancel eachother out, causing a momentary flutter orloss of reception.

Static and fluttering—These occur whensignals are blocked by buildings, trees, orother large objects. Increasing the basslevel may reduce static and fluttering.

Station swapping—If the FM signal youare listening to is interrupted or weak-ened, and there is another strong stationnearby on the FM band, your radio maytune in the second station until the origi-nal signal can be picked up again.

AM

Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected bythe upper atmosphere—especially atnight. These reflected signals can inter-fere with those received directly from theradio station, causing the radio station tosound alternately strong and weak.

Station interference—When a reflectedsignal and a signal received directly froma radio station are very nearly the samefrequency, they can interfere with eachother, making it difficult to hear thebroadcast.

Static—AM is easily affected by externalsources of electrical noise, such as hightension power lines, lightening, or electri-cal motors. This results in static.

CARING FOR YOUR CASSETTEPLAYER AND TAPES

For the best performance for your cas-sette player and tapes:

Clean the tape head and other parts reg-ularly.

� A dirty tape head or tape path candecrease sound quality and tangleyour cassette tapes. The easiest wayto clean them is by using a cleaningtape. (A wet type is recommended.)

Car audio system operatinghints

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Use high–quality cassettes.

� Low–quality cassette tapes can causemany problems, including poor sound,inconsistent playing speed, andconstant auto–reversing. They canalso get stuck or tangled in the cas-sette player.

� Do not use a cassette if it has beendamaged or tangled or if its label ispeeling off.

� Do not leave a cassette in the playerif you are not listening to it, especiallyif it is hot outside.

� Store cassettes in their cases and outof direct sunlight.

� Avoid using cassettes with a totalplaying time longer than 100 minutes(50 minutes per side). The tape usedin these cassettes is thin and couldget stuck or tangled in the cassetteplayer.

CARING FOR YOUR COMPACT DISCPLAYER AND DISCS

� Use only compact discs labeled asshown above. CD–R (CD–Recordable),CD–RW (CD–Re–writable) andpersonal computer use CD–ROMs maynot be playable on your compact discplayer.

� Your compact disc player is intendedfor use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.

� Extremely high temperatures can keepyour compact disc player from work-ing. On hot days, use the air condi-tioning to cool the vehicle interior be-fore you listen to a disc.

� Bumpy roads or other vibrations maymake your compact disc player skip.

� If moisture gets into your compactdisc player, you may not hear anysound even though your compact discplayer appears to be working. Removethe disc from the player and wait untilit dries.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



� Your automatic changer or compactdisc player cannot play special shapedor low–quality compact discs such asthose shown here. Do not use themas the changer or player could bedamaged.

� Handle compact discs carefully, espe-cially when you are inserting them.Hold them on the edge and do notbend them. Avoid getting fingerprintson them, particularly on the shinyside.

� Dirt, scrapes, warping, pin holes, orother disc damage could cause theplayer to skip or to repeat a sectionof a track. (To see a pin hole, holdthe disc up to the light.)

� Remove discs from the compact discplayer when you are not listening tothem. Store them in their plastic casesaway from moisture, heat, and directsunlight.

To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with asoft, lint–free cloth that has been damp-ened with water. Wipe in a straight linefrom the center to the edge of the disc(not in circles). Dry it with another soft,lint–free cloth. Do not use a conventionalrecord cleaner or anti–static device.

CAUTION

Compact disc players use an invis-ible laser beam which could causehazardous radiation exposure if di-rected outside the unit. Be sure tooperate the player correctly.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

PASSPORTt o p e r f o r m a n c e

2 0 0 2S c h e d u l e d M a i n t e n a n c e G u i d e

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

i

egular maintenance is essential to obtaining the highest level of perfor-mance from your Toyota. It can also enhance your vehicle’s resale value. This booklet is designed to help you make sure your vehicle receives

proper and timely maintenance. It includes factory-recommended mainte-nance guidelines along with information on the extensive maintenance andrepair support available through Toyota and your dealership.

With proper maintenance and care, your vehicle will run better, last longerand deliver more economical performance. Follow the recommendations in this Scheduled Maintenance Guide and you’ll enjoy reliability and peace of mind from your Toyota for many years to come.

Documenting Your InvestmentTo help you verify that you’ve invested in proper maintenance, each mainte-nance log in this booklet includes space for your Toyota dealership to certify that you obtained Genuine Toyota Service for your vehicle. The dealership willmark the dealer service verification area with the following stamp (which may be customized with the dealership’s name):

Additional MaintenanceIn addition to scheduled maintenance, your Toyota requires ongoing generalmaintenance such as fluid checks and visual inspections. These procedures are explained in the “Vehicle Maintenance and Care” section of the Owner’sManual. Be sure to perform these procedures regularly to ensure the mosttrouble-free operation of your vehicle.

Your Passport to Performance

R

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

ii

Maintenance RecordsMaintaining your vehicle according to the recommendations in this booklet isrequired to ensure that your warranty coverage remains intact. You should keepdetailed records of vehicle maintenance, including date of service, mileage attime of service and a description of service and/or parts installation performed.The scheduled maintenance log in this booklet can help you document thisinformation. If you sell your vehicle, be sure to give your maintenance records tothe new owner.

Toyota will not deny a warranty claim solely because you do not have records to show that you maintained your vehicle. However, damage or failures causedby lack of proper maintenance are not covered under warranty.

Maintenance ProvidersMaintenance and repair services may be performed by you or by any automotiveservice provider you choose. Toyota will not deny a warranty claim solely becauseyou used a service provider other than a Toyota dealership for maintenance andrepairs. However, damage or failures caused by improper maintenance or repairsare not covered under warranty.

Dealer-Recommended MaintenanceYour dealer may recommend more frequent maintenance intervals or moremaintenance services than those listed in the scheduled maintenance log. Theseadditional services are not required to maintain your warranty coverage. Ask yourdealer for an explanation of any recommended maintenance not included in thescheduled maintenance log.

For a complete description of Toyota warranty coverages, see the bookletentitled 2002 Owner’s Warranty Information located in your vehicle’sglove box.

Maintenance and Toyota Warranty Coverage

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

1

Toyota Maintenance and Repair Support

Toyota Dealership Service

Toyota Express Lube

Genuine Toyota Parts and Accessories

Lifetime Guarantee Replacement Parts

TrueStart™ Batteries

Collision Repair Parts

Do-It-Yourself Products

Toyota Parts Centers

Toyota Service Manuals

Service Agreements and Pre-Paid Maintenance

General Maintenance Information

Determining Your Vehicle’s Maintenance Needs

Explanation of Maintenance Items

Vehicle Identification

Scheduled Maintenance Logs

Cars and Sienna

SUVs and Trucks

Table of Contents

2

3

4

6

7

8

10

12

13

14

16

20

23

2440

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

Toyota Maintenance and Repair Support2

Toyota Dealership Service

To ensure that your vehicle receives first-quality service and factory-authorizedparts, Toyota recommends having main-tenance performed by an authorizedToyota dealership.

Toyota dealership technicians are expertsin the maintenance and repair of Toyotavehicles. They stay current on the latestservice information through Toyota tech-nical bulletins, service publications and

training courses. Many are also certified through the Toyota Certification Program,which requires completion of Toyota’s specialized, state-of-the-art training aswell as rigorous exams through both Toyota and the National Institute forAutomotive Service Excellence (ASE). Feel free to ask any Toyota dealership toshow you its technicians’ credentials.

You can be confident you’re getting the best possible service for your vehiclewhen you take it to a Toyota dealership. Why trust your investment to anythingbut a team of highly qualified Toyota specialists?

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

Toyota Maintenance and Repair Support 3

Toyota Express Lube

With Toyota Express Lube, you get theconvenience of a quick-lube shop and the quality and expertise you count onwhen you go to a Toyota dealership. You also get the Express Lube guarantee:in 29 minutes or less from the time of write-up, a complete oil-and-filterchange using Genuine Toyota Partsalong with a multi-point inspection, or the next one is free.

You never need an appointment to use Express Lube at a Toyota dealership.You’ll be waited on promptly and your oil-and-filter change will be done whileyou wait. Express Lube also delivers outstanding value, since the service is pricedvery competitively with franchised quick-lube centers.

More than 625 Toyota dealerships now offer Express Lube service. Call (800)331-4331for the Express Lube location nearest you.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Genuine Toyota PartsTo safeguard the quality, reliability and value of your vehicle, Toyota recommendsusing only Genuine Toyota Parts for maintenance and repairs. Like all Toyotaproducts, Genuine Toyota Parts are built to the highest standards of quality andperformance. They are also designed to fit your vehicle’s exact specifications.

Your Toyota dealership maintainsan extensive inventory of GenuineToyota Parts to meet your vehicleservice needs. And because itis linked electronically to Toyota’sParts Distribution Centers, thedealership has quick access to anyparts it may not have in stock.

When installed by a Toyota dealership, Genuine Toyota Parts (with the exception of batteries) are warranted for 12 months from date of installation, regardless of mileage, or the remainder of any applicable New Vehicle Limited Warranty,whichever provides greater coverage. Selected Toyota replacement parts are coveredby a lifetime warranty (see page 6). Non-Genuine Toyota Parts — and any damageor failures resulting from their use — are not covered by any Toyota warranty.

Genuine Toyota Remanufactured PartsToyota also offers the highest level of quality, fit and performance in selectedremanufactured parts. These parts enable you to economically maintain andrepair your vehicle with Genuine Toyota quality. They also feature the same warranty coverage as new Genuine Toyota Parts. Available parts range from alternators to water pumps; ask your Toyota dealership for a complete listof remanufactured product offerings.

For all your maintenance and repair needs, insist on the quality and peace of mind you only get with Genuine Toyota Parts.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Genuine Toyota AccessoriesWhen you want to personalize your Toyota vehicle, be sure to do it withoutsacrificing Toyota quality and performance. How? By choosing Genuine ToyotaAccessories.

Only Genuine Toyota Accessories are designed and manufactured specifically forToyota vehicles. In addition, they undergo rigorous testing to ensure first-ratequality, precise fit and long-term durability. Aftermarket accessories don’t alwaysmeet these same high standards.

The quality of Genuine Toyota Accessories is also backed by the integrity of aToyota warranty. Coverage is for 12 months from date of purchase, regardless ofmileage. If an accessory is installed during the New Vehicle Limited Warrantyperiod (36 months/36,000 miles), coverage is for the remainder of that period.See your dealer for details. And remember that Genuine Toyota Accessories canonly be purchased from an authorized Toyota dealership.

ALL-WEATHER FLOOR MATS

ALLOY WHEELSCARGO NET

TRUCK BED EXTENDER

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


Lifetime Guarantee Replacement Parts

Toyota’s confidence in its products and commitment to customer satisfaction aredemonstrated by outstanding warranty coverage — including a lifetime guaranteeon replacement mufflers, exhaust pipes, shock absorbers, struts and strut car-tridges. When purchased at and installed by a Toyota dealership, these GenuineToyota Parts are guaranteed to the original purchaser for the life of the vehicle.This includes coverage for parts and labor.

Compare the guarantees offered on these parts by aftermarket repair shops; manydon’t offer the extensive coverage Toyota does. And remember that only GenuineToyota Parts are manufactured to your vehicle’s exact specifications. So don’tcompromise: When replacement time comes, count on your Toyota dealer forquality, performance and the peace of mind that comes with a factory-backedlifetime guarantee.

For complete details of the Toyota Lifetime Guarantee, see an authorized Toyota dealer.

Compare LifetimeGuarantee Coverage

TheirsTheirs

OursOurs

* Some muffler shops–read their fine print and compare.

Toyota vs. OthersToyota Others*

• Muffler Yes Yes- Labor to replace Yes Yes

• Tail Pipe Yes No- Labor to replace Yes No

• Exhaust Pipes Yes No- Labor to replace Yes No

We Cover The Muffler, Pipes And Labor Too!

We Cover The Muffler, Pipes And Labor Too!

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


TrueStart Batteries

The reputation for quality and reliability was likely a key reason behind yourdecision to buy a Toyota. That overall quality is present in each of the compo-nents of your car or truck, including the battery. When it’s time for a replace-ment, your Toyota dealer is the only place to find a battery with the power tostart and operate your vehicle like new.

To maintain the original performance designed into your Toyota, a replacementbattery must meet Toyota’s specifications for Cold Cranking Amps (CCA) andReserve Capacity (RC). RC, a specification often not met by aftermarket brands,supplies the power you need during high-demand conditions such as driving inheavy traffic. RC is also what gives you the power to operate electronic accessorieswith the engine off. By choosing a TrueStart,™ you can be confident your batterywill meet your needs, every day.

Warranty coverage is another important consideration when selecting a battery.TrueStart™ batteries feature a free replacement period of 24 months or theremainder of the Toyota New Vehicle Limited Warranty, whichever is longer.Following the free replacement period, warranty coverage is prorated frommonths 25—84 in two simple tiers. See your Toyota dealer for more details.

Don’t entrust your Toyota’s performance to anything less than the best: GenuineToyota TrueStart™ Batteries.

WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead andlead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancerand reproductive harm. Wash hands after handling.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Insist on Genuine Toyota QualityIf you’re involved in a collision, you want your vehicle to be returned to its pre-accident condition when repaired. To maintain your Toyota’s value, it’s importantto make sure it is repaired with Genuine Toyota Parts. Some repair shops andinsurance companies may suggest using imitation or used salvage parts to savemoney. However, these parts do not meet Toyota’s high standards for quality, fitand corrosion resistance. In addition, imitation and used salvage parts are notcovered by any Toyota warranty (see box below).

To maintain the appearance, performance and safety of your Toyota, make sureonly Genuine Toyota Parts are used for collision repairs. Protect your investment— insist on Genuine Toyota quality.

Toyota warranty coverage remains intact when vehicle repairs are completedwith Genuine Toyota Parts. Toyota warranties do not cover imitation or usedsalvage parts or any damage or failures caused by the use of such parts.

In Case of Accident, Be an Informed OwnerToyota believes customers have the right to choose the types of parts used in therepair of their vehicles. That’s why Toyota supports full disclosure by repair shopsand insurance companies regarding parts used for collision repair. The followinginformation is provided to help you understand the differences in the types ofparts that could be used in the repair of your vehicle.

General Information“Collision repair parts” or “replacement crash parts” are the parts typicallyreplaced during the repair of a vehicle that has been damaged in a collision.These parts include exterior sheet metal such as fenders, hoods, doors andrelated components; and plastic components such as bumper covers and lamp assemblies.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Warranty CoverageWarranties for collision repair parts are provided by the manufacturer or distribu-tor of the parts. Warranty coverage varies. Your insurance company or collisionrepair facility should provide you with written warranty statements for all partsused in the repair of your vehicle.

Types of Collision Repair PartsNew original-equipment manufacturer (OEM): Parts that are made by thevehicle manufacturer or one of its licensees and distributed through its normalchannels. These parts maintain the manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.

Aftermarket or imitation: Parts that are made by companies other than thevehicle manufacturer or its licensees.

Recycled or used salvage: Used parts and assemblies that have been removedfrom another vehicle. There are no systems in place to regulate the quality orsafety of these parts.

Remanufactured: Parts that have been returned to like-new condition throughrepair, refurbishing or rebuilding.

Due to the critical nature of Supplemental Restraint Systems (also known asair bags), Toyota does not support the use of imitation or used parts for theirrepair. Only new Genuine Toyota Parts should be used to repair or replaceSupplemental Restraint Systems.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



When it’s time to replace key wear items on your vehicle, don’t settle for lessthan Genuine Toyota Parts. Available exclusively through Toyota dealerships,Genuine Toyota Parts meet the highest standards of quality and performance andare built to exact factory specifications. Here are a few of your vehicle’s compo-nents that are particularly subject to wear and some benefits of replacing themwith Genuine Toyota Parts.

Genuine Toyota Platinum and Iridium Spark Plugs *

• Designed to last at least 60,000 miles.

• Provide the maximum spark required by Toyota’s high-compression engines.

• Resist fouling and misfires for more efficient conbustion and better fuel economy.

Genuine Toyota Brake Pads

• Friction materials selected for optimum performance when matched withToyota brake drums or rotors.

• Precision-machined backing plates allow pads to move freely within thecalipers for smooth, efficient braking.

Genuine Toyota Wiper Inserts

• Cut to match the exact length and shape of your vehicle’s wiper blades for aproper and secure fit.

• Constructed of compression-molded natural rubber — not synthetic — forsuperior wiping performance.

Always use the right spark plugs for your engine. The wrong plugs can have a negative impact on fuel economy and overall engine performance.

*

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Genuine Toyota ChemicalsToyota offers a complete line of products to help you keep your Toyota looking andrunning like new. To safeguard your vehicle’s appearance, you’ll find everythingfrom fabric spot remover and glass cleaner to liquid car wash and touch-up paint.When it’s time to get under the hood (or under the car), products such as fuelinjector cleaner, brake fluid and silicone spray will help you get the job done. All of these products are formulated specifically for use with Toyota vehicles, so youcan be confident you’re giving your vehicle the best care possible, inside and out.

Genuine Toyota Antifreeze CoolantGenuine Toyota Long Life Antifreeze Coolant is the same high-quality, factory-fillproduct found in all new Toyotas. You’ll know it by its distinctive red color. Itprovides maximum protection and durability without the use of harmful silicates.And because it’s compatible with non-metallic materials, it helps extend the lifeof water-pump seals. Don’t trust your engine to anything less than the best:Genuine Toyota Long Life Antifreeze Coolant.

Genuine Toyota Motor OilYour Toyota’s engine features highly advanced technology to ensure superiorperformance, reliability and fuel economy. Genuine Toyota Motor Oil is formulatedwith a special combination of lube-base stocks and an additive blend to maxi-mize the benefits of this technology. Make sure you’re getting the most out ofyour engine by always putting the best into it: Genuine Toyota Motor Oil.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


Toyota Parts Centers

If you plan to perform your own maintenance or repairs on your Toyota, be sureto check out your nearby Toyota Parts Center (TPC). More than 535 Toyota dealer-ships now have a TPC, which is an in-dealership parts store offering a wideselection of automotive products. All TPCs feature a complete line of GenuineToyota maintenance parts and car-care products for do-it-yourselfers.

In addition to Toyota maintenance and repair products, TPCs offer free technicaladvice to Toyota owners who want to service their own vehicles. You’ll also findmodel-specific parts application guides and how-to brochures covering mostcommon maintenance jobs. Both are provided to customers free of charge.

Toyota Parts Centers are open during regular dealership hours; many also haveextended evening and weekend hours. If you’re a do-it-yourselfer, stop by andexperience the service, selection and value offered by your local TPC.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


Toyota Service Manuals

If you’ll be doing some of your own maintenance and repair work on your vehi-cle, a Toyota service manual will be one of your most valuable tools. Toyota offersthree types of manuals to assist do-it-yourselfers. To order any of the followingmanuals, call Toyota’s service publications department at (800)622-2033.

Vehicle Repair ManualThis is the same manual used by professional technicians in Toyota dealershipsthroughout the United States. It is fully illustrated and includes maintenance andrepair procedures for all vehicle mechanical systems. It also includes instructionsfor vehicle tune-ups.

Electrical Systems ManualThis manual provides detailed wiring diagrams for each electrical system in yourvehicle, along with troubleshooting tips and repair procedures.

Automatic Transmission/Transaxle Repair ManualThis manual includes complete procedures for overhauling the automatic trans-mission/transaxle of your vehicle.

For information on basic do-it-yourself maintenance items, see the “VehicleMaintenance and Care” and “Do-It-Yourself Maintenance” sections of yourOwner’s Manual.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


Service Agreements and Pre-Paid Maintenance

Extended Service CoverageToyota vehicle service agreements provide protection against unexpected repairsfor mechanical breakdown of covered components beyond the factory warranty.*

They also protect you from increases in the cost of covered repairs. In addition,many plans include benefits such as towing, substitute transportation and travelprotection with lodging and meals.

Because they are factory-backed, Toyota service agreements are accepted at allToyota dealerships in the United States and Canada. That means repairs are madeonly by factory-trained technicians using Genuine Toyota Parts.

Toyota Financial Services offers several levels of service agreement coverage, eachwith a variety of time and mileage options.** Your Toyota dealer can help youselect the coverage that best meets your needs.

Pre-Paid MaintenanceAn excellent way to make sure your Toyota receives the recommended mainte-nance — and to protect yourself from increases in vehicle service costs — is to pay for maintenance services in advance.

Toyota Auto Care pre-paid maintenance plans are available for both new andused vehicles. Benefits include oil-and-filter changes, lubrication of key chassisparts and a 19-point vehicle inspection at each service interval. In addition, youreceive 24-hour roadside assistance, timed service reminders and a computerizedhistory of each service visit. The Premium Plan (available for new vehicles) alsoincludes tire rotations and factory-recommended maintenance at service inter-vals of 15,000, 30,000 and 45,000 miles.

Toyota Auto Care plans offer two coverage levels as well as several options forservice intervals, time and mileage. Ask your Toyota dealer to help you selectthe options that are best for you.

Vehicle service agreements are offered by Toyota Motor Insurance Services, Inc., dba Toyota MotorServices Company in certain states. In Florida, offered by Toyota Motor Insurance Company.Toyota Financial Services is a service mark of Toyota Motor Insurance Services, Inc.

*

**

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


Notes

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

General Maintenance Information16


Determining the Proper Maintenance IntervalDepending on your circumstances, you should obtain maintenance for yourToyota every 5,000 miles or every 7,500 miles. Follow these guidelines to determine which interval to use.

5,000-Mile IntervalsUse 5,000-mile intervals if you primarily operate your vehicle under any of the following conditions:

• Driving on unpaved or dusty roads.

• Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier.

• Repeated trips of less than five miles in temperatures below freezing.

7,500-Mile IntervalsUse 7,500-mile intervals if you primarily operate your vehicle under conditionsother than those listed above.

Following the Maintenance Log ChartsThe scheduled maintenance log identifies the maintenance required at eachmileage interval and corresponding time interval based on mileage of 1,250miles per month. If you drive more than 1,250 miles per month, you shouldobtain maintenance at the indicated mileage interval rather than the indicatedtime interval.

The maintenance log charts are colored differently for Cars/Sienna and SUVs/Trucks.Be sure to follow the appropriate charts for your vehicle.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

General Maintenance Information 17


Cars and SiennaIf you choose 5,000-mile intervals, follow the instructions below the light bluebars in the “Cars and Sienna” charts, such as this one:

5,000 Miles or 4 Months

If you choose 7,500-mile intervals, follow the instructions below the dark bluebars in the “Cars and Sienna” charts, such as this one:


At 15,000-mile increments, the 5,000-mile and 7,500-mile intervals coincide.Therefore, the colored bars appear together, as in this example:



SUVs and TrucksIf you choose 5,000-mile intervals, follow the instructions below the gold barsin the “SUVs and Trucks” charts, such as this one:


If you choose 7,500-mile intervals, follow the instructions below the dark bluebars in the “SUVs and Trucks” charts, such as this one:


At 15,000 miles, the 5,000-mile and 7,500-mile intervals coincide. Therefore,the colored bars appear together, as in this example:



WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Special Operating ConditionsIn addition to standard maintenance items, the scheduled maintenance log indicates services that should be performed on vehicles that are driven underespecially demanding conditions. Specific conditions require specific services, as indicated below. The scheduled maintenance log indicates at which mileage/time intervals each service should be performed.

You should perform these additional maintenance services if you drive primarilyunder any of the conditions noted. If you drive only occasionally under theseconditions, it is not necessary to perform the additional services.

Driving on Rough, Muddy or Snow-Melted Roads

• Inspect ball joints and dust cover

• Inspect brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs

• Inspect drive shaft boots

• Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body

• Inspect steering linkage and boots

• Lubricate propeller shaft and re-torque bolt*

• Re-torque drive shaft bolt*

• Rotate tires

Driving on Salt-Covered Roads


Driving on Unpaved or Dusty Roads


• Inspect or change engine air filter


• Replace air conditioning filter*

Extensive Idling or Low-Speed Driving for Long Distances


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



For Sequoia OnlyReplace the rear differential oil every 5,000 miles on vehicles used forextended-duration trailer towing.

Off-Road MaintenanceIf you own a Land Cruiser or a four-wheel-drive RAV4, Sequoia, Tacoma, Tundraor 4Runner, you should check the following items daily whenever you drive off-road through deep sand, mud or water:

• Brake lines and hoses

• Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs

• Differential oil

• Drive shaft bearings (Land Cruiser)

• Engine air filter

• Steering linkage and boots

• Transfer case oil

• Transmission fluid or oil

• Wheel bearings (Land Cruiser)

For all four-wheel drive vehicles except RAV4, you should also lubricate the propeller shafts daily.

Towing a Trailer or Using a Camper or Car-Top Carrier


• Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body


• Replace differential oil

• Replace transfer case oil*

• Replace transmission fluid or oil

Applies to selected models. See the scheduled maintenance log for details.*

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



The following descriptions are provided to give you a better understanding of the maintenance items that should be performed on your vehicle. The scheduledmaintenance log indicates at which mileage/time intervals each item should beperformed. Please note that many maintenance items should be performed onlyby a qualified technician.

For further information on maintenance items you can perform yourself, see the “Vehicle Maintenance and Care” and “Do-It-Yourself Maintenance”sections of your Owner’s Manual.

Air Conditioning FilterReplace at specified intervals.

Automatic Transmission Fluid or Manual Transmission OilReplace at specified intervals. When performing inspections, check each com-ponent for signs of leakage. If you discover any leakage, have it repaired by aqualified technician immediately.

Ball Joints and Dust CoversCheck the suspension and steering linkage ball joints for looseness and damage.Check all dust covers for deterioration and damage. Replace any deteriorated ordamaged parts. A qualified technician should perform these operations.

Brake Lines and HosesVisually inspect for proper installation. Check for chafing, cracks, deteriorationand signs of leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts. A qualifiedtechnician should perform these operations.

Brake Linings/Drums and Brake Pads/DiscsCheck the brake linings (shoes) and drums for scoring, burning, fluid leakage,broken parts and excessive wear. Check the pads for excessive wear and the discs for runout, excessive wear and fluid leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts. A qualified technician should perform these operations.

Charcoal Canister (CA, MA and NY vehicles)Check for internal damage and clogging. If necessary, clean with compressed airor replace. A qualified technician should perform these operations.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Differential OilReplace at specified intervals. When performing inspections, check each component for signs of leakage. If you discover any leakage, have it repaired by a qualified technician immediately.

Drive BeltsInspect for cracks, excessive wear and oiliness. Check the belt tension and adjust if necessary. Replace the belts if they are damaged.

Drive Shaft BootsCheck the drive shaft boots and clamps for cracks, deterioration and damage.Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.Selected models also require periodic inspection of the drive shaft bolt for propertorque. A qualified technician should perform these operations.

Engine Air FilterReplace at specified intervals. When performing inspections, check for damage,excessive wear and oiliness, and replace if necessary.

Engine CoolantDrain and flush the cooling system and refill with an ethylene-glycol typecoolant. A qualified technician should perform this operation.

Engine Oil and Oil FilterReplace the oil filter and drain and refill the engine oil at specified intervals. For recommended oil grade and viscosity, refer to the Owner’s Manual.

Engine Valve ClearanceInspect for excessive lifter noise and engine vibration and adjust if necessary. A qualified technician should perform this operation.

Exhaust Pipes and MountingsVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler and hangers for cracks, deteriorationand damage. Start the engine and listen carefully for any exhaust gas leakage.Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

Fuel Lines and Connections, Fuel Tank Band and Fuel Tank Vapor Vent System HosesVisually inspect for corrosion, damage, cracks and loose or leaking connections.Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Fuel Tank Cap GasketVisually inspect for cracks, deterioration and damage and replace if necessary.

Nuts and Bolts on Chassis and BodyRe-tighten the seat-mounting bolts and front/rear suspension member retainingbolts to specified torque.

Propeller ShaftLubricate the propeller shaft spiders and slide yokes with lithium-base chassis greaseand the double cardan joint with molybdenum-disulfide lithium-base chassis grease,and re-torque the bolt. Only a qualified technician should re-torque the bolt.

Spark PlugsReplace at specified intervals. Install new plugs of the same type as originallyequipped. A qualified technician should perform this operation.

Steering Gear BoxInspect for signs of leakage. If you discover any leakage, have it repaired imme-diately by a qualified technician.

Steering Linkage and BootsWith the vehicle stopped, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel.Inspect the linkage for bending and damage and the dust boots for deterioration,cracks and damage. Replace any damaged parts. A qualified technician shouldperform these operations.

Timing BeltReplace every 90,000 miles. A qualified technician should perform this operation.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated according to the instructions in the Owner’s Manual.When rotating tires, check for damage and uneven wear. Replace if necessary.

Transfer Case OilReplace at specified intervals. When performing inspections, check for signs ofleakage. If you discover any leakage, have it repaired by a qualified technicianimmediately.

Wheel Bearing and Drive Shaft Bearing GreaseRepack the wheel bearings with wheel bearing grease and the front drive shaftbearings with molybdenum-disulfide lithium-base chassis grease. A qualifiedtechnician should perform these operations.

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS


Vehicle Identification

Model

In-service date

Selling dealership

Key number

Body style

Mileage at delivery

Selling dealership phone number

Vehicle Identification Number

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

5,000-Mile Maintenance Intervals

7,500-Mile Maintenance Intervals To determine the appropriate maintenanceinterval for your vehicle, see page 16.

Maintenance Log: Cars and Sienna


❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Rotate tires (except MR2 Spyder)

Dealer Service Verification:

Date:

Mileage:


❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter

Additional Maintenance Items for SpecialOperating Conditions:1

❑ Inspect the following:__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive shaft boots__ Engine air filter__ Nuts and bolts on chassis and body__ Steering linkage and boots

❑ Rotate tires (except MR2 Spyder)





❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Avalon, Camry)❑ Rotate tires (except MR2 Spyder)


Date: Mileage:

Scheduled Maintenance Log24


Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Do not replace if replaced at 10,000 miles/8 months.3 Applies to Corolla with A131L automatic transmission.4 Applies to Avalon, Corolla and Sienna models with automatic transmission.




❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Avalon, Camry)2

❑ Rotate tires (except MR2 Spyder)❑ Inspect the following:

__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Differential oil3

__ Drive shaft boots

Additional Maintenance Items for Special Operating Conditions:1

❑ Inspect automatic transmission fluid (Avalon, Camry, Camry Solara, Corolla, Sienna)❑ Inspect differential oil4

❑ Inspect engine air filter❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body

Scheduled Maintenance Log 25


Date:

Mileage:

__ Exhaust pipes and mountings __ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.3 Applies to all models with manual transmission and Avalon, Corolla and Sienna models with automatic transmission.




❑ Replace engine air filter❑ Replace engine coolant❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Avalon, Camry)❑ Replace spark plugs (ECHO)2


__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Differential oil__ Drive shaft boots__ Exhaust pipes and mountings


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace automatic transmission fluid (Avalon, Camry, Camry Solara, Corolla, Sienna)❑ Replace differential oil3

❑ Replace manual transmission oil



Date:

Mileage:

__ Fuel lines and connections, fuel tank bandand fuel tank vapor vent system hoses

__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transmission fluid or oil

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS








__ Drive shaft boots






Date:

Mileage:

__ Exhaust pipes and mountings __ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.3 Inspect at 60,000 miles or 72 months, whichever comes first. Required only for vehicles in California, Massachusetts and New York.4 Initial inspection at 60,000 miles. Inspect every 15,000 miles thereafter.




❑ Replace engine air filter❑ Replace engine coolant❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Avalon, Camry)❑ Replace spark plugs (Camry Solara with 1MZ-FE engine, ECHO, Sienna)2


__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Charcoal canister (Sienna)3

__ Differential oil__ Drive belts4

__ Drive shaft boots__ Engine valve clearance


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace automatic transmission fluid❑ Replace differential oil❑ Replace manual transmission oil



Date:

Mileage:

__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Fuel lines and connections, fuel tank band

and fuel tank vapor vent system hoses__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transmission fluid or oil

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Do not replace if replaced at 70,000 miles/56 months. 3 Applies to Corolla with A131L automatic transmission.4 Applies to Avalon, Corolla and Sienna models with automatic transmission.







__ Drive belts






Date:

Mileage:

__ Drive shaft boots__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS





Date:

Mileage:


Date: Mileage:

Scheduled Maintenance Logs48


Date: Mileage:







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




Date:

Mileage:


Date: Mileage:


Date: Mileage:

1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.3 Applies to all models with manual transmission and Avalon, Corolla and Sienna models with automatic transmission.




❑ Replace engine air filter❑ Replace engine coolant❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Avalon, Camry)❑ Replace spark plugs (ECHO)2

❑ Replace timing belt (Avalon, Camry with 1MZ-FE, Camry Solara with 1MZ-FE, Sienna)❑ Rotate tires (except MR2 Spyder)❑ Inspect the following:

__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Differential oil__ Drive belts__ Drive shaft boots__ Exhaust pipes and mountings


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace automatic transmission fluid (Avalon, Camry, Camry Solara, Corolla, Sienna)❑ Replace differential oil3

❑ Replace manual transmission oil



Date:

Mileage:

__ Fuel lines and connections, fuel tank band and fuel tank vapor vent system hoses

__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transmission fluid or oil

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS








__ Drive belts






Date:

Mileage:

__ Drive shaft boots__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:












Date: Mileage:


Date: Mileage:


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.3 Inspect at 120,000 miles or 144 months, whichever comes first. Required only for vehicles in California, Massachusetts and New York.




❑ Replace engine air filter❑ Replace engine coolant❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Avalon, Camry)❑ Replace spark plugs (all models)2


__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Charcoal canister (Sienna)3

__ Differential oil__ Drive belts__ Drive shaft boots__ Engine valve clearance


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace automatic transmission fluid ❑ Replace differential oil❑ Replace manual transmission oil



Date:

Mileage:

__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Fuel lines and connections, fuel tank band

and fuel tank vapor vent system hoses__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transmission fluid or oil

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS



Maintenance Log: SUVs and Trucks


❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Rotate tires


Date:

Mileage:




❑ Inspect the following:__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;

RAV4; 4WD Sequoia, Tacoma, Tundra and4Runner)

__ Engine air filter__ Nuts and bolts on chassis and body__ Steering linkage and boots

❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD exceptHighlander and RAV4)

❑ Replace rear differential oil (Sequoia)❑ Re-torque drive shaft bolt (Highlander,

4WD RAV4)❑ Re-torque propeller shaft bolt (all models

except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Rotate tires








❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)❑ Replace rear differential oil (Sequoia)❑ Re-torque drive shaft bolt (Highlander,




Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.




❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Re-torque drive shaft bolt (Highlander, 4WD RAV4)❑ Re-torque propeller shaft bolt (all models except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect the following:

__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;

RAV4; 4WD Sequoia, Tacoma, Tundra and 4Runner)

__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Front differential oil (all 4WD except

Highlander and RAV4)


❑ Inspect automatic transmission fluid (Land Cruiser, Sequoia, Tacoma, Tundra,4Runner)

❑ Inspect engine air filter❑ Inspect front differential oil (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace rear differential oil (including limited-slip)❑ Replace transfer case oil (4WD Highlander, 4WD RAV4)



Date:

Mileage:

__ Limited-slip differential oil (Land Cruiser,4WD Highlander and 4WD RAV4)2

__ Rear differential oil (all models except2WD Highlander and 2WD RAV4)

__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transfer case oil (4WD Highlander,

4WD RAV4)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS





❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)2



Date:

Mileage:






















Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Do not replace if replaced at 20,000 miles/16 months.3 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.4 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.




❑ Replace engine air filter ❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace engine coolant ❑ Rotate tires❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Lubricate wheel bearings and drive shaft bearings (Land Cruiser)❑ Replace limited-slip differential oil (Land Cruiser)3

❑ Replace non-platinum spark plugs (Sequoia, Tacoma, Tundra, 4Runner)4

❑ Re-torque drive shaft bolt (Highlander, 4WD RAV4)❑ Re-torque propeller shaft bolt (all models except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Inspect the following:

__ Automatic transmission fluid__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;


__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Front differential oil (4WD models,

Highlander and RAV4)__ Fuel lines and connections, fuel tank band

and fuel tank vapor vent system hoses


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)❑ Replace automatic transmission fluid (all models except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Replace front differential oil (2WD RAV4 w/ manual transmission; all 4WD except

RAV4 w/ automatic transmission and Highlander)❑ Replace manual transmission oil❑ Replace rear differential oil (including limited-slip)❑ Replace transfer case oil (4WD models)



Date:

Mileage:

__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Limited-slip differential oil (4WD Highlander,

4WD RAV4)3

__ Manual transmission oil (Tacoma, Tundra)__ Rear differential oil (all models except

2WD Highlander and 2WD RAV4)__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transfer case oil (4WD models)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:






















Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Do not replace if replaced at 40,000 miles/32 months.3 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.




❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)2

❑ Re-torque drive shaft bolt (Highlander, 4WD RAV4)❑ Re-torque propeller shaft bolt (all models except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Rotate tires❑ Inspect the following:

__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander, Land Cruiser;






❑ Inspect engine air filter❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace front differential oil (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Replace rear differential oil (including limited-slip)❑ Replace transfer case oil (4WD Highlander, 4WD RAV4)



Date:

Mileage:

__ Limited-slip differential oil (Land Cruiser, 4WD Highlander, 4WD RAV4)3



4WD RAV4)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:






















Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.3 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.4 Initial inspection at 60,000 miles. Inspect every 15,000 miles thereafter.




❑ Replace engine air filter ❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace engine coolant ❑ Rotate tires❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Lubricate wheel bearings and drive shaft bearings (Land Cruiser)❑ Replace limited-slip differential oil (Highlander, Land Cruiser, RAV4)2



__ Automatic transmission fluid__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive belts4

__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;RAV4; 4WD Sequoia, Tacoma, Tundra and 4Runner)

__ Engine valve clearance__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Front differential oil (4WD models,

Highlander, RAV4)


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)❑ Replace front differential oil❑ Replace rear differential oil (including limited-slip)❑ Replace transfer case oil (4WD models)❑ Replace transmission fluid or oil



Date:

Mileage:

__ Fuel lines and connections, fuel tank bandand fuel tank vapor vent system hoses

__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Manual transmission oil (Tacoma, Tundra)__ Rear differential oil (all models except


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS








Date:

Mileage:






















Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Do not replace if replaced at 60,000 miles/48 months.3 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.





__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive belts__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;









Date:

Mileage:

__ Limited-slip differential oil (Land Cruiser,4WD Highlander, 4WD RAV4)3



4WD RAV4)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS





Date:

Mileage:


Date: Mileage:

Scheduled Maintenance Logs48




























Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:


Date:

Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS




Date:

Mileage:


Date: Mileage:


1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.3 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.




❑ Replace engine air filter ❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace engine coolant ❑ Rotate tires❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Lubricate wheel bearings and drive shaft bearings (Land Cruiser)❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)❑ Replace limited-slip differential oil (Land Cruiser)2


❑ Replace timing belt (except RAV4, Highlander with 2AZ-FE and Tacoma with 2RZ-FE or 3RZ-FE)


__ Automatic transmission fluid__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive belts__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;


__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Front differential oil (4WD models,

Highlander, RAV4)


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace automatic transmission fluid (all models except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Replace front differential oil (2WD RAV4 w/ manual transmission; all 4WD except

RAV4 w/ automatic transmission and Highlander)❑ Replace manual transmission oil❑ Replace rear differential oil (including limited-slip)❑ Replace transfer case oil (4WD models)



Date:

Mileage:


__ Fuel tank cap gasket__ Limited-slip differential oil (4WD

Highlander, 4WD RAV4)2

__ Manual transmission oil (Tacoma, Tundra)__ Rear differential oil (all models except


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS







Date:

Mileage:






















Date: Mileage:



Date: Mileage:

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.





__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive belts__ Drive shaft boots__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;









Date:

Mileage:

__ Limited-slip differential oil (Land Cruiser,4WD Highlander, 4WD RAV4)2



4WD RAV4)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS








Date:

Mileage:






















Date: Mileage:


Date: Mileage:


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS 1 Specific services apply to specific operating conditions. See pages 18—19 for details.2 Do not replace if replaced at 110,000 miles/88 months.3 If vehicle is equipped with limited-slip differential.4 Required under the terms of the Emission Control Warranty.




❑ Replace engine air filter ❑ Replace engine oil and oil filter❑ Replace engine coolant ❑ Rotate tires❑ Lubricate propeller shaft (all 4WD except Highlander and RAV4)❑ Lubricate wheel bearings and drive shaft bearings (Land Cruiser)❑ Replace limited-slip differential oil (Highlander, Land Cruiser, RAV4)3

❑ Replace spark plugs (all models)4


__ Automatic transmission fluid

__ Ball joints and dust covers__ Brake lines and hoses__ Brake linings/drums and brake pads/discs__ Drive belts__ Drive shaft boots (Highlander; Land Cruiser;


__ Engine valve clearance__ Exhaust pipes and mountings__ Front differential oil (4WD models,

Highlander, RAV4)


❑ Inspect nuts and bolts on chassis and body❑ Replace air conditioning filter (Highlander, RAV4)❑ Replace front differential oil❑ Replace rear differential oil (including limited-slip)❑ Replace transmission fluid or oil❑ Replace transfer case oil (4WD models)



Date:

Mileage:


__ Fuel tank cap gasket

__ Manual transmission oil (Tacoma, Tundra)__ Rear differential oil (all models except 2WD

Highlander and 2WD RAV4)__ Steering gear box__ Steering linkage and boots__ Transfer case oil (4WD models)

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

Notes


WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

WWW.MANUALS.WS

00400-02002-SMG2 Printed in U.S.A. 11/01

foreword - toyota.aitnet.orgtoyota.aitnet.org/toyota/camry/toyota_camry_owners_manual_2002.… ·...

Documents